Telerik.Reporting Represents an arrow shape. Represents shape with rounded corners. Base class for all shape types. Initializes a new instance of the with zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified angle of rotation in degrees. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. When overridden this method should create the shape. Adds a straight line to the shape. The statr point of the line. The end point of the line. Adds a series of straight lines to the shape. A point array representing the starting and ending points of the lines. A boolean value specifying whether to close the shape. Adds a Bezier curve to the shape. A point array representing the points of the Bezier curve. Adds an ellipse to the shape. The bounding rectangle of the ellipse. Recreates the shape. Gets the angle of rotation of this shape in radians. A double value representing the angle of rotation of this shape in radians. Gets or sets the bounds of this shape. A structure representing the bounds of this shape. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified angle of rotation in degrees. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percentage. Creates the shape. When overridden this method should create shape that will be rounded using the RoundVertexOp operator. Gets or sets the rounding factor for the shape. A double value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding factor of the shape in percentage. 0 means no rounding, 100 means full rounding. Initializes a new instance of the with zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified angle of rotation in degrees. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percent. Creates the raw shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . Represents a Bezier curve segment of a shape. Represents a shape segment. Gets the points of this segment. A point array representing the points of the segment. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. A point array representing the points of the segment. The array should contain 4 points -- start, control1, control2 and end. Gets the points of this segment. A point array representing the points of the segment. Gets the start point of this segment. The start point of the segment. Gets the first control point of this segment. The first control point of the segment. Gets the second control point of this segment. The second control point of the segment. Gets the end point of this segment. The end point of the segment. Represents an cross shape. Initializes a new instance of the with zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified angle of rotation in degrees. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percent. Creates the raw shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . Represents an ellipse segment of a shape. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. A structure representing the bounding rectangle of the segment. Gets the bounding rectangle of the segment. A structure representing the bounding rectangle of the segment. Gets the points of this segment. A point array representing the points of the segment. Represents an ellipse shape. Initializes a new instance of the with zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified angle of rotation in degrees. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. Creates the shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . Represents the direction of a line in a shape. Vertical line Horizontal line Top-Right - Bottom-Left line Top-Left - Bottom-Right line Represents line segment of a shape. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points. The start point of the line segment. The end point of the line segment. Gets the points of this segment. A point array representing the points of the segment. Gets the start point of this segment. The start point of the segment. Gets the end point of this segment. The end point of the segment. Gets the length of the line. A float value representing the lenght of the line segment. Represents a line shape. Initializes a new instance of the with EW line direction. Initializes a new instance of the with specified line direction. The direction of the line. Creates the shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . The circle in polar coordinates. x = x0 + R*cos(Alpha) y = y0 + R*sin(Alpha) Center of the circle Radius of the circle An angle, measured in radians Returns the center of point of a rectangle Returns the scaling factor to stretch the size of the source rectangle to the size of the destination rectangle. Rectangle to stretch Rectangle to which the src rectangle will be stretched if true the source rectangle will be scaled proportional by width and height; otherwise the width/height ratio won't be preserved. Factor [0 - 1] 0 - result === start 1 - result === end Represents a polygon shape. Represents the base class for all polygon shapes. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified vertex count and angle of rotation in degrees. The number of vertices of the polygon. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percent. Creates the raw shape. Gets the points of this shape. The bound of the shape. A point array representing the points of this shape. Gets the core points for this shape. The center of the shape. The number of segments of the shape. The radius of the shape. The angle of rotation of the shape. A point array representing the core points of this shape. Initializes a new instance of the with 3 vertexes and zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified vertex count and zero angle of rotation. The number of vertices of the shape. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified vertex count and angle of rotation in degrees. The number of vertices of the shape. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percent. Gets the points of this shape. The bound of the shape. A point array representing the points of this shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . Scans the shape segments and for any 2 consecutive lines splits the longer line in 2 parts so the vertex will occur between 2 equal lines. L2 +----- / L1' == L2 L1 ./ / / L1" / Represents a star shape. Initializes a new instance of the with 3 vertexes, 50% concavity, and zero angle of rotation. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified vertex count, 50% concavity, and zero angle of rotation. The number of vertices of the shape. Initializes a new instance of the with the specified vertex count, concavity, and angle of rotation in degrees. The number of vertices of the shape. The concavity in percent of the shape. A double value specifying the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the rounding of the edges in percent. Gets the points of this shape. The bound of the shape. A point array representing the points of this shape. Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . Gets or sets a percent value specifying the concavity of the shape. An int value between 0 and 100 specifying the concavity of the shape in percentage. Represents a selector that matches a property value of a report item. Selectors are defined for each in the . AttributeSelector should be used when you want to match all report items of a certain Type that have a property set to a certain value. Provides the abstract base class for an attribute selector. Selectors are defined for each in the . Represents a selector base on a Allows an object to implement a style selector, and represents a set of methods to match a and clone the selector. Matches a based on certain criteria. The to match. true if item matches; otherwise false. Shortcut for all built-in types: appear as type names only in the type selector Initializes a new type that matches any type of report item. Initializes a new instance of the class that matches any type of report item. Initializes a new instance of the class that matches items of the specified type. The that this selector matches. Matches a based on its type. The to match. true if item matches; otherwise false. Performs a deep clone of the . The cloned Copies this TypeSelector to the specified typeSelector. The to copy to. Called when the of this selector changes. Creates a human-readable string that represents this . A string that represents this TypeSelector. Gets or sets the that this selector matches. A value to match. The property descriptor associated with the property that this selector matches. The name of the property to match. The value of the property to match. Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase class with an empty property name and value, that matches all objects. Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase class with the specified property name and value, that matches all objects. A string value indicating the property name to match. A string value indicating the property value to match. Initializes a new instance of the AttributeSelectorBase class with the specified property name and value, that matches items of the specified type. A value indicating the type of the items to match. A string value indicating the property name to match. A string value indicating the property value to match. Copies the property name and value of the selector to the target typeSelector. The to copy to. Matches a report item by the value of its property. The to match. true if the item's property value matches. This member overrides A string value describing the selector. This member overrides . The method resets the selector. Gets or sets the name of the property to match. The name of the property to match. Gets or sets the value of the property to match. The value of the property to match. Default ColorPalette A common interface for all the color palette implementations. Represents a background image associated with a Initializes a new instance of the BackgroundImage class as a member of the given A value representing the parent style of the BackgroundImage. Gets or sets a value defining the repeat style of the BackgroundImage. A value representing the repeat style of the BackgroundImage. Gets or sets a containing the image data of this BackgroundImage. A object containing the image data of this BackgroundImage. Use this property if you want to bind the BackgroundImage to an image that is not in the data source. Gets or sets the MIME type of the current object. The MIME type of the current BackgroundImage object. Indicates how a background image will be repeated. The background-image will be displayed only once. The background image will be repeated horizontally. The background image will be repeated vertically. The background image will be repeated vertically and horizontally. A class used to specify the color of the border of an item. Gets or sets the default color of the border. The default border . Gets or sets the top color of the border. The top border . Gets or sets the bottom color of the border. The bottom border . Gets or sets the left color of the border. The left border . Gets or sets the right color of the border. The right border . A class used to specify the color of the border of an item. A class used to specify the style of the border of an item. Gets or sets the default style of the border. A object specifying the default border style. Gets or sets the top style of the border. A object specifying the top border style. Gets or sets the bottom style of the border. A object specifying the bottom border style. Gets or sets the left style of the border. A object specifying the left border style. Gets or sets the right style of the border. A object specifying the right border style. Specifies the type of a border. No line. A solid line. A dotted line. A dashed line. A double solid line. A grooved line for a sunken border appearance. A ridged line for a raised border appearance. An inset line for a sunken item appearance. An outset line for a raised item appearance. A class used to specify the width of the border of an item. Gets or sets the default width of the border. A specifying the default border width. Gets or sets the top width of the border. A specifying the top border width. Gets or sets the bottom width of the border. A specifying the bottom border width. Gets or sets the left width of the border. A specifying the left border width. Gets or sets the right width of the border. A specifying the right border width. Represents a collection of user-selected colors. Converts the collection to string returning the count of items in it. Parameter; Binding ... Parameters; Bindings ... Represents a selector that matches an item that is a descendant of another item. At times, authors may want selectors to match an item that is the descendant of another item in the report item tree (e.g., "Match those TextBox elements that are contained by a Panel element"). Descendant selectors express such a relationship in a pattern. Initializes a new instance of the DescendantSelector. Initializes a new instance of the DescendantSelector class with the specified selectors. A array containing the selectors that define the descendance pattern used to match the item. Matches a report item based on the descendance pattern defined by the of this selector. The to match. true if the item matches the descendance pattern. This member overrides A string value describing the selector. Gets a containing the selectors that define the descendance pattern used to match the item. Represents an external style sheet used to style a report. Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet with the given resource identifier. The identifier for the resource containing the external style sheet. This parameter can be an absolute or relative filepath, an absolute or relative URL, or the name of an embedded resource. Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet by loading it from the specified stream. The stream to load from. Creates a new ExternalStyleSheet by loading it from the specified Uri. The Uri to load from. Represents a collection of objects. Each time an object is inserted, deleted or set in this collection, the that owns the collection is refreshed by re-applying or internal and external style sheets. ExternalStyleSheetCollectionConverter ExternalStyleSheetConverter Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This member overrides A string value describing the Font. Converts the specified reporting to a . The to convert. The that is converted from the specified reporting Font structure. Gets or sets the face name of this . A string representation of the face name of this Font. Gets or sets the size of this measured in s. The size of this Font. Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold. true if this Font is bold; otherwise, false. Gets a value that indicates whether this is italic. true if this Font is italic; otherwise, false. Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined. true if this Font is underlined; otherwise, false. Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font. true if this Font has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, false. Gets or sets style information for this . A enumeration that contains style information for this Font. Represents a base class for all Telerik Reporting objects This method supports the Telerik Reporting infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Style to copy the values from. Style to copy the values to. Indicates whether to copy all the style properties of the src style (if true) or only the explicitly set values for the src style. Indicates whether to copy only the different properties (if true) or all style properties. Indicates whether if the current rule is applied to proceed with the next FormattingRule in the ReportItemBase.ConditionalFormattings collection. A color palette that generates transitional colors based on a continuous linear gradient between two base colors. Specifies the horizontal alignment of the text in a report item. Specifies that the text is aligned to the left. Specifies that the text is aligned to the center. Specifies that the text is aligned to the right. Specifies that the text is justified. Specifies how an image is positioned within an item. Grows or shrinks borders of the image item to fit the image. The image is displayed in the center of the item. If the image is larger than the item, the image is clipped. Clips the image to fit the height and width of the item. Resizes the image to match the height and width of the item. Resizes the image to match the height and width of the item, preserving the aspect ratio. Specifies the type of a line item A solid line. A dashed line. A dotted line. A color palette that provides colors generated using a variable lightness between defined minimum and maximum values. Gets or sets a value defining the minimal lightness of the generated colors Value between 0M and 0.5M Gets or sets a value defining the maximal lightness of the generated colors Value between 0.5M and 1M Represents padding information associated with a report item. The padding is the internal space between the body of the item and its edge. Padding has a different effect on report items that are containers than on report items that are not. For example, in a item, the Padding property defines the spacing between the border of the Panel and its child items. For a item, the Padding property defines the spacing between the border of the TextBox item and its contained text. Initializes a new instance of the Padding class as a member of the given A value representing the parent style of the Padding. This member overrides A string value listing the Padding's members. Gets or sets the padding value for the left edge. The padding, in s, for the left edge. Gets or sets the padding value for the right edge. The padding, in s, for the right edge. Gets or sets the padding value for the top edge. The padding, in s, for the top edge. Gets or sets the padding value for the bottom edge. The padding, in s, for the bottom edge. Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page. The PageSettings class is used to specify settings that modify the way a page will be printed. Initializes a new instance of the PageSettings class with the specified and . A object specifying the landscape and paper kind. A object specifying the papers size and margins. This member implements The cloned PageSettings. Returns a object based on the given parameter. A object from which to create the . A object initialized from the printerSettings. Gets or sets the paper kind for the page. A that represents the kind of the paper. Gets or sets the paper size for the page. A that represents the size of the paper. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation. true if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the margins for this page. A that represents the margins for the page. Specifies a collection of watermarks for the page. Gets or sets a value that specifies how many columns are present in the of the report. An integer value specifying the number of columns. The value should be equal to or greater than 1. The default is 1. Column widths are calculated based on the following rule: DetailWidth = ColumnWidth * ColumnCount + ColumSpacing * (ColumnCount - 1) Multi-column reports are primarily used for printing labels. Gets or sets a value indicating the space in Units between two adjacent columns. A value specifying the space between two adjacent columns. The value should be a non-negative Unit. The default is This property should be used when there should be some blank space left between adjacent columns. Gets or sets the background color of the page. A that represents the background color of the page. The default is , which indicates that this property is not set. Use the BackColor property to specify the background color of the page. This property is set using a object. Gets a object used to define the page border style. A representing the page border style. You can set the page border style by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders styles at once. All borders are BorderType.None by default. Gets a object used to define the page border color. A representing the page border color. You can set the page border color by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders colors at once. All borders are by default. Gets a object used to define the page border width. A representing the page border width. You can set the page border width by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders widths at once. All borders are 1pt wide by default. Gets a object that controls the image displayed in the background of the page. An that represents the image to display in the background of the report item. Report items have no background image by default. Non-expandable SizeU Converter Represents a picture watermark on a printable page. Represents a watermark on a printable page. Gets or sets the position of the watermark relative to the other items on the printable page. A value that specifies the position of the watermark relative to the other items on the printable page. Gets or sets the opacity of the watermark when combining it with the other items on the printable page. A value that specifies the opacity of the watermark when combining it with the other items on the printable page. The value can be specified in the range from 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 is completely transparent, while 1.0 is completely opaque. Any other value outside that range is clamped to the closest allowed value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to print the watermark on the first printable page of the report. A boolean value indicating whether to print the watermark on the first printable page of the report. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to print the watermark on the last printable page of the report. A boolean value indicating whether to print the watermark on the last printable page of the report. Gets or sets the image of the watermark to be printed on the page. The image of the watermark to be printed on the page. The specified image can be in one of the following supported formats: an object instance inherited from ; an array of bytes containing binary image data; a local file path or an URL to an external image file. Instead of providing the image directly, it is possible to specify it indirectly as an expression that is evaluated at runtime for each printable page. If the image is null (Nothing in Visual Basic), or if the specified expression evaluates to null (Nothing in Visual Basic), the watermark is not printed on the current page. The following expression prints a watermark on every second page: = IIf(PageNumber % 2 = 0, "Watermark.png", Null) Gets or sets the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page. A value that specifies the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page. Represents an ordered pair of unit-based point x- and y-coordinates that defines a point in a two-dimensional plane. Represents a new instance of the class with member data left uninitialized. Initializes a new instance of the PointU class with the specified coordinates. The horizontal position of the point. The vertical position of the point. Translates the PointU by the specified SizeU. The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to add to the x- and y-coordinates of the PointU. The translated PointU. The op_Addition operator adds the of the specified size to the x-coordinate of the PointU and the to the y-coordinate of the PointU. Translates the PointU by the negative of a specified SizeU. The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to subtract from the x- and y-coordinates of the PointU. The translated PointU. The op_Subtraction operator subtracts the of the specified size from the x-coordinate of the PointU and the from the y-coordinate of the PointU. Compares two PointU structures. The result specifies whether the values of the and properties of the two PointU structures are equal. A to compare. A to compare. true if the X and Y values of the left and right PointU structures are equal; otherwise, false. Determines whether the coordinates of the specified points are not equal. A to compare. A to compare. true to indicate the and values of pt1 and pt2 are not equal; otherwise, false. Converts the specified reporting to a . The to convert. The that is converted from the specified reporting Point structure. Converts the specified reporting to a . The to convert. The that is converted from the specified reporting Point structure. Specifies whether this contains the same coordinates as the specified Object. The to test. This method returns true if obj is a PointU and has the same coordinates as this . Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this PointU structure. Converts this to a human readable string. A string that represents this PointU. Converts this to a human readable string according to the specified. A that is used to format the string. A string that represents this PointU. Offsets this structure by a specified amount in the x- and y-direction. A value specifying the amount to offset in the horizontal direction. A value specifying the amount to offset in the vertical direction. Gets or sets the x-coordinate of this The x-coordinate of this PointU. Gets or sets the y-coordinate of this The y-coordinate of this PointU. Gets a value indicating whether this is empty. true if both and are equal to zero; otherwise, false. Stores a set of four Unit-based numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle. A RectangleU is defined by its width, height, and upper-left corner. Represents an instance of the class with its members uninitialized. The members of the new RectangleU are left uninitialized. Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified . A that represents the rectangular region. Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified . A that represents the rectangular region. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location and size. A that represents the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. A that represents the width and height of the rectangular region. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location and size. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The width of the rectangle. The height of the rectangle. Tests whether two RectangleU structures have equal location and size. The structure that is to the left of the equality operator. The structure that is to the right of the equality operator. This operator returns true if the two specified RectangleU structures have equal , , , and properties. Tests whether two RectangleU structures differ in location or size. The structure that is to the left of the equality operator. The structure that is to the right of the equality operator. This operator returns true if any of the , , , or properties of the two structures are unequal; otherwise false. Converts the specified RectangleU structure to a structure. The structure to convert. The Rectangle structure that is converted from the specified RectangleU structure. Converts the specified RectangleU structure to a structure. The structure to convert. The RectangleF structure that is converted from the specified RectangleU structure. Determines if the specified point is contained within this RectangleU structure. The x-coordinate of the point to test. The x-coordinate of the point to test. This method returns true if the point defined by x and y is contained within this RectangleU structure; otherwise false. Determines if the specified point is contained within this RectangleU structure. The to test. This method returns true if the point represented by the pt parameter is contained within this RectangleU structure; otherwise false. Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within this RectangleU structure. The to test. This method returns true if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within the rectangular region represented by this RectangleU; otherwise false. Inflates this RectangleU structure by the specified amount. The amount to inflate this structure horizontally. The amount to inflate this structure vertically. Inflates this RectangleU structure by the specified amount. The amount to inflate this rectangle. Inflates rect by the specified amount. The structure to inflate. The amount to inflate this structure horizontally. The amount to inflate this structure vertically. The inflated RectangleU structure. Determines if this rectangle intersects with rect. The rectangle to test. This method returns true if there is any intersection; otherwise false. Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. The amount to offset the location. Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. The amount to offset the location horizontally. The amount to offset the location vertically. Tests whether obj is a with the same location and size of this RectangleU. The to test. This method returns true if obj is a RectangleU and its X, Y, Width, and Height properties are equal to the corresponding properties of this RectangleU; otherwise, false. Converts the Location and Size of this RectangleU to a human-readable string. A human-readable representation of the rectangle. Converts the Location and Size of this RectangleU to a human-readable string. A object according to which to format the string. A human-readable representation of the rectangle. Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this RectangleU structure. Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this RectangleF structure. Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this RectangleF structure. Gets or sets the width of this structure. The width of this RectangleF structure. Gets or sets the height of this structure. The height of this RectangleF structure. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of this structure. A that represents the upper-left corner of this RectangleF structure. Gets or sets the size of this . A that represents the width and height of this RectangleU structure. Gets the x-coordinate of the left edge of this structure. The x-coordinate of the left edge of this RectangleU structure. Gets the y-coordinate of the left edge of this structure. The y-coordinate of the left edge of this RectangleU structure. Gets the x-coordinate that is the sum of and of this RectangleU structure. The x-coordinate that is the sum of X and Width of this RectangleU structure. Gets the y-coordinate that is the sum of and of this RectangleU structure. The y-coordinate that is the sum of Y and Height of this RectangleU structure. Tests whether the , , , and properties of this have a value of zero. This property returns true if the X, Y, Width, and Height properties of this RectangleU have a value of zero; otherwise, false. Represents a collection of objects that implement Initializes a new instance of the class. Adds an array of selector objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. The ISelector objects contained in the selectors array are appended to the end of the collection. You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a group of ISelector objects to the collection instead of manually adding each ISelector to the collection using the method. To remove a that you previously added, use the , , or methods. Compares two ISelector instances. Compares two ISelector instances. -1 if x is weaker (less determinant) selector. 1 if y is weaker (less determinant) selector. 0 if x and y have the same weight Stores an ordered pair of Unit-based numbers, typically the width and height of a rectangle. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the specified existing Size. The from which to create the new SizeU. Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the specified existing SizeF. The from which to create the new SizeU. Initializes a new instance of the SizeU class from the specified dimensions. The width component of the new . The height component of the new . Adds the width and height of one SizeU structure to the width and height of another SizeU structure. The first to add. The second to add. A structure that is the result of the addition operation. Subtracts the width and height of one SizeU structure from the width and height of another SizeU structure. The on the left side of the subtraction operator. The on the right side of the subtraction operator. A structure that is the result of the subtraction operation. Tests whether two SizeU structures are equal. The structure on the left side of the equality operator. The structure on the right side of the equality operator. This operator returns true if size1 and size2 have equal width and height; otherwise, false. Tests whether two SizeU structures are different. The structure on the left side of the equality operator. The structure on the right side of the equality operator. This operator returns true if size1 and size2 differ either in width or height; false if size1 and size2 are equal. Converts the specified SizeU to a . The structure to be converted. The structure to which this operator converts. Converts the specified SizeU to a . The structure to be converted. The structure to which this operator converts. Tests to see whether the specified object is a with the same dimensions as this SizeU. The to test. This method returns true if obj is a and has the same width and height as this SizeU; otherwise, false. Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this SizeU structure. Creates a human-readable string that represents this . A string that represents this SizeU. Creates a human-readable string that represents this . A object according to which to format the string. A string that represents this SizeU. Gets or sets the horizontal component of this . The horizontal component of this SizeU. Gets or sets the vertical component of this . The vertical component of this SizeU. Gets a value indicating whether this has zero width and height. This property returns true when this SizeU has both a width and height of zero; otherwise, false. Represents the style of a report item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the report item is displayed. true if the report item is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets the background color of the report item. A that represents the background color of the report item. The default is , which indicates that this property is not set. Use the BackColor property to specify the background color of the report item. This property is set using a object. Gets a object that controls the image displayed in the background of the report item. An that represents the image to display in the background of the report item. Report items have no background image by default. Gets or sets the foreground color of the report item. The foreground of the report item. The default is . Gets or sets the horizontal indentation of the first line of text in the report item. The indentation in s. The default is . Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of text in the report item. One of the values. The default is HorizontalAlign.Left. Gets or sets the vertical alignment of text in the report item. One of the values. The default is VerticalAlign.Top. Gets a object used to define the border style of a report item. A representing the border style of the report item. You can set the border style of the item by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders styles at once. All borders are BorderType.None by default. Gets a object used to define the border color of a report item. A representing the border color of the report item. You can set the border color of the item by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders colors at once. All borders are by default. Gets a object used to define the border width of a report item. A representing the border width of the report item. You can set the border width of the item by using the properties , , , , and . The Default property is used to set all borders widths at once. All borders are 1pt wide by default. Gets a object representing the font of the report item. A object used to define the font of a report item. By default the font of a report item is Arial-Regular, 10pts. Gets a object used to define the padding of a report item. A object representing the padding of the report item. You can set the padding of the item by using the properties , , , and . Padding on all sides is by default. Gets or sets a object used to define the line style of report items that support it, such as lines and shapes. A object representing the line style of the report item. By default the line style is LineStyle.Solid. Gets or sets a representing the line width of report items that support it, such as lines and shapes. A value representing the line width of the report item. By default the width is 1pt. Gets or sets the (stroke) representing the line color of report items that support it, such as lines and shapes. A value representing the line color of the report item. By default its value is Black. Performs the specified action on each registered Style property key. Represents a style rule to be applied. Initializes a new empty . Returns a human-readable representation ot this . A human-readable representation ot this . A collection of selectors that determine which report items the style applies to. A object containing all of the selectors for this rule. The to apply to all report items selected by the A object defining the style of this Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Adds an array of style rule objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. The StyleRule objects contained in the rules array are appended to the end of the collection. You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a group of StyleRule objects to the collection instead of manually adding each StyleRule to the collection using the method. To remove a that you previously added, use the , , or methods. An attribute selector based on the style name property. Initializes a new . Initializes a new with the specified style name. A string value specifying the style name to match. Initializes a new with the specified style name, that matches items of the specified The of items to match. A string value specifying the style name to match. Returns a human-readable representation of this . A human-readable representation of this . Gets or sets the name of the style that this selector matches. A string value representing the style name to match. Represents a collection of styles for a templateStringFormat will not be automatically disposed. Represents a text watermark on a printable page. Gets or sets the text of the watermark to be printed on the page. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. The text can be specified either directly as a string literal or indirectly as an expression that is evaluated at runtime for each printable page. If the text is null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, or if the specified expression evaluates to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the watermark is not printed on the current page. The following expression prints a watermark on every second page: = IIf(PageNumber % 2 = 0, "Watermark", Null) Gets or sets the color of the watermark text. A value that specifies the color of the watermark text without the transparency. Gets or sets the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page. A value that specifies the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page. Gets the font settings of the watermark text. A value that specifies the font settings of the watermark text. A structure representing a unit of measure. Initializes a new instance of the structure. Initializes a new instance of the structure equal to zero. Creates a new of type UnitType.Pixel and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Pixel and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Point and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Point and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Cm and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Cm and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Mm and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Mm and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Inch and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Inch and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Pica and magnitude equal to value. A double value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Creates a new of type UnitType.Pica and magnitude equal to value. An int value specifying the magnitude of the Unit. The created Unit. Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified pixels. The Unit's type is A double value specifying the magnitude of the in pixels. Initializes a new instance of the structure with the specified value and type. A double value representing the magnitude of the Unit. A specifying the type of the Unit. Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified string value. A string value representing the magnitude and type of the Unit. Parameters passed to this constructor should be of the form "2px", "3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information on string representations of units see . Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified string value and using the specified . A string value representing the magnitude and type of the Unit. A . If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. The culture parameters is used to parse the string value. Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified string value, culture, and type. A string value representing the magnitude of the Unit. A . If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. A specifying the type of the Unit. Parses a string value to create a new Unit. A string value defining the unit. The created Unit. The parameter passed to this Method should be of the form "2px", "3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information on string representations of units see . Parses a string value to create a new Unit based on the specified culture. A string value defining the unit. The object defining the rules for the parsing. The created Unit. The parameter passed to this Method should be of the form "2px", "3.4in", "4cm", "2mm", "12.5pt", "4pc", etc. For more information on string representations of units see . Returns a unit equal to this but with its type changed. The to change to. A Unit equal to this Unit, but with type that equals type. Returns a that is the sum of two units and is of the specified type. The first Unit. The second Unit. A specifying the type of the resultant unit. The sum of the two units. Returns a that is the sum of two units and its unit type matches the first argument type. The first Unit. The second Unit. The sum of the two units in the unit type of the first argument unit. Returns a that is the difference of two units and is of the specified type. The Unit to subtract from. The Unit to subtract. The difference of the two units in the unit type of the first argument unit. Returns a that is the difference of two units and is of the specified type. The Unit to subtract from. The Unit to subtract. A specifying the type of the resultant unit. The difference of the two units in the specified unit type. Adds a unit to this . The Unit to add. The sum of unit1 and this Unit in this Unit's type. Subtracts a unit from this . The Unit to subtract. The difference of this Unit and unit1 in this Unit's type. Multiplies this by a specified value. A double value to multiply by. The product of multiplying this Unit by the specified value. Divides this by a specified value. A double value to divide by. The quotient resulting by dividing this Unit by the specified value. Divides this by another. A Unit value to divide by. The quotient resulting by dividing this Unit by the specified Unit. Adds one to another. The first Unit. The second Unit. The sum of the two units. If unit1 is empty the method returns unit2. If unit2 is empty the method returns unit1. Otherwise, the method returns the sum of the two units in unit1's type. Subtract one from another. The Unit to subtract from. The Unit to subtract. The difference of the two units. Thrown when unit1 is empty. If unit2 is empty the method returns unit1. Otherwise, the method returns the difference of the two units in unit1's type. Unary minus. Reverses the sign of The unit to negate. A Unit of the same type as unit but with opposite sign. Multiplies a by a specified value. The Unit to multiply. A double value to multiply by. The product of unit1 and value. Multiplies a value by a . The double value to multiply. The Unit to multiply by. A Unit that is the product of value and unit1. Divides a by a specified value. The Unit to divide. A double value to divide by. A Unit that is the quotient of unit1 and value. Divides the first by the second. A to divide. A to divide by. The quotient resulting by dividing of two Units. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is less than unit2; otherwise false. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is greater than unit2; otherwise false. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is less than or equal to unit2; otherwise false. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is greater than or equal to unit2; otherwise false. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is equal to unit2; otherwise false. Compares two units. The first unit to compare. The second unit to compare. true if unit1 is not equal to unit2; otherwise false. Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this Unit structure. Tests whether obj is a that equals this Unit. The to test. This method returns true if obj is a Unit and its magnitude is equal to this Unit's magnitude; otherwise false. Returns the larger of two units. The first of two units to compare. The second of two units to compare. Parameter val1 or val2, whichever is larger. Returns the smaller of two units. The first of two units to compare. The second of two units to compare. Parameter val1 or val2, whichever is smaller. Returns a human-readable representation of this . A human-readable representation of this . Returns a human-readable representation of this . A specifying the culture to use. A human-readable representation of this . Gets or sets a representing the default units of measure for a . A value that defines the default units of measure for a Report. Gets a double value representing the dpi of the current graphics context. A double value representing the dpi of the current graphics context. Specifies whether this structure is uninitialized. This property returns true if this unit is uninitialized; otherwise, false. Gets the type of the Unit. A specifying the type of this Unit. Gets the magnitude of this Unit. A float value indicating the magnitude of the Unit. This property makes sense only in combination with the property. Gets the magnitude of this Unit in pixels. An int value specifying the unit's magnitude in pixels. Gets or sets the magnitude of this Unit in pixels. A float value specifying the unit's magnitude in pixels. Returns a magnitude in pixels based on the specified value and type. A double value specifying the magnitude. A specifying the unit type. A double value representing the magnitude in pixels. Returns a magnitude in units based on the specified pixels and type. A double value specifying the magnitude in pixels. A specifying the unit type to convert to. A double value representing the magnitude in the specified units. Represents the type of a . 1 inch = 6 picas = 72 points. 1 centimeter = 10 millimeters. Pixels convert to and from other units based on the dpi of the current graphics context. Represents pixels. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "px". Represents points. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "pt". Represents picas. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "pc". Represents inches. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "in". Represents millimeters. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "mm". Represents centimeters. String equivalent used in Unit's constructor should be "cm". Specifies the vertical alignment of an object or text in an report item. Specifies that the object is aligned to the top. Specifies that the object is aligned to the middle. Specifies that the object is aligned to the bottom. Represents a collection of watermarks on a printable page. Defines the orientation of the watermark text on the printable page. The watermark text is oriented horizontally on the printable page. The watermark text is oriented vertically on the printable page. The watermark text is oriented diagonally on the printable page. Defines the position of the watermark relative to the other items on the printable page. Specifies that the watermark is behind the other items on the printable page. Specifies that the watermark is in front of the other items on the printable page. Defines the sizing mode of the watermark image on the printable page. The watermark image is centered on the printable area of the page. The watermark image is stretched to fill the printable area of the page without preserving its original proportions. The watermark image is scaled to fill the printable area of the page while preserving its original proportions. Represents an axis in a . Occurs when the report item is disposed. Gets or sets the scale for the current axis. The scale can be one of the following types: , , , . Gets the default style for the current axis, tick marks and labels. Gets the default style for the title of the current axis. Gets the style of the grid lines that correspond to the major axis steps. Gets the style of the grid lines that correspond to the minor axis steps. Gets or sets a value that indicates how to display the tick marks that correspond to the major axis steps. Gets or sets a value that indicates how to display the tick marks that correspond to the minor axis steps. Gets or sets a value that indicates how to format the labels. Gets or sets the position of the axis labels according to the complementary axis' min/max values. Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the axis labels are rotated. Gets or sets the title of the axis. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets the placement of the axis title. Specifies the graph item's left position. Specifies the graph item's left position. Specifies the graph item's left position. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display multidimensional category scale labels on one or more levels. Specifies how axis labels are placed on the axis. No axis labels. Follows the axis. Labels at min value of the related axis. Labels at max value of the related axis. Specifies how tick marks are drawn on the axis. No tick marks. Display the tick marks inside the graph area. Display the tick marks outside the graph area. Display the tick marks so that it crosses the axis line, displaying both inside and outside the graph area. Specifies how the axis title is placed on the axis. No axis title. Uses the default value for the axis title placement. The axis title is placed at min value of the axis. The axis title is placed at max value of the axis. The axis title is centered according to the axis. The orientation of the angular axis labels. Labels are arranged in circle. The angle of the data-point is the base angle for the label. Additionally the LabelAngle property of the axis is taken into account. The overall angle of the label is [data-point angle] + [LabelAngle] Labels are arranged at a fixed angle. All labels will have the same angle equal to the value of the LabelAngle property of the axis. Represents a two-dimensional Cartesian (rectangular) coordinate system. Represents a coordinate system in a item. In the item Represents an object of the report/data hierarchy. Used for the expand/collabse/cache data logic that needs unique names/path. All items/objects that form the data hierarchy should implement this interface. Gets or sets the name of the coordinate system. The Name should uniquely identify the coordinate system in the context of the item it belongs to. Gets the default style for the axes, tick marks and labels. Gets the collection of binding rules contained within the report item. An collection of instances representing the list of property bindings defined within the item. Gets or sets the X-axis (horizontal) of the CartesianCoordinateSystem. Gets or sets the Y-axis (vertical) of the CartesianCoordinateSystem. Represents a collection of objects. Represents a two-dimensional polar coordinate system. Points in the polar coordinate system are defined with radial and angular coordinates. Gets or sets the radial axis of the PolarCoordinateSystem. Gets or sets the angular axis of the PolarCoordinateSystem. Gets or sets the orientation of the angular axis labels. Gets or sets the angle in degrees measured clockwise from the radial axis to the starting point of the angular axis. Gets or sets the angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the angular axis. Gets or sets a value indicating the ratio between the inner and the outer radius of the PolarCoordinateSystem. Use InnerRadiusRatio greater than 0 to create 'doughnut' like graphs. Specifies how tick marks are positioned in relation to the data points. Specifies data points to be positioned between tick marks. Specifies data points to be positioned on tick marks. Specifies a category scale for a . Indicates whether to arrange values in reverse order. Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis; Determines the number of space slots that will be left around the DataPoints per category slot, measured relatively to the DataPoint slot's width: Empty Space = SpacingSlotCount * DataPoint_SlotWidth Specifies how the tick marks are positioned in relation to data points. Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis. Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross. Represents the position on an axis where the axes cross. Gets or sets the value that indicates the position where the axes cross. Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis. The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Represents a collection of objects. A DateTimeAxis displays dates in chronological order at specific intervals, or base units, even if the dates from the data source are not in order or in the same base units. Gets or sets the base unit for the current DateTimeScale. The base unit defines the interval between the points on the axis. By default the base units are according to the smallest difference between any two dates in the data. Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the minor ticks/grid lines. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the minor ticks and minor grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the minor ticks and minor grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the major ticks/grid lines. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the major ticks and major grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. Gets or sets the step/interval between the major ticks/grid lines. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the major ticks and major grid lines, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. Gets or sets the unit for the interval/step between the labels. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the labels on the axis, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. Gets or sets the step/interval between the labels. In conjunction with the property defines the interval between the labels on the axis, ex.: 1 day, 3 months, 1 year. The property is applied only when is set to a value other than Auto. Gets or sets the minimum value for the current axis. A DateTime value that is the minimum value of the scale's range. The default value is null. When the Minimum property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) then the minimum value of the scale's range is defined by the data. In case there are no data points available then the Minimum value is set according to and the selected . In case the Maximum and Minimum values are set to an equal value, then their values are ignored. Gets or sets the maximum value for the current axis. A DateTime value that is the maximum value of the scale's range. The default value is null. When the Maximum property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) then the maximum value of the scale's range is defined by the data. In case there are no data points available then the Maximum value is set according to and the selected . In case the Maximum and Minimum values are set to an equal value, then their values are ignored. Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis. Gets or sets a value indicating weather to shows ticks and labels on the axis for every point in the data set instead of regular major ticks. Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross. Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis. The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Represents a collection of objects. Determines the unit for the interval/step between minor/major ticks/grid lines. Specifies a seconds unit for the datetime interval. Specifies a minute unit for the datetime interval. Specifies an hour unit for the datetime interval. Specifies a day unit for the datetime interval. Specifies a month unit for the datetime interval. Specifies a year unit for the datetime interval. Determines the position at which axes cross each other. Uses the default value at which the other axis crosses this axis. Specifies that the other axis crosses this axis at its minimum value. Specifies that the other axes crosses this axis at its maximum value. Calculates the zero value at which the other axis crosses this axis. The LogarithmicScale is similar to the , except there's a logarithmic transform that is applied to the input domain value before the output range value is computed. The mapping to the output range value y can be expressed as a function of the input domain value x: y = m log(x) + b. The LogarithmicScale does not support zero or negative values. The base class for all numerical scales. Axis' minimum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data. Graph axis range - maximum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data. Gets or sets a value indicating weather to shows ticks and labels on the axis for every point in the data set instead of regular major ticks. Gets or sets the base value of the logarithm. Axis' minimum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data. Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale the Minimum property accepts only positive numbers and throws an error for zero or negative values. A positive number that defines the minimum value for the scale. A value indicates that the scale will automatically calculate its minimum value based on the data. The default value is . Graph axis range - maximum value. Set to float.NaN to automatically calculate the value based on the data. Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale the Maximum property accepts only positive numbers and throws an error for zero or negative values. A positive number that indicates the maximum value for the scale. A positive number that defines the maximum value for the scale. A value indicates that the scale will automatically calculate its maximum value based on the data. The default value is . [MergableProperty(true)] A collection of items that defines the where the other axes cross the current one. Gets or sets the step/interval for the major ticks/grid lines. Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines. Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis. Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross. Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis. The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Due to the nature of the logarithmic transformation applied to the scale the Value property accepts only positive numbers and throws an error for zero or negative values. A positive number that defines the exact value where the other axis crosses the current one. The default value is 1.0. Represents a collection of objects. Represents a numerical scale with continuous input domain. Gets or sets the step/interval for the major ticks/grid lines. Gets or sets the step/interval for the minor ticks/grid lines. Gets or sets the step/interval for the labels on the axis. Applied when GraphScaleCrossAxisPosition is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Zero value is where the other axis crosses the current axis. A collection of items that defines the where the other axes cross the current one. Represents the position on an axis with where the axes cross. Gets or sets the value where the other axis crosses the current axis. The Value property is applied only if is set to GraphAxisZeroValueMode.Specific. Represents a collection of objects. Represents an area chart displays a series as a set of points connected by a line, with all the area filled in below the line Represents a series of data points in a two-dimensional coordinate system. Represents a series of data points with labels in the report item. Represents a series of data points with labels in the and report items. Data point label. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the data point labels are rotated. Data point label format. Gets the style for the labels of the data points. Gets the to applied on the data points' labels. Reserved for future use Data point tooltip A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Reserved for future use Data point tooltip format Gets the to applied on the data points. Gets the default style of a data point. Gets or sets an expression or a text which is displayed in the legend. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets the number format for the legend value. Gets or sets the for the current GraphSeries Gets or sets the name of the graph series. The name of the graph series. Gets or sets the color palette used for graph series. A implementation representing color palette used for graph series. Gets or sets the axis/direction that the is applied to. This property is applicable if the ArrangeMode is set to Stacked or Stacked100; otherwise it is ignored. Use the ArrangeByAxis property to specify how the series will be arranged (stacked) at runtime. By default the Graph item always stacks the series by the axis with the Numeric scale (including LogarithmicScale and ExponentialScale). If a series is to be projected on a coordinate system with a combination of NumericScale/CategoryScale or NumericScale/DateTimeScale, and the series has an ArrangeMode set to Stacked or Stacked100, the series will always be stacked by the value projected on the NumericScale, no matter if this is X/Y/Angular or Radial axis. In the case a series is to be projected on a coordinate system where both axes are NumercScales you can choose how you want to stack the series’ values. If no axis is specified, the default is the X axis (in CartesianCoordinateSytem) or the Angular axis (in the case of PolarCooordinateSystem). The coordinate system to project the data points (category/value) onto. The coordinate system can be a or a . Gets or sets the from the hierarchy associated with this series. Gets or sets the from the hierarchy associated with this series. Gets or sets an expression that defines the X coordinate for the data points when in a ; For a gets or sets the the Angular coordinate; Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y coordinate for the data points when in a ; For a gets or sets the the Radial coordinate; Gets or sets a value indicating how to arrange the series at runtime. Gets the rules which are applied on the series' style. Gets the style applied to the area defined by the the data points of this series. Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with a smooth or straight lines. When the SmoothLine is enabled the data points are connected with Bezier curves. Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with smooth, straight or stepped lines. Gets or sets the type of the markers for the data points. Gets or sets the size of the markers for the data points. Gets or sets an expression that defines the X0 coordinate for the data points when in a ; For gets or sets the the angular coordinate; If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis. Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y0 coordinate for the data points when in a ; For gets or sets the the radial coordinate; If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis. Specifies how to align the labels for the data points of the . Labels outside the end of each data point. Labels inside the end of each data point. Labels in the middle of each data point. Labels inside the base of each data point. Labels outside the base of each data point. Labels aligned in a column outside the farthest end of the data points. Applicable to PieCharts. Represents a series of data points with rectangular (Bar) shape when projected on a . For the the items of the BarSeries have a wedge shape like in a Pie or Doughnut charts. Creates an instance of the class. Specifies the data point label alignment. Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition. Gets the style for the data point label connectors. Gets the to be applied on the data points' label connectors. Gets or sets an expression that defines the X0 coordinate for the data points when in a ; For gets or sets the the angular coordinate; If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis. Gets or sets an expression that defines the Y0 coordinate for the data points when in a ; For gets or sets the the radial coordinate; If omitted, the BarSeries' data points start from the corresponding axis. Determines the data point markers. Uses the default marker type. Uses a square shape for the data point marker. Uses a diamond shape for the data point marker. Uses a circle shape for the data point marker. Uses a triangle shape for the data point marker. Uses an X shape for the data point marker. Uses a '+' shape for the data point marker. Uses a '-' shape for the data point marker. Specifies how the the graph series are arranged according to each other. Specifies that the series are overlapped. Specifies that the graph series are clustered. This value is applicable to Bar/Column charts only. Specifies that the graph series are stacked. Specifies that the graph series are stacked so that the data points from different series show a relative to each other value. Represents a collection of objects. Specifies the legend for the graph series. Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with the item's style. Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with the mark style. Gets or sets the format for the legend value. Specifies the text or expression which is displayed in the legend Specifies the legend item's style. Specifies the legend item's mark style. Specifies how to align the labels for the data points of the scatter series: . Labels on the left of each data point. Labels on the right of each data point. Labels above each data point. Labels below each data point. Labels in the middle of each data point. Represents a in which the data points are connected with a line. Creates an instance of the . Gets the rules which are applied on the series' style. Gets or sets an expression that defines the size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. Gets or sets a value that defines the minimum size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. The minimum size of the markers/bubbles. Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data. The default value is . Gets or sets a value that defines the maximum size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. The maximum size of the markers/bubbles. Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data. The default value is . Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with a smooth or straight lines. When the SmoothLine is enabled the data points are connected with Bezier curves. Gets or sets a value indicating how to connect the data points: with smooth, straight or stepped lines. Gets the style applied to the line that connects the data points of this series. Gets or sets the shape of the marker. Gets or sets the size of the markers if no is specified; Gets or sets the size of the markers for the minimum value of the property. Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property to create a Bubble chart; Gets or sets the size for the maximum value of the property. Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property to create a Bubble chart; Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned. Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition. Represents an with both start (X0, Y0) and end (Y, Y) values. Represents a with both start (X0, Y0) and end (Y, Y) values. Use the Graph item to add charts to a report. Defines the base class for all report items that can be placed in a . Items of this type have a location and a size. Defines the base class for visual report items used for creating reports. Represents a report object which may be used as target of a . Gets the name of the report object used as toggle visibility target. The name of the report object. The Name of the toggle visibility target should be unique in the report scope so that triggering the toggle visibility action does not interfere with other report objects. Gets or sets the color. Gets or sets the bold. Gets or sets the italic. Gets or sets the name. Gets or sets the size. The size. Gets or sets the strikeout. Gets or sets the underline. Gets or sets the background color. Gets or sets the text style with StyleBuilder. Returns a that represents the current . A String that contains the Name and the Type's FullName of the current . Retrieves a value indicating whether the specified report item is a child of the report item. true if the specified report item is a child of the report item; otherwise, false. The to evaluate. Raises the event. Raises the event. Raises the event. The being added. Raises the event. The being removed. Indicates whether this item can add the specified item as a child. The item to check. true if the specified item can be a added to this item, otherwise false. The CanAdd method checks two conditions Indicates whether an object of the specified type can be a direct child of this item. The type to check. true if an object of the specified type can be a direct child of this item, otherwise false. If an item cannot contain an object of a given type, then it cannot parent it as well. If an item cannot parent an object of a given type, this does not mean that it cannot contain it. For example, a Report cannot directly parent a TextBox, but it can contain a TextBox. Indicates whether this item can contain an object of the specified type. The type to check. true if this item can contain an object of the specified type, otherwise false. Indicates whether this can be an ancestor of the specified item. THIS OBJECT CAN BE AN ANCESTOR OF THE SPECIFIED ITEM WHEN IT CAN CONTAIN THE TYPE OF THE ITEM AND ALL OF ITS DESCENDANTS. The to check. true if this can be an ancestor of the specified item, otherwise false. Invalid ancestor-descendant relationships may occur even if the direct parent-child relation (as indicated by the CanParent method) is OK, but the item hierarchy as a whole is not OK (as indicated by the CanContain method). For example, a PageSection can have a Panel as a direct child and a Panel can have a SubReport as a direct child (as indicated by the CanParent method), but if we add a Panel with a SubReport in it to a PageSection we will break the rule that PageSections cannot be ancestors of SubReports (CanContain method). Applies the specified s to this item. The s to apply to this instance. A value indicating whether to apply the style to the children of this item recursively. Design time purposes only Occurs when a new report item is added to the . Occurs when a report item is removed from the . Occurs when the report item binds to a data source. Occurs after the report item binds to a data source. Occurs when the report item is disposed. Gets or sets the name of the report item. The name of the report item. The Name property can be used at run time to evaluate the object by name rather than type and programmatic name. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the report item is displayed. true if the report item is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets the name of the report item's global style. A string value specifying the style name. Global styles are defined through the 's property. Gets a object specifying the appearance of the report item. A object specifying the items's style. Gets the collection of report items contained within the report item. An representing the collection of items contained within the item. Gets or sets the parent container of the report item. A that represents the parent item of the report item. Setting the Parent property value to a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) removes the item from the of its current parent item. Gets the report this item belongs to. A object which the item belongs to. Gets the collection of the conditional formatting rules, associated with this item. Gets or sets a bookmark label to be displayed for this report item. A string / expression value specifying the bookmark label. Gets or sets a bookmark id for this item. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. When processed should evaluate to an unique value for each processing instance of the item. Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this item in the document map. When defined the document map displays nodes that navigate to the instances of the item. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this report item. Gets the collection of binding rules contained within the report item. An collection of instances representing the list of property bindings defined within the item. Represents a collection of objects. The , , and methods enable you to add and remove individual items from the collection. You can also use the or methods to add or remove all the items from the collection. You can determine if a is a member of the collection by passing the item into the method. To get the index value of the location of a in the collection, pass the item into the method. The collection can be copied into an array by calling the method. Initializes a new instance of the class. A representing the report item that owns the report item collection. Adds an array of report item objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the collection. The ReportItemBase objects contained in the items array are appended to the end of the collection. You can use the AddRange method to quickly add a group of ReportItemBase objects to the collection instead of manually adding each ReportItemBase to the collection using the method. To remove a ReportItemBase that you previously added, use the , , or methods. Removes the child report item with the specified key. The name of the child report item to remove. The property of a corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the . Determines whether the ReportItemBase.ItemCollection contains an item with the specified key. The key to locate in the . true if the ReportItemBase.ItemCollection contains an item with the specified key; otherwise, false. The property of a corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the . Gets a value indicating whether the specified index exists in the collection. An index value to check. true if the collection contains an item with the specified index; otherwise false. Retrieves the index of the first occurrence of the specified item within the collection. The name of the report item to search for. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of the report item with the specified name in the collection. The key comparison is not case-sensitive. If the key parameter is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, or an item with the specified key is not found, IndexOfKey returns -1. The property of a corresponds to the key for a ReportItemBase in the . Performs additional custom processes when validating a value. The object to validate. The object is not an instance of the class or one of its derived classes. Overrides the method. The zero-based index at which to insert value. The new value of the element at index. Overrides the method. The zero-based index at which value can be found. The value of the element to remove from index. Searches for report items by their property and builds an array of all the report items that match. The key to locate in the . true to search all child report items; otherwise, false. An array of type containing the matching report items. The key parameter is null or empty. Searches the collection for a report item of the specified type. The to search for. The first in the collection that matches the given . If no item in the collection matches the given the method returns null. Searches for report items by their Type and builds an array of all the items that match. The to search for. An array of type containing the matching report items. Searches for report items by their Type and builds an array of all the items that match. The to search for. A value indicating whether to search all children recursively. An array of type containing the matching report items. Retrieves the index of a report item within the item collection. The to search for in the item collection. A zero-based index value that represents the location of the specified child report item within the item collection. Retrieves the index of the specified child report item within the item collection, and optionally raises an exception if the specified report item is not within the item collection. The to search for in the item collection. true to throw an exception if the ReportItemBase specified in the child parameter is not an item in the ; otherwise, false. A zero-based index value that represents the location of the specified child report item within the item collection; otherwise -1 if the specified ReportItemBase is not found in the . The child is not contained in the collection and the throwException parameter is true. Returns the with the specified key in the collection. The name of the report item to retrieve from the report item collection. The with the specified key in the collection. Gets or sets the height and width of the report item. The that represents the height and width of the report item in Units. Because the SizeU class is a value type (Structure in Visual Basic, struct in Visual C#), it is returned by value, meaning accessing the property returns a copy of the size of the report item. So, adjusting the or properties of the SizeU returned from this property will not affect the or of the report item. To adjust the Width or Height of the report item, you must set the item's Width or Height property, or set the Size property with a new SizeU. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the report item relative to the upper-left corner of its container. The that represents the upper-left corner of the report item relative to the upper-left corner of its container. Because the PointU class is a value type (Structure in Visual Basic, struct in Visual C#), it is returned by value, meaning accessing the property returns a copy of the upper-left point of the report item. So, adjusting the or properties of the PointU returned from this property will not affect the , , , or property values of the report item. To adjust these properties set each property value individually, or set the Location property with a new PointU. Gets or sets the edges of the container to which a report is bound and determines how a report items is resized with its parent. A bitwise combination of the values. The default is . Use the Anchoring property to define how a report is automatically resized as its parent item is resized. Anchoring a report to its parent ensures that the anchored edges remain in the same position relative to the edges of the parent when the parent control is resized. You can anchor a report item to one or more edges of its container. For example, if you have a DetailSection with a TextBox whose Anchoring property value is set to Top and Bottom, the TextBox is stretched to maintain the anchored distance to the top and bottom edges of the DetailSection as the Height of the DetailSection is increased. Note:The Anchoring and properties are mutually exclusive. Only one can be set at a time, and the last one set takes precedence. Gets or sets which report item borders are docked to its parent and determines how a report item is resized with its parent. One of the values. The default is . Use the Docking property to define how a report is automatically resized as its parent is resized. For example, setting Docking to causes the report item to align itself with the bottom edges of its parent and to resize as the parent is resized. A report item can be docked to one edge of its parent container or can be docked to all edges and fill the parent container. Note:The and Docking properties are mutually exclusive. Only one can be set at a time, and the last one set takes precedence. Gets or sets the size and location of the report item including its nonclient elements, in Units, relative to the parent report item. A relative to the parent report item that represents the size and location of the report item including its nonclient elements. The bounds of the report item include the nonclient elements such as borders and padding. Gets or sets the distance, in Units, between the left edge of the report item and the left edge of its container's client area. An representing the distance between the left edge of the report item and the left edge of its container's client area. The Left property value is equivalent to the property of the property value of the report item. Changes made to the and Left property values cause the property value of the report item to change. Gets the distance, in Units, between the right edge of the report item and the left edge of its container's client area. An representing the distance between the right edge of the report item and the left edge of its container's client area. The value of the Right property is equal to the sum of the property value and the property value. Gets or sets the distance, in Units, between the top edge of the report item and the top edge of its container's client area. An representing the distance between the top edge of the report item and the top edge of its container's client area. The Top property value is equivalent to the property of the property value of the report item. Changes made to the and Top property values cause the property value of the report item to change. Gets the distance, in Units, between the bottom edge of the report item and the top edge of its container's client area. An representing the distance between the bottom edge of the report item and the top edge of its container's client area. The value of the Bottom property is equal to the sum of the property value and the property value. Gets or sets the width of the report item. The width of the report item in Units. Changes made to the Width and property values cause the property value of the report item to change. Gets or sets the height of the report item. The height of the report item in Units. Changes made to the Height and property values cause the property value of the report item to change. Gets the default size of the report item. The default of the report item. The DefaultSize property represents the SizeU of the report item when it is initially created. You can adjust the size of the report item by setting its property value. Defines an interface for data-bound items. Occurs when the processing of the data item processing instance (i.e., instance) begins and this instance has no property set. The event is hooked on the definition instance, but the sender object in the event handler is the processing instance. The processing instance of the data item inherits its DataSource from the definition instance, but if neither has DataSource set, this event is raised. The following example demonstrates how to implement a NeedDataSource event handler: Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. An object that functions as a data source. The following data sources are valid:
  • A
  • A
  • A
  • A
  • Any component that implements the interface
  • Any component that implements the interface
  • Any component that implements the interface
If the DataSource reference contains more than one table, you must set the DataMember property a string that specifies the table to bind to. For example, if the DataSource is a DataSet or DataViewManager that contains three tables named Customers, Orders, and OrderDetails, you must specify the table to bind to. Setting the DataSource to an object that does not implement the IListSource, IEnumerable, or IDataAdapter will cause an exception.
Gets a that defines the filter expression(s) for the that contains the objects for the Table Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed to the user after the data is retrieved from the data source. Gets or sets the current data item no data message. A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression to calculate the no data message; otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets a object specifying the appearance of the no data message. A object specifying the items's style. Gets a that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the A that contains the objects for the Table Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed to the user after the data is retrieved from the data source. Gets the collection of s. Gets the hierarchy of s that define the series for the current Graph. Gets the hierarchy of s that define the categories for the current Graph. Gets the collection of defined for the current Graph. Gets the Legend for the current Graph Gets the collection of defined for the current Graph. Gets the style of the plot area. The plot area of a Graph is the area where all series including the data points and labels are rendered. The plot area also contains all grid lines if defined. Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Graph item. A representing the culture supported by the . Gets or sets the color palette used for graph series. A implementation representing color palette used for graph series. Represents a group in a item. Represents an interface for grouping, filtering and sorting data. Gets or sets the name of the group. The name of the group. The Name property can be used at run time to set the scope of aggregate functions. Gets a object that holds all objects for the group. A value containing the group expressions of the group. Groups are defined by adding one or more group expressions to the collection. Grouping can be done by one or more data fields. Each data field is represented by a group expression in the collection. Gets a that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the Group A that contains the objects for the Group Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed in the Group Gets a that defines the filter expression(s) for the A that contains the objects for the Group Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed in the Group Defines hierarchy of groups Gets or sets the label for the categories in category axis. Applicable only to groups from the hierarchy. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this graph group. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the graph group is displayed. true if the table group is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Represents a collection of s. Specifies the graph item's bounds. Specifies the graph item's location. Specifies the graph item's size. Specifies the graph item's top position. Specifies the graph item's left position. Specifies the graph item's width. Specifies the graph item's height. Specifies the graph item's style. Determines whether the graph item is inside or outside the plot area. Specifies the graph item's position. Specifies top left position. Specifies top center position. Specifies top right position. Specifies left top position. Specifies left center position. Specifies left bottom position. Specifies right top position. Specifies right center position. Specifies right bottom position. Specifies bottom left position. Specifies bottom center position. Specifies bottom right position. Specifies absolute position. Specifies center position. Specifies the legend for the graph. Specifies the text for the legend's title. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Specifies the for the legend's title. Specifies the position of the . Represents a title for the graph. Specifies the text for the title. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Specifies the position of . Represents a collection of objects. Gets the spatial data for the from an ESRI Shapefile. Specifies the source that the will use to obtain the spatial data. Gets or sets the expression that defines the name of the shape file used to get the spatial coordinates for the data points. Gets or sets the expressions that match the analytical data set fields to the spatial data fields. Represents a group by a geographical location (usually region, country, city, etc.) in a item. A base class for the groups of a report item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Map group is displayed. true if the table group is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. Gets or sets a value that represents the location of the data points. In order a item to be able to resolve the actual geographic location a should be configured. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups that defines the children of a GeoLocationMapGroup group. A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups groups. Represents a series group in a item. Gets or sets an interactive action associated with this graph group. A collection of MapGroupBase groups. Represents a collection of s. Represents a group used in a that allows to set a shape source type for any group instance. A collection of ShapeFileMapGroups that defines the children of a ShapeFileMapGroup group. A collection of GeoLocationMapGroups groups. Gets the spatial data for the from an Well-known text string or its binary (WKB) representation. Gets or sets an expression that defines the spatial coordinates for the data points. A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the Bing™ Maps REST API. /// Requires a valid Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx" The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be. For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, VA, United States Bing™ Maps geocoding service is able to determine the relation between the query arguments - i.e. the results will be the same if you search for either "Vienna, Austria" or "Austria, Vienna" An abstract class for all the web-based location service providers An abstract class for the location providers that can be used for geocoding. Represents a common interface for all location providers used for geocoding. Represents a common interface for all the web-based location service providers The client token that authenticates the request. The Url of the location server. The client token that authenticates the request. The Url of the location server A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the MapQuest Licensed Geocoding API. Requires a valid MapQuest AppKey that could be obtained from "http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open" The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be. For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, GA, United States Please note that the query arguments order is of a huge significance. In the example above if you switch the query arguments to "Austria, Vienna", the service will return "Vienna, Dooly County, GA, USA" A class used to match the addresses or locations with geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude) using the MapQuest Open Geocoding API Web Service: http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open/geocoding-service Requires a valid MapQuest AppKey that could be obtained from "http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/open" The more detailed information is used in the query, the more accurate the results will be. For example, if you are looking for Vienna, Austria, you need to provide the country name as well, because otherwise the first returned result would be Vienna, GA, United States Please note that the query arguments order is of a huge significance. In the example above if you switch the query arguments to "Austria, Vienna", the service will return "Vienna, Dooly County, GA, USA" Interface describing the representation model used to project the globe or celestial sphere on a surface A cylindrical map projection known also as Normal Mercator. Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded column charts as data points. Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded charts as data points. Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays markers for the point location. The base class for all the series that use to obtain the coordinates of their data points. The base class for the series of data points with labels in the report item. Gets or sets the from the hierarchy associated with this series. Gets or sets the from the hierarchy associated with this series. Gets or sets an expression that defines the Longitude coordinate for the data points. Gets or sets an expression that defines the Latitude coordinate for the data points. Gets or sets an expression that defines the size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. Gets or sets a value that defines the minimum size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. The minimum size of the markers/bubbles. Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data. The default value is . Gets or sets a value that defines the maximum size of the markers. Use this property to create a Bubble like charts. The maximum size of the markers/bubbles. Set to for the value to be defined at run time according to the data. The default value is . Gets or sets the size of the markers if no is specified; Gets or sets the size of the markers for the minimum value of the property. Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property to create a Bubble chart; Gets or sets the size for the maximum value of the property. Use the MarkerMinSize and properties in conjunction with the property to create a Bubble chart; Gets or sets the shape of the marker. Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned. Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition. Creates a new instance of ColumnMapSeries. Represents a collection of objects. Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays embedded pie charts as data points. Creates a new instance of PieMapSeries. /// Represents a series of data points in the report item that displays a shape defined by geographical coordinates. Gets or sets the from the hierarchy associated with this series. Gets or sets an expression that defines the color field for the data points. Gets or sets a value indicating how the labels of the data points to be aligned. Gets or sets the DataPointLabel offset, according the DataPointLabelPosition. Gets or sets the count of the colors that show the data ranges. The property is not respected when RangeGrouping is None. Gets or sets the data points grouping in ranges. Gets or sets the source type of the spatial data that will be used to get the coordinates for the data points. Determines which algorithm will be used to split the data into groups. The count of groups is determined by the ColorsCount property. No grouping will be used. The range between the minimum and maximum values will be divided by the group count, so every value will fall in a specific interval. The processing engine will try to distribute the amount of data values evenly among the groups, assigning a group to each value in the range. A class used to provide map tiles from the Bing™ Maps tile servers. Requires a valid Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx" The following example demonstrates how to initialize a BingMapsTileProvider instance: An abstract class for the tile providers that fetch tiles from any source. Represents a common interface for all the tile providers Gets or sets the that will be used when returning the requested tile image to the client. The client token that authenticates the request. Represents the Bing Maps Key that could be obtained from "http://www.microsoft.com/maps/create-a-bing-maps-key.aspx" Gets or sets the used when requesting the tile images Settings applied to the TileProvider's WebClient which will download the tiles. The headers that will be applied to the WebClient.Headers. If set to true, it will apply the default user credentials to the WebClient A class used to obtain map tiles from any tile server compliant with Web Map Tile Service protocol. By default, the GenericTileProvider is initialized using the MapQuest tile server properties. The following example demonstrates how to initialize a GenericTileProvider instance: A templated URL that will be used to fetch the tiles from the tile provider. Valid template patterns are {subdomain}, {x}, {y}, {zoom}. The UrlTemplate have the following format: http://{subdomain}.mqcdn.com/tiles/1.0.0/map/{zoom}/{x}/{y}.jpg The {subdomain} tag marks the place where a subdomain from the collection would be placed. This tag is not mandatory, since the selected tile provider may not offer more than one subdomain. The {zoom} tag will be replaced by the calculated zoom level (level of details) of the current tile set. The {x} and {y} tags are used as a placeholders for the tile position. Set of subdomains that will replace the {subdomain} tag in the . When more than one subdomain is specified, the tile requests will be distributed evenly among the subdomains. For example, for MapQuest Tile server the subdomains are: otile1, otile2, otile3, otile4 The Attribution property must be set manually according to the tile provider usage policy. This text will be displayed in the lower right corner of the map area. The LogoUrl property denotes the URL used to download the tile provider logo, if required by the provider's usage policy. In case the URL points to a valid image, it will be displayed in the lower left corner of the map area. The language that will be used when requesting tiles from the server. For reference see "https://spreadsheets.google.com/pub?key=p9pdwsai2hDMsLkXsoM05KQ&gid=1" The client token that authenticates the request. A class used to obtain map tiles from the MapQuest tile servers. Collection of maps server addresses used to fetch the tiles. Gets or sets the used when requesting the tile images The imagery set (mode) that is used when requesting the tile images The image format that will be used when returning the requested tile image to the client. Some of the tile providers might not support all of the image formats Represents the available distance unit types. Class defining the Minimum and Maximum latitudes and longitudes in WGS84 coordinates. The TopLeft corner of the bounding box The BottomRight corner of the bounding box Represents a graticule line. Specifies the style of the graticule line. Specifies the step of the graticule line. Represents the extent of the report item. Gets or sets the minimum latitude coordinate of the extent. Gets or sets the maximum latitude coordinate of the extent. Gets or sets the minimum longitude coordinate of the extent. Gets or sets the maximum longitude coordinate of the extent. Defines a point in the geographic coordinate system. The latitude of the location. The longitude of the location. Use the Map item to add maps to a report. Gets the hierarchy of s that define the series for the current Map. Gets the hierarchy of s that define the geographical location of the data points for the current Map. Gets the collection of defined for the current Map. Gets the requested extent in geographic coordinates. Gets or sets the tile provider. Gets or sets the location provider. Gets or sets the projection. Gets the collection of defined for the current Map. Gets the collection of defined for the current Map. Gets the style of the plot area. The plot area of a Graph is the area where all series including the data points and labels are rendered. The plot area also contains all grid lines if defined. Specifies the parallels graticule line. Specifies the meridians graticule line. Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Graph item. A representing the culture supported by the . Gets or sets the color palette used for map series. A implementation representing color palette used for map series. Specifies the map scale legend. Specifies the map item's bounds. Specifies the map item's location. Specifies the map item's size. Specifies the map item's top position. Specifies the map item's left position. Specifies the map item's width. Specifies the map item's height. Specifies the map item's style. Determines whether the map item is inside or outside the plot area. Specifies the legend for the map. Specifies the text for the legend's title. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Specifies the for the legend's title. Specifies the position of the . A collection of instances. Collection of relation pairs that match the fields from the Shapefile with the fields from the analytical data set. Initializes a new instance of class Initializes a new instance of class with passed arguments Field from the analytical data set Field from the ShapeFile data set An expression that defines the field from the analytical data source that will be matched with a field from the shape file bundle. An expression that defines the field from the shape file bundle that will be matched with a field from analytical data source. A collection of . Specified the legend used to indicate the current map scale in various distance units. Initializes a instance. Specifies in what units (metric, imperial, both) the map scale will be shown. Specifies the ScaleLegend's width. Specifies the ScaleLegend's height. Specifies the map scale container's style. Specifies the scale mark and text style. Specifies the map ScaleLegend's size. Represents a title for the map Specifies the text for the title. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Specifies the position of . Represents a collection of objects. Specifies how a anchors to the edges of its container. The is not anchored to any edge of its container. The is anchored to the top edge of its container. The is anchored to the bottom edge of its container. The is anchored to the left edge of its container. The is anchored to the right edge of its container. Represents a barcode report item. Gets or sets the current value to be encoded in the barcode. A that starts with the symbol "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the value of the current barcode, otherwise the value is interpreted as a literal string. Gets or sets a representing the width of of the narrowest bar of the barcode. A value representing the width of the narrowest bar of the barcode. This example illustrates how to set the Module property. Gets or sets a value indicating the angle of rotation of the bar code inside the report item, specified in degrees. A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees. This example illustrates how to set the Angle property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stretch the barcode to fill the entire area of the report item item or not. true if the barcode should be stretched, otherwise false. This example illustrates how to set the Stretch property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should contain a checksum for validation purposes during the scanning process or not. true if the barcode should contain a checksum for validation purposes during the scanning process, otherwise false. This example illustrates how to set the Checksum property. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should display a human-readable text representation of the encoded value. true if the barcode should display text, otherwise false. Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the barcode in the report item. One of the values. The default value is HorizontalAlign.Center. This example illustrates how to set the BarAlign property. Gets or sets a value indicating the current symbology used to encode the Value property as series of bars and spaces. A enumerated value indicating the symbology associated with the current barcode. Gets or sets the current encoder used to encode the Value property as series of bars and spaces. This example illustrates how to set the Encoder property. Represents the simple binding between the target property of a report item and an expression. Gets or sets the property path determining the item's bound simple/nested property. Gets or sets the expression used to evaluate the value of the specified in target property. Represents a collection of s. Used by the design time serialization Represents a chart report item Common chart components definitions MapMath method path path Control clone Chart object Resets current chart skin to the default one. Specifies the custom palettes for chart. Collection of titles for chart Chart legend Link to visualization and design properties Gets or sets the name of the chart's skin. Chart plot area Default chart type Defines a data source column name for grouping data Gets or sets the chart's series collection object. Specifies the series palette Specifies the image format in which the image is streamed. Specifies the orientation of the chart series on the plot area. Specifies the resolution of the chart image when rendered as Bitmap. Specifies AutoLayout mode to all items on the chart control. Specifies AutoTextWrap mode for all wrappable text blocks of the chart control. Toggles the use of the IntelligentLabels feature. Represents a check box report item. Represents a Text Item - a base class for report items like TextBox and CheckBox. Gets or sets the numeric format. Gets or sets the angle of rotation of the text in degrees. A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees. Gets or sets the character(s) that specify how text is formatted. The character or characters that specify how text is formatted. Uses the The .NET Framework Composite Formatting feature which takes a composite format string as input. The format string is provided in the same manner as in the method. It uses the following syntax: {index[,alignment][:formatString]} For more information and examples see String.Format Method. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can grow vertically. true if the Text Item can grow vertically; otherwise false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can shrink vertically. true if the Text Item can shrink vertically; otherwise false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is a multiline Text Item. true if the Text Item supports multiple lines; otherwise false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Text Item automatically wraps words to the beginning of the next line when necessary. true if the Text Item wraps words; otherwise false. Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Text Item. A representing the culture supported by the . Gets or sets the current text (aka label) in the check box. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets the value of the check box. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Gets or sets the alignment of the check mark on a CheckBox. One of the values. The default is . Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Unchecked CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Selected CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Gets or sets the value template corresponding to an Indeterminate CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Unchecked CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression, Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Selected CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression, Gets or sets the image corresponding to an Indeterminate CheckBox A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression, Represents the main section of a . It is printed once for every record in the data source of the report. The Detail section appears below and sections and above and sections. Base abstract class for all report sections contained in the report body. Inherited by , , , , Defines the base class for report sections. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the height of the current section. The height of the current section in Units. Gets or sets the page braking rule for this . A object specifying the page braking rule for this . Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. Gets or sets a value that specifies how many columns are present in the of the report. An integer value specifying the number of columns. The value should be equal to or greater than 1. The default is 1. Column widths are calculated based on the following rule: DetailWidth = ColumnWidth * ColumnCount + ColumSpacing * (ColumnCount - 1) Multi-column reports are primarily used for printing labels. Gets or sets a value indicating the space in Units between two adjacent columns. A value specifying the space between two adjacent columns. The value should be a non-negative Unit. The default is This property should be used when there should be some blank space left between adjacent columns. Specifies how a docks to the edges of its container. The is not docked to any edge of its container. The is docked to the top edge of its container. The is docked to the bottom edge of its container. The is docked to the left edge of its container. The is docked to the right edge of its container. The is docked to all of the edges of its container. Provides a data for the event of a . A object is passed to the event handler, which allows you to determine the current exception that has occurred during the report processing and to indicate that the report operation should be canceled. To cancel the report operation, set the ErrorEventArgs.Cancel property to True. Gets the current exception. If the Value starts with the equal (=) sign, it will be evaluated as an expression otherwise - as string value. For ex. if the value is 7 it is interpreted as the string "7"; To compare a numeric expression with the number 7, use the expression syntax which begins with the equal sign: =7. Represents a class that defines a report group. The Group class represents a set of grouping criteria. It also acts as a logical holder of the and of the group. The Group objects of a report reside in the component tray. Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified group header/footer creation option. true to create a and a ; otherwise, false. Set to FirstDetail to ensure that the group header and the first detail record are printed on the same page of output, or All to ensure that the entire group is printed on the same page of output. If there is not enough space on the current page, then rendering will skip to the top of the next page. Gets a representing the group's header section. A value that represents the group header section of the Group. The Group header section is rendered before the detail sections of the Group. Typically, this section will contain report items that are bound to the data fields of the Group's grouping expressions. Gets a representing the group's footer section. A value that represents the group footer section of the Group. The Group footer section is rendered after the detail sections of the Group. Gets a representing the group's owner report. A value that represents the owner report of the Group. Gets or sets a bookmark id for this group. A string / expression value specifying the bookmark id. When processed should evaluate to an unique value for each processing instance of the group. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this group in the document map. When defined the document map displays nodes that navigate to the instances of the group. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the group is displayed. true if the group is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. ExternalStyleSheetCollectionConverter Represents a group footer section. Group footers are displayed at the end of a group. Group headers and footers are unified by the class. Base abstract class for group sections. and inherit from this class. Gets the object associated with this section. A object that this section belong to. Indicates whether the section should be printed on every page that the group occupies. A boolean value indicating whether the section should be printed on every page that the group occupies. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section. When false, the section will be printed right after the preceeding section. When true, the section will be printed at the bottom of the page that contains the section. All subsequent sections will be moved on the next page. If there is no preceeding section on the page, the section will print on the top of the page. Represents a group header section. Group headers are displayed at the beginning of a group. Group headers and footers are unified by the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. GroupKeepTogether applies to a group and has similar to the meaning, but for the whole group. It indicates whether the rendering engine should try to render the whole group on a single page, the group header plus the first detail on a single page, or leave the group flow as it is. If GroupKeepTogether is set to FirstDetail -- the group header and at least one detail in this group should be on the same page; if set to All -- the whole group should be on a single page. The following rule applies: the rendering engine will try to render the group as specified, but if there is not enough space on the current page, the group is moved to the next page and it continues as long as it needs. The rendering engine will leave the group flow as it is. The rendering engine should try to keep the group header and at least 1 detail on the same page. The rendering engine should try to keep the whole group on the same page. Represents a html text box report item. Gets or sets the expression value. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets the current text in the text box. A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression to calculate the value of the current TextBox; otherwise - literal string. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can grow vertically. true if the Text Item can grow vertically; otherwise false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Text Item can shrink vertically. true if the Text Item can shrink vertically; otherwise false. Gets or sets the culture information associated with the Text Item. A representing the culture supported by the . Represents an interactive action associated with a report item. Represents a report document. Gets the reports contained in the document. Gets or sets the name of the document. Gets or sets the page setting for the document. Gets the parameters for the document. Represents a report parameter. Gets or sets the name of the parameter. Used to access the parameter. Parameter names must be unique in the context of a single report. The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z), and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore. Gets or sets the data type of the parameter. Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in . The default parameter type is . Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Can be an Expression that evaluates to an object, value of the allowed types, or containing values of the allowed types. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this parameter should be merged with identical parameters from other reports when this report is part of a . Controls parameter merging in . The default value of the Mergeable property is true. Set the Mergeable property to false if you want to prevent a parameter from being merged with its equivalent ones. Gets or sets the text for the parameter's automatic UI displayed in the report viewer. The Text property specifies the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer as prompt to the end user. If value for the property is not provided the of the parameter is used. Determines whether automatic user interface (UI) prompting for values to be generated for the parameter. Specifies whether the parameter will have UI in the parameters area. When at least one report parameter has the Visible property turned on, a parameter area is shown as part of the report viewer. If this property is set to false, the parameter must be populated programmatically or at design time. Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value. If the value is set to true as a valid value of the parameter is accepted or of values of the specified of the parameter. Parameters with MultiValue turned on are mainly used with the IN logical operator. Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor. Only if this property is set to false null ( Nothing in VB) are considered as valid values of the parameter. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether an empty string is a valid value for the parameter. Only for parameters of String. Gets an object that defines a set of valid values the parameter can accept from. The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values which are acceptable as value of the parameter. Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible. Determines whether to trigger the report preview after changing the value for a parameter. Applies only for visible parameters. If this property is set to true, the report viewer will trigger the report preview automatically when the parameter value is changed. The parameter should be visible in order to auto preview the report. Provides an interface for resolving resources. Provides data for the and events. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified item that is added or removed. A that is the item being added or removed. Gets the report item that is added/removed. A that is the item being added or removed. Handles the events that occur when items are being added to or removed from an items collection. The item whose collection is being modified. An object of the class that contains the item that is being added or removed. Determines the binding type of the instance and its members. None - The instance and its members will not be used for binding. Members - Only the instance members will be used for binding. Full - Both the instance and its members will be used for binding. Represent an interactive action that navigates the report viewer to a predefined bookmark in the same report. Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that navigates the report viewer to an item with defined BookmarkId in the same report. Gets or sets the target bookmark of the action. Use this property to specify the value of the target bookmark. This property accepts expressions. Represent an interactive action that navigates the report viewer to another report. Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that navigates the report viewer to another report (drillthrough). Report parameter values may be passed to the target report. Gets or sets the type name of the target report. Use this property to specify the type name of the target report of the action. Must be the assembly qualified name of the of the report. The target type should implement the interface and should have default (parameterless) constructor. The default constructor is used from the reporting engine to create a report instance when the action is triggered. This property accepts expressions. Determines the report parameters that are passed to the target report when the action is triggered. Specifies the for the action. Represent an interactive action that opens an Url. Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that opens an Url. Creates a new instance of NavigateToUrlAction class Represents NavigateToUrlAction target types. Open in new window Open in the same window Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window Specifies where to make a page break, with respect to a . No page break will occur. A page break will occur before the A page break will occur after the A page break will occur before and after the Represents a page footer section. Page footers are displayed at the end of a page. Note:Page header/footer section of nested reports are ignored by the reporting engine (only the master report respects page sections). In order to have a header/footer that repeats on every page, you may consider using an unbound group (a group without any grouping criteria specified) and set its GroupHeader/FooterSection.PrintOnEveryPage = True Base abstract class for group sections. and inherit from this class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section should print on the first page of the report. A boolean value indicating whether the section should print on the first page of the report. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section should print on the last page of the report. A boolean value indicating whether the section should print on the last page of the report. Represents a page header section. Page headers are displayed at the beginning of a page. Note:Page header/footer section of nested reports are ignored by the reporting engine (only the master report respects page sections). In order to have a header/footer that repeats on every page, you may consider using an unbound group (a group without any grouping criteria specified) and set its GroupHeader/FooterSection.PrintOnEveryPage = True Specifies the page numbering style of a report. Has meaning and effect only when the report is part of a report book. Page numbering starts from 1. Resets page numbering while page count aggregation continues. Resets both page numbering and page count. Page numbering and page count aggregations continue. Provides a grouping mechanism for organizing report items. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. Represents a parameter of nested report (subreport) Represents a collection of objects. Creates a with specific settings and adds it to the . A value that will be used as for the newly created . A value that will be used as for the newly created . May be expression. The newly created and added Adds an enumerable of objects to the . An enumerable of objects to add to the . The objects returned from the enumerable are appended to the end of the . Determines whether the contains a parameter with a specific name. A that specifies the parameter name for which to search the elements of the . Returns a value indicating whether the object contains a parameter with the specified name. Determines the index of a specific parameter in the . The parameter name used to locate the parameter in the . The index of parameter if found in the ; otherwise, -1. Gets a by name. The name of the parameter. A parameter if found; otherwise null (Nothing) Represents a picture box report item for displaying an image. Gets or sets the value associated with this . A that starts with "=" is interpreted as data expression; that holds an image data. Gets or sets the sizing mode of the . A object that specifies the sizing mode of the . Gets or sets a string that contains the picture box's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. A string that contains the picture box's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type. This member overrides . A object that defines the default size of the . It is 100 pixels wide by 100 pixels high by default. Used in ReportObject Used in ReportObject Represents the base class for any report in the Telerik Reporting. All reports created with Telerik Reporting inherit from the class. The Report comprises of one or more report sections which contain report items. Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. Raises the event. The report being processed. An that contains event data. Occurs when the processing of the report processing instance (i.e., instance) begins and this instance has no property set. The event is hooked on the definition instance, but the sender object in the event handler is the processing instance. The processing instance of the report inherits its DataSource from the definition instance, but if neither has DataSource set, this event is raised. The following example demonstrates how to implement a NeedDataSource event handler: Gets or sets the width of the report. The width of the report in Units. Gets the associated with the report. A object representing a collection of style rules. The property of a report can be used to define various types of styles for use by the report items. Gets the collection of ExternalStyleSheets for the report. Gets or sets the culture information associated with the report. A representing the culture supported by the . Gets or sets the default unit of measure for the report. An representing the default unit of measure for the report. All newly created report items will have their locations, sizes, etc. in this . Gets or sets the page settings for the . The page settings for the . Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. An object that functions as a data source. The following data sources are valid:
  • A
  • A
  • A
  • A
  • Any component that implements the interface
  • Any component that implements the interface
  • Any component that implements the interface
If the DataSource reference contains more than one table, you must set the DataMember property a string that specifies the table to bind to. For example, if the DataSource is a DataSet or DataViewManager that contains three tables named Customers, Orders, and OrderDetails, you must specify the table to bind to. Setting the DataSource to an object that does not implement the IListSource, IEnumerable, or IDataAdapter will cause an exception.
Gets a that defines the filter expression(s) for the A that contains the objects for the Report Filter expressions limit the data that is displayed to the user after the data is retrieved from the data source. Gets a that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order for the A that contains the objects for the Report Sort expressions sort the data that is displayed to the user after the data is retrieved from the data source. Gets a that defines the groups for the A that contains the objects for the Report Grouping is used to gather all rows that match certain grouping criteria together. Grouping criteria is defined by adding one or more objects to a . Gets or sets a representing the name of the report document. A representing the document name. The default value is the name of the this property belongs to. The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when exporting a report to one of the available export formats. This property value is not used when exporting from the standalone report designer. The report filename will be used instead. Also used to specify the report name (root node) in the document map. A that starts with "=" is interpreted as an expression to evaluate the document name; otherwise it is interpreted as a literal string. The expression cannot contain any data fields. Gets or sets a for the . A representing the page numbering style. The default value is When the report is part of a , use this property to indicate whether the page numbering / count should start from 1 or continue from the last page number / count of the previous report. Represents a collection of objects. Represents a collection of reports logically unified as a single document. Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the class from the provided reports. Initializes a new instance of the class from the provided reports and document name. Gets the collection of reports that are parts of this ReportBook. Gets the reports contained in the ReportBook. Gets or sets a representing the name of the document. A representing the document name. The default value is the Type name of the this property belongs to. The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when exporting to one of the available export formats. A that starts with "=" is interpreted as an expression to evaluate the document name; otherwise it is interpreted as a literal string. For internal use only. Gets the s of the . Parameters are obtained by merging the parameters of individual reports that have their Mergeable property set to true plus adding all non-mergable parameters. Represents a base class for collection of objects. Adds an enumerable of objects to the . An enumerable of objects to add to the . The objects returned from the enumerable are appended to the end of the . Determines whether the contains a report parameter with a specific name. A that specifies the parameter name for which to search the elements of the . Returns a value indicating whether the object contains a report parameter with the specified name. Determines the index of a specific report parameter in the . The parameter name used to locate the report parameter in the . The index of report parameter if found in the ; otherwise, -1. Gets a report parameter by name. The name of the report parameter. A report parameter if found; otherwise null (Nothing) Represents a merged parameter, that is many identical parameters represented by a single object. All child parameters should have the same Name and Type, which effectively becomes the Name and Type of the MergedReportParameter. The UI of the MergedReportParameter is the UI of its FIRST child parameter. Represents a collection of objects. Adds an array of report objects to the collection. A collection of objects to add to the current collection. The Report objects contained in the items array are appended to the end of the collection. Represents a report footer section. Report footer is displayed at the end of a report, but before the last if any. If you do not want a displayed on the last page set the property to false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section. When false, the section will be printed right after the preceeding section. When true, the section will be printed at the bottom of the page that contains the section. All subsequent sections will be moved on the next page. If there is no preceeding section on the page, the section will print on the top of the page. Represents a report header section. Report header is displayed at the beginning of a report, but after the first if any. If you do not want a displayed on the first page set the property to false. Represents a report parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the name of the parameter. Used to access the parameter. Parameter names must be unique in the context of a single report. The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z), and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore. Gets or sets the data type of the parameter. Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in . The default parameter type is . Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Can be an Expression that evaluates to an object, value of the allowed types, or containing values of the allowed types. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this parameter should be merged with identical parameters from other reports when this report is part of a . Controls parameter merging in . The default value of the Mergeable property is true. Set the Mergeable property to false if you want to prevent a parameter from being merged with its equivalent ones. Gets or sets the text for the parameter's automatic UI displayed in the report viewer. Can be an Expression that evaluates to a string. The Text property specifies the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer as prompt to the end user. If value for the property is not provided the of the parameter is used. Determines whether automatic user interface (UI) prompting for values to be generated for the parameter. Specifies whether the parameter will have UI in the parameters area. When at least one report parameter has the Visible property turned on, a parameter area is shown as part of the report viewer. If this property is set to false, the parameter must be populated programmatically or at design time. Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value. If the value is set to true as a valid value of the parameter is accepted or of values of the specified of the parameter. Parameters with MultiValue turned on are mainly used with the IN logical operator. Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor. Only if this property is set to false null ( Nothing in VB) are considered as valid values of the parameter. Gets or sets a value that indicates whether an empty string is a valid value for the parameter. Only for parameters of String. Gets an object that defines a set of valid values the parameter can accept from. The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values which are acceptable as value of the parameter. Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible. Determines whether to trigger the report preview after changing the value for a parameter. Applies only for visible parameters. If this property is set to true, the report viewer will trigger the report preview automatically when the parameter value is changed. The parameter should be visible in order to auto preview the report. Represents the available values for a The available values, or valid values, are a set of predefined values which are acceptable as value of the parameter. Each available value may have label that will be displayed if the parameter is visible. Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source from which to draw the value labels. Specifies a column name, expression, or embedded expression based on the schema. It is used as label in the value/label pair. If omitted the ValueMember will be used as as well. Optional. Gets or sets a string that specifies the field of the data source from which to draw the values. Specifies a column name, expression, or embedded expression based on the schema. It is used as value in the value / label pair. Gets or sets the data source used for retrieving the value / label pairs of the available values. For backwards compatibility reasons Telerik Reporting supports binding directly to IEnumberable/IListSource objects (incl. arrays, collections, DataSet, DataTable, DataView, and DbDataAdapter). Instead consider using the component that can handle these types of data sources. Gets a FilterCollection that defines the filter expression(s). Gets a SortingCollection that defines the sort column(s), and their type and order. Represents a collection of objects. Creates a with specific settings and adds it to the . A value that will be used as for the newly created . A value that will be used as for the newly created . A value that will be used as for the newly created . May be expression. The newly created and added Inserts an item to the at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The to insert into the . Values of type are accepted. Values of type are accepted. Values of type , , or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to . Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to . Values of type are accepted. Gets or sets the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer. Determines whether the parameter user interface is visible. Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value. Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor. Determines if the parameter allows an empty string to be passed. Only for parameters of type string. Gets an object that defines a set of values the parameter can accept from. Provides the base class for a report source. This is an abstract class that contains only a collection of parameter values that are passed to the object when its instance is initialized. Determines the parameter values that are passed to the object when its instance is initialized. The parameter name must match the name of the of the in order the value to be passed correctly. Represents a report source that loads a report document from a URI. The following example demonstrates how to create a UriReportSource: Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the URI to load the report document from. A URI. This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item or a action. Represents a report source that allows a report document to be instantiated from an . The following example shows how to create a : Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the assembly qualified type name of the report document. Use this property to specify the type name of the report document. Must be the assembly qualified name of the of the report. The target type should implement the interface and should have a default (parameterless) constructor. The default constructor is used from the reporting engine to create the report instance. This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item or a action. Represents a report source that contains a reference to an instance of . The following example shows how to create an : Initializes a new instance of the class. instance for the report source. Represents a report source that contains the XML markup of a report document. The following example shows how to create a : Creates a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the XML markup of a . This property can accept an expression when the report source is used in a item or a . A class for common resource needs. Specifies the way a resource is loaded. Default resource resolution service used at run-time. Represents a shape report item. Gets or sets the type of the shape displayed in the item. A object representing the type of the shape displayed in the item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stretch the shape in the item or not. true if the shape should be stretched; otherwise false. Gets or sets the angle of rotation of the shape in degrees. A double value indicating the angle of rotation in degrees. Summary description for SR. Summary description for SRCategoryAttribute. Represents a report item used to embed another report into the current report. Raises the event. The subreport being processed. An that contains event data. Occurs at the start of report processing if the inner report has no data source set. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. Specifies the for the sub-report. The list report item represents a free-form layout. The table report item displays detail data, data organized in row groups, or both. Table row groups hierarchy. (Optional) Table row groups are located on the lower-left corner. This area is automatically created when you add a row group. Cells in this area represent members of the row groups hierarchy, and display row group instance values. Table column group hierarchy. (Optional) Table column groups are located in the upper-right corner. This area is automatically created when you add a column group. Cells in this area represent members of the column groups hierarchy, and display the column group instance values. Table body area. (Optional) The Table body is located in the lower right corner. The Table body displays detail and grouped data. The scope for the expression is determined by the innermost groups to which the text box belongs. Cells in the Table body display detail data when they are members of a detail row and they represent aggregate data when they are members of a row or column associated with a group. By default, cells in a group row or column that contain simple expressions that do not include an aggregate function, evaluate to the first value in the group. Table corner area. (Optional) A Table corner is located in the upper-left corner. This area is automatically created when you add both row groups and column groups to a Table item. In this area, you can merge cells and add a label or embed another report item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. The Crosstab report item displays aggregated data summaries, grouped in rows and columns. Represents the Body of the Table item Gets the collection of the columns for the Table's Body. Use this collection to define the columns for the TableBody. If specified, the number of the columns should be equal to the number of the leaf groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy. Gets the collection of the rows for the Table's Body /// Use this collection to define the rows for the TableBody. If specified, the number of the rows should be equal to the number of the leaf groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy. Represents a collection of TableBodyRows Represents a collection of TableBodyColumn Represents a column in the Table's Body The width of the TableBodyColumn Represents a row in the Table's Body The height of the TableBodyRow Iterates over the TableGroup hierarchy; Returns TRUE to break the iteration; Returns the depth of the given group hierarchy Returns a list of table groups that are leafs in the given group hierarchy The index of the TableLayout.Row this group starts from. The index of the TableLayout.Column this group starts from. The count of the TableLayout.Columns this group takes. The count of the TableLayout.Rows this group takes. Indicates whether to keep all rows or columns that belong to the current group on one page. True to keep all rows or columns that belong to the current group on one page; otherwise False. When the GroupKeepTogether is set to True and there is not enough space on the current page, the entire group is moved the the top/left of the next page. Gets or sets a bookmark id for this group. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. When processed should evaluate to an unique value for each processing instance of the group. Gets or sets a text to be displayed for this group in the document map. When defined the document map displays nodes that navigate to the instances of the group. A started with "=" is interpreted as an expression to calculate the real data, otherwise - literal string. Supports embedded expressions also. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the table group is displayed. true if the table group is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. TRUE to stop the current group iteration; otherwise - FALSE Represents a text box report item. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. A boolean value indicating whether the rendering engine should try to keep the on one page if possible. Gets or sets the current text in the text box. A that starts with "=" is interpreted as expression to calculate the value of the current TextBox; otherwise - literal string. Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified array. An array of objects to add to the list. Adds multiple objects to the collection. An array of objects to add to the list. Represents an interactive action that toggles the visibility of one or more items / groups. Use this action to specify an interactive action on a report item that toggles the visibility of one or more items / groups (drilldown). When this action is set on an item, the item is rendered with an expand / collapse mark in all report viewers. Clicking on that mark triggers the action. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class with the specified toggle visibility target and initial toggle mark state. The of the toggle visibility target. The initial toggle visibility mark of the item. Creates a new instance of the class with specified toggle visibility targets and initial toggle mark state. An enumerable of of the toggle visibility targets. The initial toggle visibility mark of the item. Gets the list of toggle targets which visibility will be toggled when the action is triggered. Use this property to add / remove toggle targets of the action. To add an item / report group / table group as toggle target you need to add / remove the value of the / of the target respectively. The used names must be unique in the report scope. The items in this list do not accept expressions. Determines if the item exposing the action will be rendered initially with expanded or with collapsed mark. A true value will determine an expanded mark to be rendered (minus sign). A false value will determine an collapsed mark to be rendered (plus sign). The base attribute. This attribute intended for types which we want to use for extension. Each other attribute must derived from the base Telerik Reporting extension Initializes the current extension with default settings Use in InternalsVisibleToAttribute Reserved for future use Compares two IEnumerable-s in an ordered fashion (easier) Marks the date when the ObsoleteAttribute has been applied to. This attribute is for internal use only and is for reference purposes only. Format: MM/dd/yyyy Helper class used for an Arrays data binding Common helper class. Implements most of ICommonDataHelper members Contains common members that should be implemented in the data source helpers for supported data sources Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object Column name Column index if column found or -1 if column not found This method is not supported by all data sources Gets the column name if it is supported by data source Column index Column name if found or an empty string Return the double value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Double value at given column and row Return the object value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Object value at given column and row from data source Return the string value at the given row and column Row position index Column index String value at given column and row of a data source Return unique column's content Column index Objects array with unique column values Return sorted unique column's content Column index Objects array with unique column values sorted ascending Returns true if given column contains numeric values Column index True if data source column contains numeric values Returns true if given column contains string type values Column index True if data source column contains string values Returns true if value at the given position is numeric Row position index of data item in a data source Column index of data item in a data source True if data item contains numeric value at given row and column Returns possible groups column used for automatic data binding Automatically found possible column with repeating values for a data grouping Only the first found numeric column will be checked. If such column is not found or does not contain repeatable values the -1 will be returned Returns possible column used as labels source when group column present DataGroupColumn index in a data source Column index that can be used as a series item labels source Returns possible series items X values column Possible series items X values column's index or -1 if no proper column found Returns possible series items Y values column Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding Returns all possible series items Y values columns Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding Returns possible Gantt series items values columns array Data source columns array available for a Gantt series data binding (X, Y, X2, Y2 values) Gets the data source rows count Gets the data source columns count Returns true if data source supports columns naming or false in other cases Return the double value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Double value at given column and row Return the object value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Object value at given column and row from data source Return the string value at the given row and column Row position index Column index String value at given column and row of a data source Returns true if given column contains numeric values Column index True if data source column contains numeric values Returns true if given column contains string type values Column index True if data source column contains string values Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object Column name Column index if column found or -1 if column not found This method is not supported by all data sources Gets the column name if it is supported by data source Column index Column name if supported by a data source Returns true if value at the given position is numeric Row position index of data item in a data source Column index of data item in a data source True if data item contains numeric value at given row and column Returns possible column used as labels source when group column present DataGroupColumn index in a data source Column index that can be used as a series item labels source Returns possible groups column used for automatic data binding Automatically found possible column with repeating values for a data grouping Only the first found numeric column will be checked. If such column is not found or does not contain repeatable values the -1 will be returned Return unique column's content Column index Objects array with unique column values Return sorted unique column's content Column index Objects array with unique column values sorted ascending Gets possible series items X values column Possible series items X values column's index or -1 if no proper column found Gets possible series items Y values column Possible series items Y values column's index or -1 if no proper column found Returns all possible series items Y values columns Possible numeric columns array available for a data binding Returns all possible data source columns that could be used as Gantt series items Data source columns array available for a Gantt series data binding Checks is given type is Nullable Type to check True if type is Nullable, or False Checks whether the type given is numeric Type to check True if Type is numeric Checks whether the value's type is numeric Value to check True if given object can be converted to number Checks whether the type given is string type Type to check True if given type is string Checks whether the value's type is String Object to check True if object can be converted to string Returns the data helper class accordingly to the data source type Data source Data Member (i.e. Table name) Design mode pointer ICommonDataHelper-compartable object Returns the data source rows count Returns the data source columns count Returns true if data source supports columns naming or false in other cases Indices matrix accordingly to a data array Rank Data column index Array DataHelper constructor Data array Return the object value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Returns true if given column contains numeric values Returns true if given column contains string type values Returns column index in a data array by column name Column name in data array Unsupported by current DataHelper Always returns -1 Returns column name in a data array by column index Column index Empty string, because it is unsupported by current DataHelper Gets the data source rows count Gets the data source columns count Returns false, because current data source does not support columns naming Acquires and manipulates data from databases or other sources. Populates the SeriesCollection of the chart control. Top data sources rows used during design-time data binding General column's index detection method Column index or name Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration Column index in a data source Returns possible column index in data source DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration Column index or -1 if impossible to find column Gets the groups column index from data source DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not Groups column index or -1 if data grouping disabled When the groups column has not been set it will be found automatically Gets the labels column index in data source DataLabelsColumn index if present or -1 if not Series labels column index When the labels column has not been set it will be found automatically Gets the series X, Y, X2, Y2, Y3, Y4 values columns DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 if not Column name Data source column type accordingly to ColumnType enumeration Column with numeric values. It can be used as X, Y, X2, Y2, Y3, Y4 values source. If impossible to find a column or data helper is NULL it returns -1 When the series X, X2 or Y2 values column has not been set it will be found automatically Should automatic column search be used or not Gets the series Y values columns array Y values columns array. Can contain as column names as indexes Should auto mode be applied Y values columns indexes array When the series Y values column has not been set it will be found automatically Gets the axis labels column index Axis labels column index or name Column index Returns either chart series name or series item name DataGroupColumn index True if group column contains numeric values only Series Labels column index Y Values columns array Data item's row index in a data source Data item's column index in a data source Item type Series or SeriesItem Chart item name for an auto created Series or SeriesItem Data bind X Axis labels DataGroupColumn index if present or -1 in other case Compares two series items Item to compare Item to compare True if items represent the same data and have same names Populates existing chart series collection with data. Automatically populates chart series collection with data. Returns new chart series DataGroupColumn index or -1 if grouping is not used True if group column contains numeric values only Data item's row index in a data source Data item's column index in a data source Values columns array New ChartSeries instance Creates new Chart Series item from data source Data item's row index in a data source Data item's column index in a data source DataGroupColumn index or -1 if grouping is not used Series items labels column Values columns array Assign name and label for a series item or not New ChartSeriesItem instance with data from a data source Returns a Data item from a data source Data item's row index in a data source Data item row or null in other cases Validates data source object passed Data Source The data source should implement the IEnumerable interface Calls an ItemDataBound event Series Series item Data Source Forces the data to be refreshed Clears the Data Source used Copies settings from another data manager Source DataManager to copy settings from Default constructor Parent chart object Sets the necessary using or not the automatic data binding at the design time Returns true if possible to use the automatic X Axis data binding Does the chart series support the X Values Does the chart series support the Y2 Values Does the chart series support the X2 Values Does the chart series support the X2 and Y2 Values Does the chart series support the Y3 Values Does the chart series support the Y4 Values Type of the currently processed series Active DataHelper Parent Chart object's reference Event raised after the each series item's data binding Chart Data Source object Gets or sets the name of the list of data that the data-bound control binds to, in cases where the data source contains more than one distinct list of data items. Returns true if DataBind method has been called The data source column used as chart labels source The data source column used as series items X coordinate The data source columns array used as series items Y coordinate source This array could be used to set the Gantt chart data source columns. The columns should be added in the following order: X, Y, X2, Y2 Enables or disables the series grouping feature Default value is True Data source columns indexes used for a series data binding Possible data source columns' types Chart item type Series or SeriesItem Class containing event data for an ItemDataBound event Class constructor Data bound series item Parent series Current data source object Real data source object for a chart. Chart series Series item DataTable data source helper class Default constructor DataTable objects as chart's data source Return the object value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Object value at given column and row from data source Returns true if given column contains numeric values Column index True if data source column contains numeric values Returns true if given column contains string type values Column index True if data source column contains string values Gets the column index by column name in the Data Source object Column name Column index if column found or -1 if column not found Gets the column name Column index Gets the data source rows count Gets the data source columns count Returns true, because current data source supports columns naming Gets the DataTable object Sample object. Used for a data binding demonstration only Sample business logic object. Used for a data binding demonstration only Returns products list Sample class returns DataSet for an ObjectDataSource data binding demo Constructor. Loads sample data in DataSet Destructor Gets data as DataSet object DataSet with sample data Sample class returns DataSet with several columns which could be used as Y values source. Used for a data binding demonstration only Shows products sales by month. Constructor. Loads sample data in DataSet Class destructor Gets data DataSet with sample multicolumn data IBindingList example. Used for a data binding demonstration only Collection base object example. Used for a data binding demostration only Data load method Simple data sources examples class. Used for a data binding demonstration only Double Array example Object array without groups column example Object array with groups column example Main class constructor Strong typed double list example Helper class for data binding on the strongly typed lists of objects that can be accessed by index Constructor Data source that implements IList interface Return the object value at the given row and column Row position index Column index Object value at given column and row from data source Returns true if given column contains numeric values Column index True if data source column contains numeric values Returns true if given column contains string type values Column index True if data source column contains string values Returns column index in a data list by column name Column name in data list Unsupported by current DataHelper Always returns -1 Returns column name in a data list by column index Column index Empty string, because it is unsupported by current DataHelper Gets the data source rows count Gets the data source columns count Returns false, because current data source does not support columns naming RenderType of DataTable Horizontal Alignment of text in DataTable cells Vertical Alignment of text in DataTable cells DataTable. Shows the series data in a tabular format. Base class for all objects being calculated Base class for all objects being rendered Base class implements IStateManager Common interface for a State managed collection items The common interface for all chart elements support View State tracking Loads data from a View State View Sate to load data from Saves object data to a View State Saved View State Tracks view state changes Sets item dirty state Loads data from a view state View state to load data from Saves object data to a view state Saved view state object Tracks view state changes Makes a view state clone StateBag Saves object data to a view state Saved view state object Tracks view state changes Loads data from a view state View state to load data from Sets the item dirty state ToString() override. Used in the properties grid to avoid object type showing. Empty string Gets if view sate should ignore case Sate bag to store view state content Is view state tracking changes Common interface for an order list element of rendering container Gets elements order position Sets this object in new render order position new position Remove element from render order list Send element at one step forward in the render order list Sets element at the first position in render order list Send element at one step back in the render order list Send element at the end of render order list Gets or sets the container element Container, that contains the render order for taken up elements (For property) Get this elements order position in container Set this object in new render order position New position Remove this element from render order list Send element at one step forward in the render order list Set element at the first position in render order list Send element at one step back in the render order list Send element at the end of render order list Called after rendering Link to container element Rendering event handler Creates new class instance Container Creates new class instance Appearance Container object Gets element offset Element Offset calculation method delegate (left, right, top, bottom) Offset value Gets left offset Element to get an offset of Offset value Gets top offset Element to get an offset of Offset value Gets right offset Element to get an offset of Offset value Gets bottom offset Element to get an offset of Offset value Calculates element position in container Rendering container dimensions Calculates element position. Makes an additional check for a container object type Tracking view state changes Loads data from a view state Views state to load from Saves settings to a view state Saved view state Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Offset calculation method delegate Previous element in a container's order list Rendering container Previous element's position in a container order list Contains DataTable data PlotArea to which DataTable related to Cells' width Cells' height Markers of series Should be recalculated when AutoLayout Fill data by series' items values Reset to default Initialize DataTable's data Wrap DataTable text using factor for wrap mechanism Text that should be wrapped RenderEngine of chart Wrapped string Wrap DataTable text Text that should be wrapped RenderEngine of chart Fixed width of wrapped text Wrapped string Calculate size of DataTable RenderEngine of chart Calculate position RenderEngine of chart Create new instance of ChartDataTable class PlotArea to which DataTable is related to Create new instance of ChartDataTable class PlotArea to which DataTable is related to Container of DataTable Cells' widths array Cells' heights array Plot area to which DataTable is related Data stored in cells Visibility of DataTable Visible and not calculate Appearance options Markers of series The helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the text string Defines whether it is first string or not Defines whether it is last string or not Parent element Collection of words in text Height of string Width of string Create instance of ChartString Create instance of ChartString with specified height Height of string Calculate string width Move last word to next string Clone this object New instance with the same properties values as current class instance Defines whether it is first string or not Defines whether it is last string or not Parent element Get next string Get previous string Get width of string Get height of string Collection of words Strings collection Parent element Create new instance of ChartStringCollection class Parent element Add new string to collection String to add Index of added string Get next string after specified one String for search Next string after specified one Get previous string before specified one String for search Previous string before specified one Clone of this object New instance with the same fields Get string with specified index Index to get string String with specified index Get the first string Get the last string Parent element Helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the text to wrap Word separator Text divided into strings Inner text Font of text Used for measuring text Create new instance of the class. Create new instance of the class. Text Font of text Graphics object for measuring string Breaks text into lines Used to make decision for breaking Determines which of parameters(height, width) is fixed Breaks text into lines Used to make decision for breaking Fixed width of text Breaks text into lines Used to make decision for breaking String representation String representation Breaks text into lines with fixed proportions Factor(Height-Width proportion) to make decision Breaks text into lines with fixed Height Factor(Height-Width proportion) to make decision Max Strings Count Breaks text into lines with fixed width Fixed width Add new string to text of fixed width Inner text String should be added Separator between text and new string Fixed width Gets the longest string The longest string Clone this object New instance of ChartText class with the same fields as this object Concat lines to one text Inner text Text without new lines delimiters Word separator Height of text Width of text Used to make decision for breaking text into lines Helper class for a text wrapping feature. Represents the one word Word width Text of one word Parent element Create new instance of ChartWord Create new instance of ChartWord. Text of word. Width of word. Clone this object New instance of ChartWord with the same fields as this object Gets and sets Parent element Element that should be parent for this object Gets Width of word Gets Word text Parent element Create new instance of the object. Parent element Add new word to collection Word for adding Index of added word Remove last word from collection Last word that was removed Insert word at the beginning of collection Word to insert Clone this object New instance of ChartWordCollection class with the same fields as this one Gets and sets Parent element Element that should be Parent for this object Gets and sets word from/to collection Index of word in collection Word from collection with specified index Word that should be placed on specified position Gets last word in collection Helper enumeration with a text wrapping modes Text wrapping context object Width of container Height of container Type demonstrate which of parameters is fixed Create instance of WrapContext class Width of container Height of container Type Create instance of WrapContext class Dimensions of container object Type Gets container width Width of container Gets container height Height of container Gets Type of WrapContext Type that shows what parameter is fixed Base class for all labels Common interface for a rendering container objects Get elements order position Element Add element at the end of list Element Insert element at specific position in list Element Position index Remove element from list Element for removing Remove element from list by it's index Elements index for remove Re index order list List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements Get a next free order position Base Interface for classes which support click feature Active region object ChartLabel text Graphic marker Parent element List, that represent the render order for taken up elements (For IContainer.OrderList property) Active region Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Container of the label Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Parent element Container of the label Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Parent element Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Text of TextBlock Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. TextBlock Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Parent element Container of the label TextBlock Create new instance of ChartBaseLabel class. Parent element Container of the label TextBlock Style of label Gets whether Label is real visible Label's visibility Measure label Render Engine of chart Calculated size of Label Calculates position RenderEngine of chart Gets elements order position Element Add element at the end of list Element Insert element at specific position in list Position Element Remove element from list Element Remove element from list by it's index Position Re-index order list Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load ViewState ViewState with data Save to ViewState Saved data Clone this object New instance of ChartBaseLabel class with the same fields as this object ChartLabel TextBlock Graphic marker of label Gets and sets Parent element Element that should be Parent for this Gets and sets Direction of label position in auto mode Direction of label position. Gets and sets Active region Active region to set Gets and sets label's visibility Visible label or not List, that represent the render order for taken up elements Gets a next free order position Base class for labels with style Create new instance of ChartLabel class Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Parent Element Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Text of label Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Style of label Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Style of label Parent element Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Style of label Text Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Style of label TextBlock of label Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Style of label TextBlock of label Parent element Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Parent element Container element Create new instance of ChartLabel class. Parent element Container element Style of chart TextBlock of label Text of label Gets visibility of label Visible or not Link to visualization and design properties Base class for extended labels Inside labels collection Create new instance of Extended label class. Create new instance of Extended label class. Parent element Create new instance of Extended label class. Text of label Create new instance of Extended label class. Style of label Create new instance of Extended label class. Style of label Parent element Create new instance of Extended label class. Style of label Text Create new instance of Extended label class. TextBlock Create new instance of Extended label class. Parent element Container TextBlock Create new instance of Extended label class. Parent element Container Style of label TextBlock Text of elemnt Gets Available Content Size Size without margins and paddings Gets visibility of label Visibility of label Measure label RenderEngine of chart Size of label Clear LabelItems collection Add inside labels Inside label to add Inside labels to add Add inside labels Inside labels to add Add inside labels Inside labels to add Add inside labels Inside labels to add Get inner label at specified position Position to get label Label at specified position Removes all inner labels Removes inner labels Label to remove Labels to remove Removes inner labels Position where label should be removed Positions where labels should be removed Track ViewState load ViewState ViewState with data Save ViewState Saved data Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets style of label Gets and sets LabelItem at specified position Item position Item at specified position Item to set at specified position Items collection. Base class for labels in label collection Whether item is bound to series New instance of LabelItem class. New instance of LabelItem class. Parent element New instance of LabelItem class. Text of label New instance of LabelItem class. Style of label New instance of LabelItem class. Style of label Parent element New instance of LabelItem class. Style of chart Text New instance of LabelItem class. Style of chart TextBlock New instance of LabelItem class. Parent element Style of chart TextBlock Text of label Gets and sets Label name in collection Name of label Is current item bound item or custom item Class for bindable legend items Object to which items are bindable Create new instance of BindableLegendItem class. Style of label Parent element Source object item bound to Series item label Connection point for label Center of label Rectangle of label Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class. Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class. Series to which label belongs Checks if label intersect bounds of PlotArea PlotArea for checking Whether label intersect bounds of PlotArea Move part of label in PlotArea PlotArea to move in Side of label which is not in PlotArea Set label outside item Item rectangle If Location is auto(Location - Auto, Outside, Inside) Set label inside item Item rectangle Visibility of label Series to which label belongs Visibility of label Calculate position Location point Connection point Visibilit of label connectors RenderEngine of chart Moves label inside PlotArea PlotArea Relocate connection point for pie series Angle of pie part Connection point Corrected connection point Clone this object Create new instance of SeriesItemLabel class with the same fields as this object Connection point for label Center of label to connect to Visualization and design properties Axis label base Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden Parent element Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden Text of label Create new instance of AxisLabelHidden Parent element Container element Style of label TextBlock Text of label Gets and sets Visibility of label Visibility of label X Axis label Create new instance of AxisLabel Create new instance of AxisLabel Parent element Container element Y axis label Create new instance of AxisYLabel Create new instance of AxisYLabel Parent element Container element MarkedZone label class Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel Style of label Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel Style of label Parent element Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel Style of label Text Create new instance of MarkedZoneLabel Parent element Container element Collection of labels Base class for all collections support view state tracking Collection item type Describes the elements collection which can be de-serialized using StyleSerializer Populates collection with items from imported Xml code XmlElement to import from Item index in collection Item to get index of Index Inserts item at the given index Index Item to insert Removes item from collection at given index Index to remove at Adds new item in collection Item to add Adds items range in collection Items array to add Clears collection Checks does collection contain the given item Item to check True if item is a collection member Removes item from collection Item to remove True in case of success Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection An System.Collections.IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection Loads collection from view state View state to load from Loads collection from view state View state to load from Saves collection to a view state Saved state bag object Saves collection to a view state Saved state bag object Tracks view state changes Sets is item in the dirty state Marks collection item dirty Item to mark Adds new item in the IList Item to add Item index in IList Clears IList items Checks does IList contain the given value Value to check True if contains Gets the index of the object value in an IList Value to check Index in IList or -1 if IList does not contain given value Inserts new value in IList at given index Index to insert to Value to insert Removes value from IList Value to remove Removes value from IList at the given index Index to remove value at Copies the entire ICollection to a compatible one-dimensional array, starting at the specified index of the target array. The one-dimensional System.Array that is the destination of the elements The zero-based index in array at which copying begins Item before insert event Index to insert at Value to insert Item after insert event Index to insert at Value to insert Item before remove event Index to insert at Value to insert Item after remove event Index to insert at Value to insert Before collection clearing event Collection after clean event Populates collection from XML element XmlElement to import from Populates collection from XML element XmlElement to import from ToString() override. Used in the properties grid to avoid object type showing. Empty string Items list Link to first item in collection Link to last item in collection Gets the collection item at given index Index Item of type "T" Gets items count in collection Gets true if collection is read-only Gets the view state tracking status Is IList fixed size. Returns False Is IList is read-only Gets or sets the value from/to IList at the give index Index to give element at Value from IList Gets the collection items count Checks is collection synchronized Gets the collection root Parent element Create new instance of ChartLabelsCollection class. Clear bindable items from collection Copy bindable items to collection Collection of items copy to Visibility of items collection Whether any item is visible Add LabelItem at the collection LabelItem for adding Clear collection Insert LabelItem in collection at the specific position Position LabelItem Remove LabelItem from collection LabelItem Remove LabelItem in the specific position from collection Position Remove item at specified index Clear items Insert item in collection Index to insert in Value to insert Save data to ViewState Saved data Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Parent element Gets or sets a LabelItem at the specific position in Labels collection. Position in the collection LabelItem at the specific position Base class for a different markers representation Parent Chart element Active region Create new instance of ChartMarker class. Create new instance of ChartMarker class. Parent lement Create new instance of ChartMarker class. Container element Create new instance of ChartMarker class. Parent element Container element Copy fields from specified object Marker to copy from Track ViewState Load data to ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets and sets visibility Visibility of marker Gets and sets Parent element Parent element LabelAppearance properties Active region Intelligence labels engine. Used to automatically series labels relocation to avoid their overlapping. Distribute labels PlotArea rectangle Distribute labels Labels' rectangles Label to move Filters labels Label for checking whether it is in visible part of chart Visible area Intersection testing Rectangles for checking whether intersection takes place Rectangle to check intersection with other rectangles Point of rectangle that intersect other rectangle Rectangle that specified rectangle intersects True if rectangle intersect specified rectangles Move rect to new location Rectangle to move New point location Calculates distance between two points First point Second point Distance between two points Define an object that containes an information about moving required One label rectangle Second label rectangle Intersection point MoveData object Define an object that containes an information about moving required One label rectangle Second label rectangle Intersection point MoveData object Define a side in which moving require Array of distances Index for Direction enum Check if vertical moving takes place Direction to move True if vertical moving takes place Where label should be moved Moving related data holder Distance to move label Direction where to move Gets and sets Moving distance Distance for moving Gets and sets Moving direction Direction for moving Label text properties Max length of text Contains specified parameters for wrapping text Wrapped text Parent element Default text of text block Create new instance of TextBlock class. Create new instance of TextBlock class. Style of TextBlock Create new instance of TextBlock class. Text Create new instance of TextBlock class. Style of TextBlock Text Create new instance of TextBlock class. Parent element Container element Create new instance of TextBlock class. Parent element Container element Text Create new instance of TextBlock class. Parent element Container element Style of TextBlock Create new instance of TextBlock class. Parent element Container element Style of textblock Text Forms ToolTip if text length greater than max length Forms ToolTip if text length greater than max length Text Check if tooltip should be changed when max length changed Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Calculate TextBlock position RenderEngine of chart get a and sets visibility of TextBlock Visibility of TextBlock Parent chart element Parent element Contained text data Text Text field style Style of TextBlock Visible text with MaxLength applied Gets TextBlock visibility Chart title text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockTitle class. Create new instance of TextBlockTitle class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Contained text data Empty Series message text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockEmptySeriesMessage class. Create new instance of TextBlockEmptySeriesMessage class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Contained text data Axis item text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockAxisItem class. Create new instance of TextBlockAxisItem class. Parent element Container element Define Max Length RenderEngine of chart Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Series label text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockSeriesItem class. Create new instance of TextBlockSeriesItem class. Parent element Container element Chart title text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockHidden class. Create new instance of TextBlockHidden class. Parent element Container element Gets and sets visibility of TextBlock Visibility of TextBlock Chart Y Axis text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockYAxisLabel class. Create new instance of TextBlockYAxisLabel class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Contained text data Chart X Axis text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockXAxisLabel class. Create new instance of TextBlockXAxisLabel class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Contained text data Legend item's text block Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Style of TextBlock Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Text Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Style of chart Text Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Parent element Container element Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Parent element Container element Text Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Parent element Container element Style of TextBlock Create new instance of TextBlockLabelItem class. Parent element Container element Style of TextBlock Text Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock Chart title text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockLegend class. Create new instance of TextBlockLegend class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart Size of TextBlock MarkedZone label's text container properties Create new instance of TextBlockMarkedZone class. Create new instance of TextBlockMarkedZone class. Parent element Container element Measure TextBlock RenderEngine of chart size of TextBlock Specifies the location of the RadChart's elements. The chart element is placed inside plot area. The chart element is placed outside plot area. Chart legend. Shows the series names or series labels listing. Can contains custom items. Labels for bindable items collection Constructor Constructor Reference to a parent object (Current Chart instance) Element container Clears bound items collection Should automatically created bound items be removed or not Creates new legend item bound to series or series item RenderEngine Chart series Series item How series will be represented in Legend: Series names, Series items or hidden (Nothing) Series index in collection Series item index in collection New LegendItem bound to a chart object: series or series item Creates bound items collection RenderEngine Adds custom item to Legend Custom legend item text FillStyle Figure for an item marker Reference to a label item by its index in items collection Label item's index LabelItem at given index Bound items collection Axis item types enumeration Simple axis item Segment start axis item Segment end axis item Represents an axis item. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Item text Item text color Creates a new instance of the class. Item text Item text color Visibility Creates a new instance of the class. Item text Item text color Visibility Item container object Gets the bound rectangle RectangleF Bound rectangle's height Height value Bound rectangle's height Include top margin value in target height or not Include bottom margin value in target height or not Bound rectangle's width Width value Bound rectangle's width Include left margin value in target width or not Include right margin value in target width or not Width value Corrects text block's aligned position value Reason to correct Calculates the text block's size RenderEngine reference Axis item with default settings to compare with current item SizeF Specifies whether the axis item should be rendered. Specifies the value of the axis. A collection to store axis items. Parent element Creates a new instance of the ChartAxisItemsCollection class. Creates a new instance of the ChartAxisItemsCollection class. Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item font. Axis item's Font settings Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item color. Axis item text color settings Creates a new instance of the AxisItems class with the specified default item font and color. Axis item's Font settings Axis item text color settings Removes axis item from collection Item index to delete at Gets axis item's rotation angle Axis item Rotation angle value Gets widest axis item's width Width value Gets highest axis item's height Height value Adds a chart axis item to the collection. Axis item to add Parent element Gets or sets a ChartAxisItem element at the specified position. Axis segment in case of ScaleBreaks enabled Start point of segment End point of segment Segments rectangle Axis visible values Items count in this segment Array of two elements with segments lines as GraphicsPath Value indicate: how much percents of axis this segment is take up Creates a new class instance Creates a new class instance Segment name Gets X coordinate Series value to get coordinate of Coordinate Gets Y coordinate Series value to get coordinate of Coordinate Recalculates items values in collection Series items with values in current segment diapason Should max value optimization be done or not Getting the better value Number Should get biggest number or not Number Create axis items Axis Final value Check segments on a intersections Any other segment True if segments intersect Return a path around segments rectangle Path depending of scale break line type Should start segment line as scale break line type be created Should end segment line as scale break line type be created Plot area series orientation, true if horizontal Segments path Segments name in collection Segment minimum value at the axis Maximum segment's value at the axis Axis items step for a current Segment Segment start point Segment end point Segment's bound rectangle Pixels per one value Segments collection Check segment and add it into collection Segment for adding Searches for a segment where value is located Value to check AxisSegment Searches for a segment where value is located Value to check Null values exclusion reason AxisSegment Sorts segments Checks if series item in current segment SeriesItemsCollectionv True if value is in segment Gets true if just one negative value presents in segment Gets true if just one positive value presents in segment Gets true if segment contains axis zero value Gets the nearest to Zero axis value Segments comparer Segments order comparison First segment Second segment 0 if segments are equal, -1 if first segment should be rendered at top of the second segment at axis, 1 if second segment should be rendered at top of the first segment at axis Chart axis types enumeration Base chart axis class ChartAxis style ChartAxis main label ChartAxis items Parent element Show only negative values Show positive values only Is axis zero based Min axis item value Max axis item value Minimum series value Maximum series value Axis start point Axis zero value end point Pixels per value field. Cached zero coordinate value. Tracking ViewState Loading ViewState data Saved state bag Saves data to a State Bag Saved axis data to a state bag Gets distance between points First point Second point Distance Calculates grid lines and ticks positions Excludes the excessive serialization of axis items properties Used to correct initial axis label AlignedPosition for AutoLayout Position Used to automatically correct the axis item AlignedPosition in AutoLayout Position Gets the largest axis item width Width value Gets the largest axis item height Height value Formats the axis item value with a selected ValueFormat value Item value Formatted string Gets value coordinate at axis Value Coordinate Gets value coordinate at axis Value Pixels per value Make a coordinate value rounding or not Coordinate Return the base value of the axis. Axis zero value Gets the coordinate of zero value Coordinate Gets the start value coordinate Coordinate Gets the end value coordinate Coordinate Saves the initial axis label and common axis items positions settings Restores the initial axis label and common axis items positions settings Recalculates items values in collection Checks the range values Min axis value Max axis value Axis step value Restores initial values of cached axis settings Gets the axis item's max bound: horizontally or vertically Axis item Rotation angle's value Max bound value Gets axis image rectangle Start point End point Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart Rectangle Gets axis image rectangle Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart Rectangle Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Calculates axis layout settings RenderEngine Initialize the axis items collection Calculates axis label's layout settings RenderEngine Checks the axis item visibility Axis item True if item should be rendered Checks the axis item visibility The Boolean value Sets the min axis range value Value to set The axis MinValue design time serialization reason True is value have to be serialized Resets the MinValue to default The axis MaxValue design time serialization reason True is value have to be serialized Resets the MaxValue to default Sets the maximum axis range value Value to set The axis Step design time serialization reason True is value have to be serialized Resets the Step value to default Creates a new instance of the ChartAxis class. Creates a new instance of the ChartAxis class. Initializes the axis with min and max values. Auto determines the min and max value of the axis Axis Step calculation method for AutoScaled axes Min range value Max range value Calculated Step value Adjusting min/max value according to the set axis properties Min range value Max range value Rounding digits limit Sets the minimum and maximum axis range values Min range value Max range value Adds a ChartAxisItem to the axis. Adds a ChartAxisItemsCollection to the axis. Adds ChartAxisItems to the axis. Adds ChartAxisItems to the axis. Gets the item at the specified index. Removes all items Removes the ChartAxisItem specified. Removes the ChartAxisItems at the specified indexes. Removes the ChartAxisItem at the specified index. item's index Removes the last item from the axis. Clears data values of the axis. Automatically adds new axis items in AutoScale mode. Min range value Max range value Axis step value Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label and color. Axis label Item text color Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label and color. Axis label Item text color Visibility Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label. Axis label text Adds a new ChartAxisItem object to the axis with the specified label. Axis label text Axis item value Sets new label text for the axis item at the specified position. Item index in collection Axis item label text Sets new label for the axis item at the specified position. Item index in collection Axis item Sets new color for the axis item text at the specified position. Item index in collection Item text color Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets the longest tick length Gets the major axis ticks visibility Gets the minor axis ticks visibility Gets the axis ticks visibility Gets or Sets the start point of axis line Gets or Sets the end point of axis line Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width Pixels per axis unit. Reference to a Chart class instance Gets the PlotArea's rectangle Gets the axis type: X, Y and Y2 axis Gets if PlotArea should be rendered or not Specifies whether the axis should be rendered. Returns the axis item at the specified position. Enables or disables automatic axis scaling. ChartAxis style ChartAxis label Parent element (PlotArea) Specifies the min value of the axis range. Specifies the max value of the axis range. Specifies the step at which axis values are calculated Specifies whether the axis begins from 0. Gets or sets maximal count of the axis items when auto scaling. Determines the type of shown values Draw each 1,2,...,n item Returns a collection of axis items. Bar charts ordering modes Represents the X Axis. Cached pixel step value. Creates a new instance of the ChartXAxis class. Creates a new instance of the ChartXAxis class. Axis ticks points Axis grid lines points Ticks points' types Grid points' types in array Returns axis step in pixels Gets value coordinate at axis Value Coordinate Gets the X coordinate of the axis which corresponds to the base value (0, min (if positive), max (if negative)) Coordinate Gets the start value coordinate Coordinate Gets the end value coordinate Coordinate Axis items count without min and max value Integer Tick marks count Gets coordinate of the first axis item in a different LayoutModes Coordinate Restores initial values of cached axis settings Gets axis image rectangle Start point End point Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart Rectangle Gets axis image rectangle Rectangle Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width Initialize axis items collection in dependency of series items collection values limits Calculates axis layout settings Render Engine reference Checks the axis item visibility Axis item True if item should be rendered Calculates axis items layout settings Render Engine reference Already calculated ItemsBound value Calculates grid lines and ticks positions Adds a new axis item. Item text Adds a new axis item. Item text Item text color Clears all data bound settings for axis The data source column used as axis items labels source Gets whether X ChartAxis data bound or not Specifies the layout style of the axis. Specifies whether the axis is auto shrink or not. Max axis item coordinate (X or Y). Farther value. Define bar's series ordering mode Pixels count per value Axis type value: XAxis Gets the minor axis ticks visibility Always false for XAxis Gets the major axis ticks visibility Specifies the Y axis modes. Sets default Y axis mode. Extends the axis when AutoScale property is set to true. Primary or Secondary Specifies primary Y-Axis Specifies secondary Y-Axis Represents a chart Y Axis. Scale break settings Tracks view state changes Loads Y axis settings from view state View state Saves axis settings to a state bag Creates a new instance of the ChartYAxis class. Calculates grid lines and ticks positions Initializes the axis with min and max values. Makes preparations for an axis segmentation in case of Scale Breaks enabled Creates axis segments when Scale breaks enabled Replaces overlapped segments with one segment Calculated segments Series items Optimized axis segments collection without overlapped segments Calculates segments positions Gets value coordinate at axis Value Coordinate Gets the coordinate of zero value Coordinate Gets the start value coordinate Coordinate Gets the end value coordinate Coordinate Return the base value of the axis. Axis zero value Gets axis image rectangle Start point End point Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart Rectangle Gets axis image rectangle Used with client-zoom in ASP.NET Ajax chart Rectangle Gets the half of the first axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Gets the half of the last axis item's largest dimension Half of the largest dimension Gets the larger value of axis items dimensions: height or width Initialize axis items collection in dependency of series items collection values limits Calculates axis layout settings Render Engine reference Calculates axis items layout settings Render Engine reference Should method calculate the ItemsBound value only Already calculated ItemsBound value Gets pixels between two axis items Axis item value. Can be used to detect if value is located in the any axis segment Distance in pixels Creates rendering areas for a several axis segments in case of Scale breaks Render Engine reference Use Logarithmic scale or not. Specifies the min value of the axis range. Specifies the max value of the axis range. Specifies the step at which axis values are calculated Logarithm base. Min possible value is 2 Segments collection Scale breaks settings Defines a type of YAxis Gets or sets the style of the Y axis. Max axis item coordinate (X or Y). Farther value. Points array for a major ticks and grid lines Points array for a minor ticks and grid lines Gets the axis type: Y or Y2 axes Segments sorting support structure Possible axis scale break's line types Y Axis scale break Parent element Tracking view state changes Loads settings from a view state Saved state bag Saves settings to a view state Saved state bag Constructor Gets the scale break line Line length Is series orientation horizontal (true) or vertical (false) Graphics path with an appropriate line inside Is scale break feature enabled Break line's appearance settings Max scale breaks count Value tolerance in percents Space width between two break lines Break line appearance settings Segments collection. Used with ScaleBreak feature enabled Parent element reference (ChartAxis) Empty series message Visible if no or empty series present Create instance of the class Create instance of the class Plot area Create instance of the class Rendering container element Create instance of the class Plot area Rendering container element Checks if empty series message should be visible or not Should be visible or not Visibility Enum describe a marked zone types Y axis based marked zone X axis based marked zone Both axis based marked zone Class describe a Marked zone functionality Appearance properties for marked zone Marked zone label Tracking ViewState for Marked zone object Loading ViewState data into Marked zone object Saving Marked zone object into ViewState Create a instance of object Container object Create a instance of object Create a instance of object Name for marked zone Marked zone to String Marked zone name Define and return a marked zone type Marked zone type Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Visibility Marked zone label Appearance properties Marked zone name Marked zone Y Axis type Marker start position X Marker end position X Marker start position Y Marker end position Y Marked zones collection Parent element Create instance of class Create instance of class ChartPlotArea object as parent Add MarkerZone in the collection GridMarker for adding Clear collection Insert GridMarker in collection at the specific position Position GridMarker Remove GridMarker from collection GridMarker Remove GridMarker in the specific position from collection Position Parent element Gets or sets a GridMarker at the specific position in GridMarkers collection. Position in the collection GridMarker at the specific position Plot area - series rendering canvas. Collection of Marked zones X Axis Y Axis Secondary Y Axis Link to a chart object Label for empty series notification Temporary (for rendering process) contains common drawing region of plot area based on both (main and secondary) axis scale breaks Temporary (for rendering process) contains drawing region of plot area based on Y axis scale breaks Temporary (for rendering process) contains drawing region of plot area based on secondary Y axis scale breaks Temporary (for rendering process) list of series items labels List for save series popular values. Used for render strict bar series Table that contain series data List, that represents the render order list for taken up elements (For IOrdering.Container property) Track ViewState Load ViewState ViewState with data Save Track ViewState Object data as array Shoulds the serialize intelligent labels enabled. Create instance of the class Create instance of the class Chart Initialize object properties Fill order list Updated axes orientation accordingly to the SeriesOrientation Series collection on current plot area Series collection Series collection on plot area filtered by Y axis type Series collection Axis initialization Create rectangles in the series items labels for Intelligent engine Clearing automatic properties for axis items Return position for starting bars drawing Series Position Return position for starting bars drawing Series Local(true) or global(false) Position Restore default settings Drop plot area clip regions Prepare plot area for scale feature Prepare plot area for scale feature X scale coefficient Y scale coefficient Restore plot area settings after scaling Returns the width of the bars according to the number of bar series and overlap ratio between them. Bar width Returns the width of the bars according to the number of bar series and overlap ratio between them. Series Bar width Position calculation Instance of RenderEngine object Calculate plot area relative data table Instance of RenderEngine object Visual container width Visual container height Get elements order position Element Add element at the end of list Element Insert element at specific position in list Position Element Remove element from list Element Remove element from list by it's index Position Re-index order list Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Temporary (for rendering process) list of series items labels Common rendering region Rendering region for a primary Y Axis series Rendering region for a secondary Y Axis series Marked zones collection Visibility Table that contain series data Specifies the orientation of chart series on the plot area. Intelligent labels engine switch Specifies empty series message text Gets XAxis. Primary YAxis. Secondary YAxis Parent element Style Link to chart object Popular values collection List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements Get a next free order position Support class for defining the most popular values in a series items Series item value Count of series item whit this value X position Use for stacked series, max positive value Use for stacked series, min negative value Create instance of class Series item value Count of items with this value X-position Create instance of class Series item value Count of items with this value X-position Use for stacked series, max positive value Use for stacked series, min negative value X position Use for stacked series, max positive value Use for stacked series, min negative value Series item value X position Collection of Popular objects Copy list of pop values to targeted list Popular collection Getting popular values from all series and form list with pop values, his coordinates and number of his popularity Chart object Popular values collection object Get popularity number by value Value Number Get index by value in list of Popularity objects value Index Represents the base element of RadChart's series. Link to visualization and design properties Point mark style Item Label Parent element Relative value used for Stacked100 series ActiveRegion Defines if item has user-defined XValue or XValue was generated Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the empty ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItem class. Define items label text for item Clear auto generated items label text for item Returns XValue or 0 if it was not set XValue or 0 if it was not set Add item label to collection of PlotArea's labels for further their rendering Label text Item's rectangle to calculate label position RenderEngine of chart Created Label Locate item label Label to correct position depend on SeriesOrientation SeriesOrientation of chart Returns if item is inside PlotArea Rectangle that contains item Whether item is inside PlotArea Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Tracking ViewState data Loading ViewState data ViewState with data Saving ViewState data Saved in View state data Clone this object New instance of ChartSeriesItem class that is copy of this object Specifies whether the series item should be rendered. Relative value used for Stacked100 series Active region Link to visualization and design properties Item label Parent element Is series item contains empty value Main X value Second x value for item Main Y value for item Second y value for item Third y value for item (could be used in CandleStick charts as High value) Fourth y value for item (could be used in CandleStick charts as Low value) Return value by item value type name Value type name value ChartSeriesItem name Point appearance settings Index in items collection Design-time series item Main X for design created item Second X for design created item Main Y for design created item Second Y for design created item Third Y value for design created item (could be used in CandleStick charts as High value) Third Y value for design created item (could be used in CandleStick charts as Low value) Random generator for design items Constructor to initialize random generator Creates new instance of the class. Specifies parent for item Creates new instance of the class. Name of item Parent of item Initialize item X and Y values Clear X and Y values of the item Use needed X and Y values depend on type of series Series items collection Parent element Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItemsCollection class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesItemsCollection class. Parent of the collection Define items label text for each item in the collection Clear auto generated items label text for each item in the collection Get item with max YValue not greater than specified Item which YValue is limit for searching Item with max YValue not greater than specified Get item with min YValue not less than specified Item which YValue is limit for searching Item with min YValue not less than specified Count of items with YValues in specified range Min limit for searching Max limit for searching Count of items with YValues in specified range Min YValue in specified range Min limit for searching Max limit for searching Min YValue in specified range Max YValue in specified range Min limit for searching Max limit for searching Max YValue in specified range Sort items Filter items by YAxis VisibleValues(All, Negative, Positive) YAxis VisibleValues(All, Negative, Positive) Clear for all items Region Add Item at the collection Item to add Adds a collection of series items to the items collection. Items to add Load ViewState data ViewState with data Parent element Gets or sets a Item at the specific position in Items collection. Position in the collection Item at the specific position Method for comparing ChartSeriesItems First SeriesItem Second SeriesItem Difference between YValues Series Link to visualization and design properties ChartSeries items collection Plot area element for series drawing Parent element Returns whether there is an active region associated with the series. Set series parent Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class. Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class with given name Name of series Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class with given name and type. Name of series Type of series Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class. Name of series Type of series Parent of series Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class. Name of series Type of series Parent of series YAxisType(Primary or Secondary) Style of series Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class. Name of series Type of series Parent of series YAxisType(Primary or Secondary) Style of series DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series XValue DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue2 DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series XValue2 DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue3 DataSource column that is used to data-bind to the series YValue4 DataSource column (member) that will be used as ChartSeries names source when Y-values are taken from one column for a several chart ChartSeries Creates a new instance of ChartSeries class. Parent of series Resets active region properties values Search item index in series collection Item which index should to find Index of item Sets the legend item's formatted text Gets a Y value for empty points Series item Series item index Empty point y value Gets a Y value for empty points Series item Series item index Empty point y value Performs check for a required Bezier series items amount Error message Bezier series items amount is proper Creates Pie series labels Points where labels should be located Labels text Angles PieCenter point PieRadius RenderEngine of chart Filters X dependent series items without X value Sum of series items' Y values Sum of series items' Y values Custom format string String should be formatted Format expression Formated string Return a sum value of items values Series item Sum Replaces string String that should be changed Expression for formatting Item Value Default format Returns text for item label Item which label should be taken Label text Clears all series items from the data series. Removes a series item(s) from the series. Item for removing Items for removing Removes a series item(s) from the series. Index of item should be removed Indexes of items should be removed Adds a series item(s) to the series. Item to add Items to add Adds a series item(s) to the series. Items to add Adds a series item(s) to the series. Items to add Adds a series item(s) to the series. Items to add Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value. YValue of new item Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value and label. YValue of new item Label of new item Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value, label and color. YValue of new item Label of new item Color of new item Adds a new series item to the data series by specifying its value, label, color and explosion. YValue of new item Label of new item Color of new item If item is exploded Sets a new color to the series item at the specified index. Index of item to change color New color of item Sets a new value for the series item at the specified index. Index of item to change YValue New YValue Sets a new label for the series item at the specified index. Index of item to change label New label Sets a new explode status for the series item at the specified index. Index of item Shoul be exploded or not Sets new values to the data series by passing an array of real values. Old values are cleared. New values Sets new colors to the items in the data series. New colors Sets new labels to the items in the data series. New labels Sets exploded statuses to the items in the data series. New exploded values Sets new SeriesItems objects to the data series. New Items to replace old items in series Removes the SeriesItem object at the specified index. Index to remove Removes data binding links from series Overridden Series name Copies settings from given series Series to copy from Copies series items from given series Series that items should be copied Return new ChartSeries instance with copied all properties from source object and cloned Items collection New instance of ChartSeries with copied fields Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load ViewState ViewState with data Save Track ViewState Object data as array Returns whether there is an active region associated with the series. Default attributes for series items' active regions Default tooltip for series items' active regions Default url for series items' active regions Specifies whether to render the series or not. Specifies the visual appearance of series items. Gets or sets the type of the series. Plot area element for series drawing Parent element Link to Chart object Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series X-value Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series X2-value Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y-value Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y2-value Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y3-value (High for CandleStick chart). Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that is used to data-bind to the series Y4-value (Low for CandleStick chart). Gets or sets the name of the DataSource column (member) that will be used as ChartSeries names source when Y-values are taken from one column for a several chart ChartSeries Determines whether the series is configured as data bound or not. Gets or sets the name of the data series. Specifies the default value for the series items labels. Current series index in the series collection Y Axis used by series Gets or sets a ChartSeries SeriesItem object at the specified index. Gets a collection of series items. Formatted text string for a Legend Defines whether series can be used with zoom or not If series depends of X value If current series type is x dependent Determines whether the series is stacked and not stacked100 or not. Determines whether the series is stacked100 or not. Determines whether the series is stacked or not. Determines whether the series is line-type. Determines whether the series is spline area-type. Determines whether the series is normal area-type. Determines whether the series is stacked line-type. Determines whether the series is stacked area-type. Determines whether the series is stacked area-type. Determines whether the series is stacked area-type. Determines whether the series has items with empty values Series collection Parent element Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesCollection class. Creates a new instance of the ChartSeriesCollection class. Parent for collection Gets minimum Stacked 100 series item value Series Type Minimum Stacked 100 series item value Gets maximum Stacked 100 series item value Maximum Stacked 100 series item value Gets the min value of the stacked series of a specifies type. Series Type Min value of the stacked series of a specifies type. Gets the max value of the stacked series of a specified type. Series Type Max value of the stacked series of a specified type Compares two doubles and return minimum value First value to compare Second value to compare Less value Should NAN values be compared as 0 or not Compares two doubles and return maximum value First value to compare Second value to compare Greater value Should NAN values be compared as 0 or not Checks if collection contains only Bezier series Whether collection contains only Bezier series Returns true if collection contains only pie series Define items label text for each item for the all series in the collection Clear auto generated items label text for each item in the collection Check if collection contains proper data Text of error Returns True if series is a stacked type Is series a stacked type Returns True if series is a stacked100 type Is series a stacked100 type Gets maximum series items count of specified type Type of series Maximum series items count of specified type Gets series count of specified type Series type Series count of specified type Gets series items sum Item index for calculating summary Series items sum Return a sum value of items values Series Dictionary of value and sum Checks if any series item has X value Checks if any series item has X value Gets value limits Value limits Clears all series's style main and secondary colors Returns True if all series have no items True if all series have no items Count of specified type series Type of series Start index to search Count of specified type series Collection of series of specified type Type of series to select Collection of series of specified type Collection of series of specified types Types of series to select Collection of series of specified types Collection of series that use and have XValues Collection of series that use and have XValues Clone X-dpended series collection Clone X-dpended series collection Collection of series that use YAxis Collection of series that use YAxis Prepare series after AutoScale, add fake X values Restore series after AutoScale, remove fake X values Final code for series insertion Index where series should be insert Value to insert Add ChartSeries at the collection ChartSeries to add Clears items in all series Removes the all data series from the series collection. Insert ChartSeries in collection at the specific position Position ChartSeries Insert ChartSeries in collection at the specific position Position ChartSeries Find series by name ChartSeries name ChartSeries Returns a reference to the ChartsSereis object at the specified index. Index of series Series with specified index Returns the number of items in the longest data series. Number of items in the longest data series Removes data binding links from series Gets all series related to the given Y ChartAxis YAxisType(Primary, Secondary) All series related to the given Y ChartAxis Gets the minimal item value of all series. Minimal item value of all series Gets the maximal item value of all series. Maximal item value of all series Load ViewState ViewState with data Parent element (chart) Gets or sets a ChartSeries at the specific position in ChartSeries collection. Position in the collection ChartSeries at the specific position Property is true if all series in collection is X depended Returns the number of bar series which are drawn next to each other. StackedBars, StackedBars100 are counted as 1 bar series. Cont of bar series Defines whether all series in collection are scalable Defines whether all series in collection are unscalable Specifies legend items presentation. The legend does not show any information from the series. The legend shows the series name. The legend shows the names of the series items. Series orientation Specifies Vertical Orientation Specifies Horizontal Orientation Class describe a value limits for axis calculation Min X value Max X value Min Y value Max Y value Creates instance of ChartValueLimits class. Minimal x value Maximal x value Minimal y value Maximal y value Chart Title Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class. Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class. Chart Creates a new instance of the ChartTitle class. Chart Elements container Layout zone types Vertical layout zone Horizontal layout zone Virtual chart area for a chart elements placement in auto-layout Creates new class instance Export zone to rectangle RectangleF Layout zone to Position Position Layout zone to Dimensions Creates Layout zone from chart object Zone container dimensions Chart element like ChartTitle or Legend LayoutZone Creates new layout zone from a space available for a chart element Chart dimensions Chart element Existing layout zones LayoutZone Relocates existing layout zones to avoid their overlapping ChartTitle layout zone Legend LayoutZone DataTable layout zone Corrects element position to place it inside zone Element position Calculates element position Chart element Element dimensions Current element position Relocates current layout zone elements inside of layout zone Gets the DataTable from Layout zone DataTable or null Gets ChartTitle from Layout zone ChartTitle or null Gets Legend from Layout zone Legend or null Remove duplicates from layout zone Layout zones array Fixes layout zone dimensions Layout zone to fix Is layout zone already used Layout zones array Layout zone to check Start index True if zone already used Get Y offset of the element in zone Element Left offset value Gets element's bound rectangle height Height Fix X coordinate and Width of two layout zones First Layout zone Second Layout zones Corrects element position position Position Sets the layout zone dimension including appropriate margins Bound rectangle Element margins Sets the layout zone dimension Container object dimensions Corrects the element position to place it inside Layout Zone Zone element position Zone container dimensions Adds chart element in current layout zone Element to add X coordinate Y coordinate Zone width Zone height Zone type IOrdering list element by index Element index Zone aligned position Encryption utility class Encrypts string using AES algorithm Text string to encrypt Encryption key array IV array Encrypted byte array Decrypts bytes array to a string using AES algorithm Encrypted bytes array Encryption key array IV array Encrypted byte array Common chart utility methods Class constructor Xml support method. Gets the Xml attribute value Target string to save the value XmlNode to get attribute from Xml attribute name True in case of success Sets the XmlAttribute value XmlElement to set attribute value Attribute name Value to set Value type if value is Enumeration Compares two Color arrays First array to compare Second array to compare True if arrays are equal Compares two float arrays First array to compare Second array to compare True if arrays are equal Calculates sum of a float array members Array Sum value Default properties values constants Rounding digits limit Minimum possible axis step value Default main colors array Default secondary colors array Gets main color from a colors array at the specified index Colors index in an array Color Gets secondary color from a colors array at the specified index Colors index in an array Color Title for chart Chart legend Chart plot area Control holder List, that is represent the render order for taken up elements (For IContainer.OrderList property) Provides information whether the chart is used in design-time mode. Data Manager for data binding Series collection Temporary series collection in design time Temporary copy of original series collection in design time Custom palettes collection Users custom figures collection Default figures collection Skins Collection Default constructor for Chart Default method for BeforeLayout event handler Object EventArgs Default method for PrePaint event handler Object EventArgs Constructor from different chart controls IChartComponent Determine on which element of chart click occur Click coordinates Container object Active region object Set type for all series as DefaultType Apply palette for chart Palette name Apply skin for chart Skin name Specifies should apply text wrapping or not AutoTextWrap from text block Boolean Makes a chart's clone Chart's clone Update design-time preview Changes the DataGroupColumn property without DataBind method call Column Name Provide relation between enums TextQuality(Teleriks) and TextRenderingHint(.Net) TextRenderingHint value Provide relation between enums ImageQuality(Teleriks) and SmoothingMode(.Net) SmoothingMode value Returns true if only pie series present Boolean MapPath functionality path path Initialize design-time mode Finalize design-time mode Clearing skin settings Checking property on a default value Return a default value of a property Return a value of a property Load skin from Saving skin Loading chart from XML string wrapped in TextWriter Exports chart to a XML string wrapped in TextWriter Return a full path Return a full path for a data source object Return a full path for a data source object Initialize chart and its properties Chart calculations: Binding series to legend for BeforeLayout Event Chart recalculation Execute BeforeLayoutEventHandler Chart Arguments Execute PrePaintEventHandler Chart Arguments Returns the chart image Returns the chart image Returns the chart image Returns the chart static area as image for zoom feature Returns the chart plot area part as image for zoom feature Get image width when scaling enabled X scale coefficient Y scale coefficient Width in pixels Get image height when scaling enabled X scale coefficient Y scale coefficient Height in pixels Preapare chart for zooming Restore chart after zooming Checking restrictions for when some charts modes enabled Prepare chart elements for AutoLayout feature Restore chart elements setting after drawing in AutoLayout mode Returns an axis image only with ticks and axis items Returns crash-exception image if any Determine on which element of chart click occur Click x coodrinate Click y coodrinate Active region object Determine on which element of chart click occur Click x coodrinate Click y coodrinate Active region object Determine on which element of chart click occur Click coodrinates Active region object Determine on which element of chart click occur Click coodrinates Active region object Get series Series name Series or null Get series Series index Series or null Gets a reference to the data first series by specifying data series color. Series color Series or null Adds a new data series to the chart's data series collection. Series for adding Add series Series to add Add series Series for adding Add series Series for adding Add series Series for adding Add series Series for adding Series for adding Clear series collection Remove series Series Series Remove series Series name Series names Remove series Series index Series indexes Get elements order position Element Add element at the end of list Element Insert element at specific position in list Position Element Remove element from list Element Remove element from list by it's index Position Re-index order list Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Tracking ViewState Loading ViewState data Saving ViewState Copy chart setting Base chart Contains a figures collection . Contains a collection of custom figures. Contains a collection of custom palettes Provides information whether the chart is used in design-time mode. Provides access to the title element of the chart. Provides access to the legend element of the chart. Contains appearance related settings. Contains a chart plot area element. Specifies the default series type. Use this property to access the chart bitmap. Specifies a column which will be used for group by clause. A new series will be created for each unique record in this column. Gets or sets the RadChart's chart series collection object. Specifies the series palette Added just temporary to avoid build warnings Specifies AutoLayout mode to all items on the chart control. Added just temporary to avoid build warnings Specifies AutoTextWrap mode for all wrappable text blocks of the chart control. Added just temporary to avoid build warnings Specifies the skin to use. When true and using a skin, user will not be able to override any of the skin appearance. Exposes advanced data binding options. You can use this property to perform custom data binding at runtime. Specifies the orientation of chart series on the plot area. Toggles the use of the IntelligentLabels feature. Parent application path. Temporary images path. Specifies the image rendering format. Specifies the bitmap resolution. Return factor for wrap mechanism for fixed sides proportion wrap type Event handle for BeforeLayout Event Event handle for PrePaint Event Specifies a design-time series collection Specifies a temporary copy of original series in design-time mode Parent chart element Show enable scale or not List containing the render order of elements. Gets the next free order position. Gets a value indicating whether scaling is enabled. Charting component Updating designer Common charting error Default constructor Message Constructor Message Parent Error For chart exceptions drawing Graphics Message Font Width string Supported series types. Specifies a bar data series. Specifies a stacked bar data series. Specifies a stacked 100 bar data series. /// Specifies a line data series. Specifies an area data series. Specifies a stacked area data series. Specifies a stacked 100 area data series. /// Specifies a pie data series. /// Specifies a gantt data series. Specifies a bezier data series. Specifies a spline data series. Specifies a bubble data series. Specifies a point data series. Specifies an spline area data series. Specifies a stacked spline area data series. Specifies a stacked 100 spline area data series. Specifies a candlestick data series. Specifies a stacked line data series. Specifies a stacked spline data series. The base class with common functionality needed by web chart controls for an image maps creation Gets a string of element path in a parent control order list hierarchy. For example, Legend has an index 4 in a Chart's order list, first legend item has an index 0 in Legend's order list. So result string will look like "4, 0" IOrdering element ArrayList with parent indexes Generates the image map HTML code HTML code with created image map Creates chart axes specific image maps code Chart axis StringBuilder to populate with image map HTML code Generates an image map string for a given IOrdering object and appends it to a given StringBuilder object IOrdering element The target StringBuilder object Disables a JavaScript post back function creation if only tool tip creation required Gets a figure name for a image map type for a different series types Series item The Active region index in a regions list Figure name Gets an appropriate HTML shape name by an internal figure name The charting Figure string value HTML shape name (rect, circle, poly) Gets the image maps coordinates Graphics Path object to get coordinates from Charting figure String of element coordinates in the image map separated by comma Returns a string that can be used in a client event to cause post back to the server. The reference string is defined by string argument of additional event information. A string of optional arguments to pass to the control that processes the post back. A string that, when treated as script on the client, initiates the post back. Checks if chart control has a Click event enabled True or False Generates image map HTML string HTML string Support class for drawing not rectangular form elements with bitmap fill Create Instance of BitmapToRegion class Trace bitmap data to Region Image as Bitmap Result Region Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change Reloaded PictureBox special for using in the Wizard for preview different chart images Indicate select or not ChartPreview Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change Create a new instance of ChartPreview class Create a new instance of ChartPreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Create a new instance of ChartPreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Override OnMouseHover event Event arguments object Override OnMouseLeave event Event arguments object Override OnClick event Event arguments object Override OnPaint event Paint event arguments object Indicate select or not ChartPreview Class for drawing preview different series types Series type Base collection with all series types Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Should select this preview Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Create a new instance of ChartTypePreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Should select this preview Series type Class for drawing preview for different skins Skin name Base collection with all skins Create a new instance of ChartSkinPreview class Base chart Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering Skin name Skin name Delegate, that calls when selected ChartPreview change ChartPreview control Class describe common functionality for collections of different types of ChartPreview ChartPreview Delegate for getting a selected value Index of selected element Charts elements property for changing Working component List of ChartPreview objects Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class Working component Charts elements property for changing Default method for event Default method for event Default method for event ChartPreview control Dispose control Dispose control Should disposing Event occurs when selected index changed Index of selected element Get or set element from collection by integer index Index of element ChartPreview object Get a selected value Main(that describe) value from ChartPreview Class describe functionality for collections of ChartTypePreview Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class Working component Charts elements property for changing Return selected type of series types Series type Selecting ChartTypePreview by ChartSeriesType Series type for selecting Add ChartTypePreview into the collection Selected series type Class describe functionality for collections of ChartSkinPreview Create a new instance of ChartPreviewCollection class Working component Charts elements property for changing Return selected skin Selected skin name Selecting ChartSkinPreview by skin name Skin name for selecting Add ChartSkinPreview into the collection Default method for event Default method for event Selected skin name Button control with additional functionality for better design for Wizard Background image for click state Background image for hover state Background image for out state Background image for disable state Source for background image for click state Source for background image for hover state Source for background image for out state Source for background image for disable state Value that indicate should apply background images or not Create instance of ImageButton class Create instance of ImageButton class Source for background image for click state Source for background image for hover state Source for background image for out state Source for background image for disable state Read source and create image Source name image object Apply background images Should apply Override default button event OnMouseDown Mouse event arguments Override default button event OnMouseUp Mouse event arguments Override default button event OnMouseEnter Event arguments Override default button event OnMouseLeave Event arguments Override default button event OnPaint Paint event arguments Disposing Image Image object reference Dispose Should disposing Source for background image for disable state Source for background image for out state Source for background image for hover state Source for background image for hover state Value indicate enable button or not Value that indicate should apply background images or not Custom control for Wizard using for list contents manipulations ListBox control ImageButton control for move up ability ImageButton control for move down ability ImageButton control for add ability ImageButton control for remove ability Value indicate enable buttons(ImageButton) or not Should apply background images for ImageButton controls Create instance of ManagedListBox class Apply background images for ImageButton controls Should apply background images for ImageButton controls Internal component initialization Calls when Selected index of element of ListBox changed ListBox object Event arguments Calls when content of ListBox changed ListBox object Value indicate enable buttons(ImageButton) or not ListBox control ImageButton control for add ability ImageButton control for move down ability ImageButton control for add ability ImageButton control for remove ability Should apply background images for ImageButton controls Delegate for content of ListBox changed event ListBox Class describe a collection of ListBoxItems and its functionality Collection owner Create new instance of ListBoxItems class ListBox Create new instance of ListBoxItems class ListBox ListBoxItems collection Create new instance of ListBoxItems class ListBox Values for ListBoxItems collection Add item into the collection Item for adding Add items into the collection Items values for adding Add items into the collection Items for adding Add items into the collection Items values for adding Clearing collection Insert item into the collection at specific position Items position Item for adding Remove item from collection Item that should be remove Remove item from collection Item with that index should be remove Calls when content of ListBoxItems collection changed Class describe functionality for controlling ListBox Default method for ListBoxItemsChanged event Sender Create new instance of ListBoxContolling class Create Items Collection for ListBox ObjectCollection Event occurs when items collection of ListBox changed Items collection Text block for input numbers only Value as number Create new instance of NumberTextBox class Override OnLeave event Event arguments Value as number Delegate calls when TabPage activate Class describe TapPage for Wizard Delegate calls when TabPage activate Create new instance of WizardTabPage class Delegate for getting list of names of available DataSources List of names of available DataSources Delegate for getting name of selected DataSource List of names of available DataSources Transfer data from DataSourse in to the control Delegate provide event which occurs when DataSource changed Sender object Event arguments Delegate provide functionality for configuration DataSorce in the design Time Delegate for set DataSourceID in the control Class provide Wizard GUI in the design time for chart controls Chart component designer object Chart component contains a original control Chart component contains a temporary control which use in the wizard Collection for preview series types Collection for preview skins Default method for GetDataSourcesList delegate Default method for GetSelectedDataSourceName delegate Default method for GetData delegate Default method for DataSourceChanged delegate Default method for DataSourceDesignerConfigure delegate Default method for SetDataSourceID delegate DataTable data source helper object Create a new instance of Wizard class Create a new instance of Wizard class Chart component designer object Create a new instance of Wizard class Chart component designer object Should apply skins for wizard or not Initialize wizard internal controls Fills ComboBox controls from Enum ComboBox control Enum Gets enum value by its position Enum Position index Management for controls in the Data tab page Add Events for tab with series type selection Remove Events for tab with series type selection Initialize tab with series type selection Create ChartPreview object Series type Required width for image rendering Required height for image rendering ChartPreview object Create series in the chart Series name Main color Second color Series type Chart Change SeriesOrientation property depending of RadioButton state, when RadioButton state changing RadioButton Event arguments Change SeriesOrientation property depending of RadioButton state, when RadioButton state changing RadioButton Event arguments Add events for internal controls in the Data tab Goto Axis tab Label Event arguments object Change series type for selected series DropDownList Event arguments object Select series labels Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Select series Y2 values Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Select series Y values Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Select series X2 values Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Select series X values Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Change series name TextBox Event arguments object Change series item Y2 value for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Change series item Y value for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Change series item X2 value for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Change series item X value for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Change series item label value for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Change series item name for selected item TextBox Event arguments object Define selected series item ListBox Event arguments object Remove series item Button Event arguments object Add series item Button Event arguments object Change series item position(move down) in the collection for selected item Button Event arguments object Change series item position(move up) in the collection for selected item Button Event arguments object Define selected series ListBox Event arguments object Remove selected series Button Event arguments object Add series Button Event arguments object Change series position(move down) in the collection for selected item Button Event arguments object Change series position(move up) in the collection for selected item Button Event arguments object Remove events from internal controls in the Data tab Init internal controls in the Data tab Init controls which bind to the series Init controls which bind to the series items Gets a visible item mark for display in the ListBox Series Item item mark text Select series by index series index should change selected index or not Select series item by index series index should change selected index or not Fill DropDownList from list of available DataSources Initialize controls which bind to the DataBinding functionality Supporting method for preview data from data source Data from data source Call DataSource properties and setting dialog Button Event arguments object Apply selecting DataSourse DropDownList Event arguments object Select axis labels Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Select grouping Field from binding source DropDownList Event arguments object Initialize controls on the Skin tab Create preview for skin Skin Name Required width for preview image Required height for preview image ChartSkinPreview object Go to the data tab Label Event arguments Remove events from controls that binding with values of data table Add events from controls that binding with values of data table Set Y coordinate for DataTable TextBlock object Event arguments object Set X coordinate for DataTable TextBlock object Event arguments object Initialize controls that binding with values of data table Change RenderType of DataTable DropDownList object Event arguments object Change AlignedPosition of DataTable DropDownList object Event arguments object Change Visible of DataTable CheckBox object Event arguments object Change Position.Auto of DataTable CheckBox object Event arguments object Add events from controls in the Axis Tab Go to the Data tab Label object Event arguments object Set Tick.Visible for selected axis CheckBox object Event arguments object Remove events from controls in the Axis Tab Initialize controls base on the XAxis Initialize controls base on the YAxis Initialize controls base on the YAxis2 Initialize Axis tab internal controls Set Axis.Visible for selected axis CheckBox object Event arguments object Set AxisItems visible for selected axis CheckBox object Event arguments object Set AutoScale for selected axis CheckBox object Event arguments object Set Axis label text for selected axis TextBlock object Event arguments object Set Axis step text for selected axis TextBlock object Event arguments object Set Axis label rotation angle for selected axis TextBlock object Event arguments object Set MinValue for selected axis TextBlock object Event arguments object Set MaxValue for selected axis TextBlock object Event arguments object Set VisibleValues for selected axis DropDownList object Event arguments object Set ValueFormat for selected axis DropDownList object Event arguments object Set selected axis DropDownList object Event arguments object Set base axis for copy setting DropDownList object Event arguments object Set AxisLabel AlignedPosition for selected axis DropDownList object Event arguments object Copy settings from one axis to another Button object Event arguments object Move up selected manual axis item Button object Event arguments object Move down selected manual axis item Button object Event arguments object Set text for manual axis item Button object Event arguments object Remove manual axis item Button object Event arguments object Select target manual axis item ListBox object Event arguments object Add manual items into the ListBox Collection of ChartAxisItems Add new manual axis item Button object Event arguments object Get selected axis ChartAxis Initialize controls that bindings to the SeriesLabels Series index Set SeriesLabel AlignedPosition for selected series DropDownList object Event arguments object Set AxisLabel Distance for selected series TextBlock object Event arguments object Set AxisLabel Rotation angle for selected series TextBlock object Event arguments object Set AxisLabel Visible angle for selected series CheckBox object Event arguments object Set selected series DropDownList object Event arguments object Set Legend Alignment DropDownList object Event arguments object Set Figure for markers of bindable legend items DropDownList object Event arguments object Set Visible for Legend CheckBox object Event arguments object Set Title text TextBlock object Event arguments object Set AlignedPosition for Title DropDownList object Event arguments object Set Visible for Title CheckBox object Event arguments object Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Mouse Wheel support in the wizard tabs Object Mouse Event Arguments object Select Tab Tab object Event Arguments object Apply Skin Should apply skin Override OnCreateControl: initialize BackgroundImage for form Override OnPaint: Drawing BackgroundImage for form Paint Event Arguments object Submit button click Button object Event Arguments object Apply button click Button object Event Arguments object Cancel button click Button object Event Arguments object Wizard MouseMove event Wizard Event Arguments object Wizard MouseDown event Wizard Event Arguments object WizardAdded event Form Close button click Button object Event Arguments object Wizard form MouseDown event Form Event Arguments object Wizard form MouseDown event Wizard Event Arguments object Wizard Title MouseDown event Wizard Event Arguments object Wizard Title MouseMove event Wizard Event Arguments object Support class for additional functionality which is used in the specific controls in wizard Gets image from resource library Resource name Image Trace Bitmap data into region Image as bitmap Region Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode. Used for select palette Object that provide an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property grid control in design mode. ListBox for palette selection Create a instance of ChartPaletteEditor class Return edit style for ListBox Object which provide contextual information about a component Edit style Call when value change Object which provide contextual information about a component Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object Value New value Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection Object which generate a event Event arguments Dispose Dispose True - if should disposing For resize ability Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode. Used for skins collection changes Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property grid control in design mode. ListBox for select value Create a instance of ChartSkinEditor class Return edit style for ListBox Object which provide contextual information about a component Edit style Call when value change Object which provide contextual information about a component Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object Value New value Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection Object which generate a event Event arguments Return a component for changes Object which defines a mechanism for retrieving a service object. Object which provides functionality required by all components Dispose object Dispose object Should dispose Used for resize ability Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode. Used for DataColumn changing Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property grid control in design mode. ListBox for select value Previous value Return edit style for ListBox Object which provide contextual information about a component Edit style Call when value change Object which provide contextual information about a component Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object Value New value Filling listbox Data DataMember Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection Object which generate a event Event arguments Dispose object Dispose object Should dispose Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode. Used for figure change Object which Provides an interface for a System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor to display Windows Forms or to display a control in a drop-down area from a property grid control in design mode. ListBox for select value Previous value Style object Create new instance of FiguresEditor class Return edit style for ListBox Object which provide contextual information about a component Edit style Call when value change Object which provide contextual information about a component Object which define a mechanism for retrieving a service object Value New value Added to automatically close dropdown after user selection Object which generate a event Event arguments Dispose object Should dispose Dispose object Should dispose Supporting class for Visual Studio design mode. Used for DataColumn with numeric data changing Filling listbox Data DataMember Common interface for a ordering collections Adds IOrdering elements list in the collection IOrdering list to add The starting index at collection to add elements to Adds only visible items to collection IOrdering list to add The starting index at collection to add elements to Adds only visible item to collection IOrdering element to add The starting index at collection to add element to Gets the IOrdering element from collection at the given index Element index IOrdering element A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Sets the edge type of rectangular shapes. Container object Create new instance of Corners class. Container object Create new instance of Corners class. Create new instance of Corners class. RoundSize for coners Create new instance of Corners class. Type of top left corner Type of top right corner Type of bottom left corner Type of bottom right corner RoundSize of corners Implicitly creates a Corners from the specified string. The string to parse Object of corners type Converts the specified string to Corners. The string to convert. Corners that represents the specified string. Converts the specified string to a Corners. The string to convert. CultureInfo used Object of corners type Set specified type for all corners Type of corners Compare two objects of Corners type Object to compare with Whether objects equal Gets HashCode HashCode Clone this object New instance of Corners type Copy fields from specified object Object to copy from Reset all settings to default Gets and sets the type of the top left corner of the rectangular shape. Type of top left corner Gets and sets the type of the top right corner of the rectangular shape. Type of top right corner Gets and sets the type of the bottom left corner of the rectangular shape. Type of bottom left corner Gets and sets the type of the bottom right corner of the rectangular shape. Type of bottom right corner Gets and sets the round size of the corner. Round size of corners Check whether all corners are of Rectangle type. Check whether can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context Context for types converting Type to convert Can convert an object or not Conversion of an object to the type of this converter Context for types converting To use at the current culture Object to convert Converted object Conversion of an object to the specified type Context for types converting To use at the current culture Object to convert Type to convert the value parameter to converted object Get Properties Supported Context Properties Supported Gets Properties of type Context Properties of this type Get Create Instance Supported Context Get Create Instance Supported Create new instance Context Properties New instance Corner type Specifies a sharp corner. Specifies a rounded corner. Represents custom shape of an element. Represents element shape. Base class for specialized shapes such as EllipseShape, RoundRectShape, Office12Shape, etc. Serializes properties. Required for serialization mechanism of telerik framework. Deserializes properties. Required for the deserialization mechanism of telerik framework. Initializes a new instance of the CustomShape class. Initializes a new instance of the CustomShape class using a container. Creates a path using a ractangle for bounds. Serializes properties. Required for telerik serialization mechanism. Deserializes properties. Required for telerik deserialization mechanism. Gets a List of Shape points. Gets or sets a Rectangle indicating the dimension of the shape. Represents a shape editor control. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Represents a shape point. Represents a base class of the ShapePoint class. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePointbase class. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using X and Y coordinates. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using a Point structure. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using an instance of the ShapePointBase class. Sets the X and Y coordinates of the shape point. Sets the point position from a Point structure. Retrieves a Point structure corresponding to the point position. Retrieves a string representation of the ShapePointBase class. Gets or sets a float value indicating the X coordinate of the shape point. Gets or sets a float value indicating the Y coordinate of the shape point. Gets or sets a value indicating the anchor style. Gets or sets a boolean value indicating whether the shape point is locked. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class from the X and Y coordinates of the point. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class from a Point structure. Initializes a new instance of the ShapePoint class using a ShapePoint instance. Creates a Bezier curve between the current point and the point given as a parameter. Gets or sets the first control point. Gets or sets the second control point. Exposes the line direction. Exposes the line position. Indicates horizontal position. Indicates vertical position. Represents element shape converter. Represents round rectangle shape. Initializes a new instance of the RoundRectShape class. Initializes a new instance of the RoundRectShape class using a radius. Greates round rectangle like path. Serializes properties. Required for telerik serialization mechanism. Deserializes properties. Required for telerik deserialization mechanism. Gets or sets the radius of the shape. User-defined figure Creates new instance of CustomFigure class. Creates new instance of CustomFigure class. Name of figure Data in string format used for figure creation Gets String representation String representation Gets and sets Figure's name Name of figure Gets and sets Figure's source Data in string format needed to restore object Custom figures collection Gets or sets a custom figures collection item. Index to get figure Figure at specified index Gets or sets a custom figures collection item. Name of figure to get Figure with specified name Adds a custom figure to the collection. Figure for adding Adds an array of figure items to the figures collection. Figures for adding Indicates whether the specified figure item exists in the collection. Figure name Whether the specified figure item exists in the collection or not Returns the index of the specified figure item. Name of figure Index of figure with specified name Removes figure with specified name Name of figure Default figures' names List of default figures' names Gets whether list contains figure with specified name Name of figure Whether list contains figure with specified name or not Get graphics path of figure with specified name Name of figure Graphics path Create graphics path for star figure Count of points in star Rectangle of star figure Ratio Graphics path of star figure Default figures List of figures Create new instance of FiguresCollection class. Create new instance of FiguresCollection class. Chart to add figures into collection Add list of figures into collection List of figures Add figure with specified name Name figure for adding Gets graphics path of figure with specified name Name of figure Graphics path Gets graphics path of figure with specified name in chart's custom figures Name of figure Chart with custom figures Graphics path Gets list of figures User-defined palettes collection Create new instance of CustomPalettesCollection class. Indicates whether the specified palette item exists in the collection. Name of palette Whether the specified palette item exists in the collection Returns the index of the specified palette item. Name of palette Index of the specified palette item Removes palette with specified name from collection Name of palette Returns a reference to the Palette object at the specified index. Index to get palette Palette at specified index Returns a reference to the Palette object by the specified name. Name of palette Palette object with specified name Series color palette. Used for an automatic series items colors assignment Palette items collection that palette contains Create new instance of Palette class. Create new instance of Palette class. Name of palette Create new instance of Palette class. Name of palette Main colors of palette items Second colors of palette items Create new instance of Palette class. Name of Palette Additional colors of palette Create new instance of Palette class. Name Colors of items If true than second and main colors are equal Fill items collection from two color arrays Main colors of items Second color of items Gets palette item with specified index Index where palette item should be get Palette item Gets string representation String representation Clone this object New instance with the same fields as this one Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState data Save data into ViewState Saved data Gets and sets Palette item at specified index Index to get palette item Palette item at specified index Palette item Gets Palette Items Collection Specifies the palette name Palette name Palette item Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending Create new instance of PaletteItem class. Create new instance of PaletteItem class. Colors with positions Create new instance of PaletteItem class. Name of item Colors with positions Create new instance of PaletteItem class. Name of item Main color of item Second color of item Create new instance of PaletteItem class. Main color of item Second color of item Reset all settings to default Gets string representation String representation Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data into ViewState Saved data Clone this object New instance with fields equal to these ones Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending Specifies the main color for palette item Main color of item Specifies the second color for palette item Second color of item Specifies the name for palette item Name of item Palette items collection Create new instance of PaletteItemsCollection class. Gets Palette item at specified index Index to get palette item Palette item at specified index Default palettes Default color palettes listing Creates object of PalettesCollection class Returns default palette by name Name of palette Checks whether palette name exist in default palettes list Name of palette Whether palette name exist in default palettes list or not Returns custom palette by name Name of palette Chart to get custom palettes Represents the custom property attribute used to mark property as skinable and being used with a skin application Defines whether attribute is skinable Create new instance of SkinnablePropertyAttribute class. Gets whether attribute is skinable XML document to save and load style data Should serialize all properties or only that have skinable property attributes Save specified object to XML Object which properties should be save to XML Saved XML text Serialize properties to XML Object which properties should be save to XML Elemnt created in XML Serialize properties to XML Object which properties should be save to XML Name that created element in XML should have Elemnt created in XML Serialize specified property to XML Abstraction of property style Parent element Object which properties should be save to XML Serialize complex object Abstraction of property style Parent element Object which properties should be save to XML Load elements and properties from XML String that contains XML representation of the object Object which properties should be load from XML Deserialize element from XML Root element Object which properties should be load from XML Deserialize property from XML Abstraction of property on a one of styles class Property element that should be deserialized Object which properties should be load from XML Deserialize element of ColorBlend type Root element ColorBlend object High index limit for which deserialization should take place Checks if property has default value Abstraction of property on a one of styles class Style container object Whether property has default value or not Gets the default value for specified property Abstraction of property on a one of styles class Default value Gets the default value for specified property Abstraction of property on a one of styles class Style container object Default value Gets and sets XML document Should serialize all properties or only that have skinable property attributes Shadow rendering support class Draw shadow for line Chart graphics object Pen used for line shadow Points that create line's path Type of line(0-Line, 1-Bezier, 2-Spline) Width of line PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Shadow's distance Shadow's color Shadow's blur Shadow's position type Draw shadow for line Chart graphics object Pen used for line shadow Line's path Line's width PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Shadow's distance Shadow's color Shadow's blur Shadow's position type Set shadow start point position by shadowPosition parameter and shadowDistance Shadow's position type Calculated shadow position Shadow's distance Corrected shadow position depended on distance and position type Draws shadow for polygon ChartSeries that contains shadow style Garphics path of polygon ChartGraphics object PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Draw shadow for polygon ChartSeries that contains shadow style Points that form polygon ChartGraphics object PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Draw shadow for polygon Garphics path of polygon ChartGraphics object PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Shadow's distance Shadow's color Shadow's blur Shadow's position type Draw shadow for polygon Points that form polygon ChartGraphics object PlotArea's width PlotArea's height Shadow's distance Shadow's color Shadow's blur Shadow's position type Method creates shadow for path, based on shadow parameters and Gaussian blur logic for render shadow Path, that describe a figure Brush, that used for drawing a shadow (define shadow color and transparency) Pen, that used for drawing a shadow Distance from object to it shadow Blur coefficient Size for image, that contain shadow Draw figure type Image that contains shadow with blur Creates pixels array from image using managed code Source bitmap to get pixels Weight of bitmap Height of bitmap Pixels colors Updates image from pixels array using managed code Source bitmap to get pixels Pixels colors Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array Weight of bitmap Height of bitmap Updates image from pixels array using unmanaged code Source bitmap to get pixels Pixels colors Blur top point Blur height Blur left point Blur width Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array Weight of bitmap Height of bitmap Data about bitmap locked in memory Gaussian blur algorithm for bitmap image Image, that can be degraded Blur coefficient Degraded bitmap Blur rectangle Blur image Support function for blur, generate one dimensional array with coefficients Blur coefficient Array with blur coefficients Sets pixels colors to image Image to set pixels colors Pixels colors as two-dimensioned array Blur top point Blur height Blur left point Blur width Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array Image width Image height Types for drawing figures Only lines Only fills Lines and fills Describe a 4-byte color and functionality that works with color and byte arrays Red channel Green channel Blue channel Alpha (transparency) channel Create new instance of BColor class Red component Green component Blue component Transparency channel New instance of BColor class Create new instance of BColor class New instance of BColor class Create new instance of BColor class Red channel value Green channel value Blue channel value Alpha (transparency) channel value Convert BColor object to string representation String Get pixels colors from image Iamge to get pixels Width of image Height of image Pixels colors from image Transform one dimensional byte array to two dimensional BColor array, that describe the image Array of 4 channel image bytes Image width Image height Two dimensional BColor array, that describe the image Convert two-dimensioned array of pixels colors to one-dimensioned array Two-dimensioned array of pixels colors One-dimensioned array of pixels colors Pixels colors represented as one-dimensioned array each four elements of it contain information about pixel color(r,g,b,a) Two-dimensioned array of pixels colors Top Height Left Width Pixels colors as one-dimensioned array Image height Image width Possible shadow positions listing Assign the right position for shadow Assign the left position for shadow Assign the top position for shadow Assign the bottom position for shadow Assign the top right position for shadow Assign the top left position for shadow Assign the bottom right position for shadow Assign the bottom left position for shadow Assign the behind position for shadow Chart skin Skin name XML document that contains skin properties. Create new instance of ChartSkin class. Create new instance of ChartSkin class with specified name. Name of skin. Create new instance of ChartSkin class. XML document that contains skin properties. Checks if skin is not specified for chart. Skin name Whether skin is not specified for chart or not Applies skin to given chart Chart to apply skin Grabs skin from given chart Chart to get skin Skin name Gets and sets skin name. Name of skin Gets and sets XML document that contains skin properties. Chart skins collection A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Skins listing. New skin name should be added here Resource that holds skins. Gets the names of the skins in the collection. Names of skins in collection. Resource manager. Provides information about resource. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Embedded background images for skins. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Get image with specified name of specified skin. Name of image. Skin name. Image from resource Resource manager. Provides information about resource. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Chart background image of Inox skin. Chart background image of Mac skin. Chart background image of Marble skin. Chart background image of Metal skin. Chart background image of Wood skin. PlotArea background image of Inox skin. PlotArea background image of Marble skin. PlotArea background image of Metal skin. Aligned positions listing Assign the right position for element Assign the left position for element Assign the top position for element Assign the bottom position for element Assign the center position for element Assign the top right position for element Assign the top left position for element Assign the bottom right position for element Assign the bottom left position for element Define auto wrap option for text Means that value of auto text wrap will be inherit of parent element. Means that auto text wrap will be applied. Means that auto text wrap will not be applied. Specifies different axis styles for positioning of item labels and marks. Sets the default axis layout style. Sets the endmost axis items inside the axis. Sets axis items between axis marks. Define visibility option for axis Means that axis will be visible if it is XAxis or any series belongs to it. Means that axis will be visible. Means that axis will be not visible. Axis visible values range positive / negative All values will be visible. Only positive values will be visible. Only negative values will be visible. Specifies that no default format string is specified. Uses CustomFormat if is . Default format string is set to currency : "C". Default format string is set to scientific : "E". Default format string is set to general : "G". Default format string is set to number : "N". Default format string is set to percent : "P". Converts to short date using ShortDatePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set. Converts to short time using ShortTimePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set. Converts to long date using LongDatePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set. Converts to long time using LongTimePattern set in CurrentCulture. Uses CustomFormat if is set. Gradient element Create new instance of GradientElement class. Create new instance of GradientElement class. Color Position Reset to default parameters Comparing to objects Object for comparing Whether objects are equal or not Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object. New instance of GradientElement class with the same fields as this one Gets and sets Color Color Gets and sets Position Position Defines arrays of elements and positions used for interpolating GradientElement blending in a multicolor gradient. Container element Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Colors to add Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Colors to add to the object Container element Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Colors to add to the object. Positions of colors. Container element Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Colors to add to the object Positions of colors Create new instance of ColorBlend class. Container element. Adds a range of elements to the collection. Object that contains element to add Load pairs colors\positions from specified object. Object to load from. Gets ColorBlend's colors. ColorBlend's colors. Gets ColorBlend's positions. ColorBlend's positions. Gets color at specified position. Position to get color. Color at specified position. Returns gradient brush Rectangle of brush Angle of brush. Gradient brush Comparing two objects. Object to compare. Whether objects equal or not Color blends comparer First object for comparing Second object for comparing Whether objects equal or not Clone this object. New instance of ColorBlend class with the same fields as this one. Defaults Dimensions base class Interface that sizable objects implement. Gets and sets auto size mode. Gets and sets height value. Gets and sets width value. Gets and sets margins. Gets and sets paddings. Specifies the margins properties Specifies the paddings properties Gets if Height property should be serializable. If Height property should be serializable. Reset Height to default value. Gets if Width property should be serializable. If Width property should be serializable. Gets if Width property should be serializable. If Width property should be serializable. Create new instance of Dimensions class. Container element Create new instance of Dimensions class. Create new instance of Dimensions class. Width of element Height of element Create new instance of Dimensions class. Width of element Height of element Create new instance of Dimensions class. Margins of element Create new instance of Dimensions class. Paddings of element Create new instance of Dimensions class. Margins of element Paddings of element Container element. Copy of this object. Resets to default values Checks if objects are equal without margins and paddings. Object to compare If objects are equal without margins and paddings Sets the new Width and Height values Width of element Height of element Sets the new Width and Height values Width of element Height of element Copy dimensions from the object. Object tot copy from. Comparing of two objects. Object to compare with. Whether objects are equal. Gets hash code. Hash code. Returns True if dimensions width and height are zero values True if dimensions width and height are zero values Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Clone this object. New instance of Dimensions class with the same fields as this object. Track ViewState. Load data from ViewState. ViewState with data Save data to ViewState. Saved data Gets and sets Auto sizing mode True if auto size, false - if not. Specifies the height property Height value of Unit type. Specifies the width property Width value of Unit type Specifies the margins properties Margins for element Specifies the paddings properties Paddings for element Gets property value by name. Name of property. Value of property. Specific series point marks dimensions Create new instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class. Container element. Create new instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class. Resets Height to default values Resets Width to default values Resets to default values Clone this object. New instance of DimensionsSeriesPointMark class with the same fields as this object. Specifies Height of element. Specifies Width of element. Specifies margins of element. Specifies paddings of element. Chart title's dimensions Create new instance of DimensionsTitle class. Reset to default values. Specifies margins of element. Specifies paddings of element. Default plot area's dimensions Create new instance of DimensionsPlotArea class. Reset to default settings Specifies margins of element. Chart's dimensions Reset Height to default settings Reset Width to default settings Default height Default width Reset to default settings Specifies Height of element Specifies Width of element Legend's dimensions Create new instance of DimensionsLegend Reset to default settings Specifies margins of element Specified paddings of element Marker's default dimensions Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class. Container element Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class. Create new instance of DimensionsMarker class. Width of element Height of element Reset Height to default settings Reset Width to default settings Reset to default settings Specifies paddings of element Gets and sets Auto size mode of element Specifies height of element Specifies width of element PointMark's default dimensions Clone this object. New instance of DimensionsPointMarker class with the same fields as this object. Specifies margins of element Empty values representation mode Empty value Empty value point appearance Line, Spline, Bezier series line style Specifies an empty bar fill style Create new instance of EmptyValue class. Reset all settings to default. Clone this object. New instance of the object EmptyValue with the same fields as this object has. Track ViewState. Load data from ViewState. ViewState with data Save data to ViewState. Saved data. Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Gets and sets Empty values representation mode Gets and sets Empty line style Gets and sets Empty value point mark Specifies an empty bar fill style Specifies the direction of a linear gradient. Fill settings Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill Create new instance of FillSettings class. Container object Create new instance of FillSettings class. Constructor for FillSettings for the Linear gradient fill mode Linear gradient fill mode Linear gradient fill angle Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill Constructor for FillSettings for the Hatch fill mode Hatch style Constructor for FillSettings for the Image fill mode Image mode Image path Alignment of image Flip mode Container element Reset to default values Get background image of chart Chart to get image Image from resources Clone this object New instance of FillSettings class with the same fields as this object. Comparing two objects. Object for comparing Whether objects are equal or not Gets hash code Hash code Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Specifies the Linear gradient fill mode Specifies the Linear gradient fill angle Specifies the blend colors for Gradient fill Specifies the style of hatch fill type Specifies how image should be drawing Specifies the URL of Image file Specifies the Image align mode Specifies the image flip settings Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Vertical gradient default fill settings Reset values to default Specifies the Linear gradient fill mode Fill style base class Fill settings Create new instance of FillStyle class. Create new instance of FillStyle class. Container element Create new instance of FillStyle class. Main color Create new instance of FillStyle class. Main color Second color Create new instance of FillStyle class. Main color One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch) Create new instance of FillStyle class. Main color Second color One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch) Create new instance of FillStyle class. Main color Second color Fill settings Specifies whether gamma correction should be used One of FillType values(Solid, Gradient, ComplexGradient, Image,Hatch) Container element Reset to default settings Clone of this object New instance of FillStyle class with the same fields as this object Comparing of two objects Object to compare Whether objects are equal or not Gets hash code Hash code Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Gets and sets the main color of figure background Gets and sets the second color of figure background Gets and sets fill settings Gets and sets the main color opacity coefficient Gets and sets the second color opacity coefficient Specifies whether gamma correction should be used Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used Gets value of property by its name Name of property Value of property Series fill style FillStyleSeries with default settings Create new instance of FillStyleSeries class. Create new instance of FillStyleSeries class. Container element(series) Reset to default values Gets or sets the color of the data series. Gets or sets the color of the data series. Series points fill style Create new instance of FillStyleSeriesPoint class. Container element Create new instance of FillStyleSeriesPoint class. Reset to default values Chart's background fill style Create new instance of FillStyleChart class. Reset to default values Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used Gets or sets the color of the data series. Create new instance of FillStylePlotArea class. Default value of Main color Default value of Second color Reset to default values Chart plot area main color Chart plot area second color Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used Title's background fill style Reset to default values Chart title main color Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used Marked zone fill style Reset to default values Chart marked zone main color Specifies which of fill styles (Hatch, Solid, Image, Gradient) should be used Fill types listing Element is filled by one color. Element is filled by two color. Element is filled by colors at specified positions. Element is filled by Hatch type(standard). Element is filled by image. Image is located at Top of element. Image is located at Bottom of element. Image is located at Right of element. Image is located at Left of element. Image is located at Center of element. Image is located at TopRight of element. Image is located at TopLeft of element. Image is located at BottomRight of element. Image is located at BottomLeft of element. Image is aligned by specified alignment. Stretch image. Flip image. Fill element by image that repeats by X and Y. Fill element by image that flips by X. Fill element by image that flips by Y. Fill element by image that flips by X and Y. Interface that objects with position implement. Gets position. Specifies how marker and text block are situated related to each other. Marker at left, TextBlock - at right Marker at right, TextBlock - at left Marker at top, TextBlock - at bottom Marker at bottom, TextBlock - at top Marker and TextBlock use Position-AlignedPosition. Default value. Base class for a chart Margins and Paddings Container element Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Container element Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Container element Top side Right side Bottom side Left side Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Top side Right side Bottom side Left side Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Container element Top side Right side Bottom side Left side Creates new instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class. Value in pixels or percents of all sides Reset to default settings. Set value in pixels or percents of all sides Value in pixels or percents of all sides Checks whether objects are equal Object to compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Operator comparing First object for comparing Second object for comparing Result of comparing Operator not equal First object for comparing Second object for comparing Whether objects are not equal Clone this object New instance of LayoutDecoratorBase class with the same fields as this one Copy fields from object Object to copy from Sets the left side in pixels or percents of the chart's width. Sets the right side in pixels or percents of the chart's width. Sets the top side in pixels or percents of the chart's height. Sets the bottom side in pixels or percents of the chart's height. Base appearance settings for any element being calculated Base style class Specifies the shadowStyle property Specifies the border for style Style container object Chart style related to Creates new instance of Style class. Container object element Creates new instance of Style class. Creates new instance of Style class. Style border Creates new instance of Style class. Style border Visibility Creates new instance of Style class. Style border Visibility Shadow style Gets element visibility Element visibility to check Visibility of the specified element Reset settings to default Set pixels value to width and height properties of element Element to calculate pixel values Container of element Set pixels value to width and height properties of element Element to calculate pixel values Container's width Container's height Set pixels value to width and height properties of element's dimensions Element's dimensions Container's width Container's height Calculate bounds of element depend on its rotation and previous dimensions Dimensions of element Rotation angle Clone this object Cloned object Gets property value of element by name Element to get property Property name Property value of specified element Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState to load data Save data to ViewState Saved data Specifies the border style Specifies the shadow settings Specifies visibility Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Specifies chart style related to Position of element Dimensions of element Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class. Container object Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class. Position of element Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class. Dimensions of element. Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class. Position of element Dimensions of element. Creates new instance of LayoutStyle class. Border of element Visibility of element Shadow Position Dimensions Reset to default settings Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Specifies the elements Position property Specifies the elements Dimensions property Border style Style container object Determines whether this instance is visible. true if this instance is visible; otherwise, false. Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Container object Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Border visibility Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Border color Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Border color Border width Creates new instance of StyleBorder class Border color Border width Border PenStyle Reset to default settings Compare two objects Object tot compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object Object with the same fields as this one Specifies the line color property Specifies the pen style property Specifies the width property Visibility Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Common lines style Creates new instance of LineStyle class Container object Creates new instance of LineStyle class Creates new instance of LineStyle class Line visibility Creates new instance of LineStyle class Line color Creates new instance of LineStyle class Line color Line width Creates new instance of LineStyle class Line color Line width Line PenStyle Creates new instance of LineStyle class Line color Line width Line PenStyle Line end cap Reset to default settings Compare two objects Object tot compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object Object with the same fields as this one Specifies the end cap property Specifies the start cap property Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Line series specific style Line series color Reset to default settings Gets or sets the width of the series line. Width of line Gets or sets PenStyle of the series line PenStyle of line Checks if line belongs to StyleEmptyLineSeries class. Gets or sets color of the series line Color of line Line series visibility (same as Series.Visible) Visibility of line Empty Line series specific style Reset to default settings Gets or sets color of the series line Color of line Gets or sets PenStyle of the series line PenStyle of line Series border specific style Creates new instance of StyleSeriesBorder class. Series object Reset to default settings Gets or sets PenStyle of the series border PenStyle of line Gets or sets color of the series border Color of line Title border specific style Legend border specific style Reset to default settings Gets and sets border color Legend's border color Chart border specific style Reset to default settings Gets and sets border color Chart's border color Data table's border specific style Reset to default settings Gets and sets border color DataTable's border color Series item label connector line specific style Creates new instance of StyleItemLabelConnector class. Reset to default settings Gets and sets item label connector's color Item label connector'scolor Scale breaks line specific style Reset to default settings Gets and sets ScaleBreak's color ScaleBreak's color Margins base class Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Container object Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Container object Top margin in pixels or percents Right margin in pixels or percents Bottom margin in pixels or percents Left margin in pixels or percents Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Top margin in pixels or percents Right margin in pixels or percents Bottom margin in pixels or percents Left margin in pixels or percents Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Top margin in pixels Right margin in pixels Bottom margin in pixels Left margin in pixels Creates new instance of ChartMargins class. Value to set for all margins Implicitly creates a new instance of ChartMargins from the specified string. The string to parse New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartMargins. The string to convert from. New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartMargins. The string to convert from. Culture info New instance of ChartMargins from the specified string Title's margins Creates new instance of ChartMarginsTitle class. Reset to default settings Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width. Sets the top margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height. Sets the bottom margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height. Sets the left margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width. Plot area's margins Creates new instance of ChartMarginsPlotArea class. Reset to default settings Sets the left margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width. Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width. Sets the top margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height. Sets the bottom margin in pixels or percent of the chart's height. Legend's margins Creates new instance of ChartMarginsLegend class. Reset to default settings Sets the right margin in pixels or percent of the chart's width. Specifies a horizontal drawing Specifies a vertical drawing Not set Full auto resizing by contents Horizontal auto resizing by contents Vertical auto resizing by contents No auto resizing Base paddings class Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Container element Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Container object Top padding in pixels or percents Right padding in pixels or percents Bottom padding in pixels or percents Left padding in pixels or percents Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Top padding in pixels or percents Right padding in pixels or percents Bottom padding in pixels or percents Left padding in pixels or percents Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Top padding in pixels Right padding in pixels Bottom padding in pixels Left padding in pixels Creates new instance of ChartPaddings class. Value to set for all paddings Implicitly creates an instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string. The string to parse Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartPaddings class. The string to convert from. Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string Converts the specified string to an instance of ChartPaddings class. The string to convert from. Culture info Instance of ChartPaddings class from the specified string Chart title's paddings Creates new instance of ChartPaddingsTitle class. Reset to default values Specifies the left padding Specifies the right padding Specifies the top padding Specifies the bottom padding Chart title's paddings Creates new instance of ChartPaddingsLegend class. Reset to default values Specifies the top padding Specifies the right padding Specifies the bottom padding Specifies the left padding Direction of label position in auto mode Horizontal label's direction Vertical label's direction Represents the element position in the container Contains elements' calculated position X for speed optimization Contains elements' calculated position Y for speed optimization Contains True if calculation of Positions is needed Copy of positions Manages design-time serialization of X True if value should be serialized Reset X coordinate to default Manages design-time serialization of Y True if value should be serialized Reset Y coordinate to default Creates an instance of Position class. Container element Creates an instance of Position class. Creates an instance of Position class. X coordinate Y coordinate Creates an instance of Position class. Aligned position of element Creates an instance of Position class. Aligned position of element X coordinate Y coordinate Container element Reset to default settings Resets the cached position Aligned Positions correction for AutoLayout Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object. Object to compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object Cloned object Defines if position is Top (Top, TopLeft, TopRight, None) Defines if position is Bottom (Bottom, BottomLeft, BottomRight) Defines if position is Left (Left, BottomLeft, TopLeft) Defines if position is Right (Right, TopRight, BottomRight) Defines if position is None Gets and sets copy of positions Positions to copy Automatic positioning Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specifies the X coordinate of the figure position Specifies the Y coordinate of the figure position Gets value of property by name Property name Object Gets and sets X calculated position used for speed optimization Gets and sets Y calculated position used for speed optimization Defines whether position coordinates were already calculated Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Center Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Top Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Bottom Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.TopLeft Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Right Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.TopRight Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Specific Position object with predefined AlignedPosition.Left Reset to default settings Specifies aligned position in comprehensive figure Shadow settings Create new instance of ShadowStyle class. Create new instance of ShadowStyle class. Shadow color Shadow blur Shadow distance Shadow position Reset to default settings Comparing of two objects Object to compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object New instance with the same fields as this one Specifies the shadow color property The main color opacity coefficient Specifies the shadow position property Specifies the shadow blur property Specifies the shadow distance property Common shadow settings Chart shadow related to Create new instance of ShadowStyleChart class. Parent chart element Sets blur for all chart elements Blur to set Sets position for all chart elements Position to set Sets distance for all chart elements Distance to set Sets color for all chart elements Color to set Specifies the shadow blur property Specifies the shadow color property Specifies the shadow distance property Specifies the shadow position property Possible style properties Axis appearance Specifies the orientation property Default style for axis label Default axis items text properties style Axis minor ticks style Axis major ticks style Major Grid Lines options Minor Grid Lines options Reset to default settings Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis related to Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis orientation Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis orientation Axis related to Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis orientation Visibility of axis Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis orientation Visibility of axis Axis orientation Creates new instance of StyleAxis class Axis orientation Visisbility of axis Line style of axis Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Major Grid Lines options Minor Grid Lines options Specifies the orientation property Color of Axis Specifies the axis visibility option Specifies a predefined numerical format string. Default style for all axis items ChartAxis minor ticks style ChartAxis major ticks style Specifies a custom numerical format string. Specifies the width of the axis. Common axis items labels text blocks settings Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Y axis specific style Creates new instance of StyleAxisY class Axis related to Reset to default settings Specifies the orientation property X axis specific style Creates new instance of StyleAxisX class Axis related to Reset to default settings Specifies minor ticks options Specifies major ticks options Specifies the orientation property Specifies the quality at which text is rendered. Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font smoothing settings the user has selected for the system. Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used. Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature. Specifies that each character is drawn using its anti aliased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to anti aliasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off. Specifies that each character is drawn using its anti aliased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to anti aliasing, but at a higher performance cost. Specifies that each character is drawn using its glyph CT bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features. Specifies the quality at which image is rendered. Specifies the default mode. Specifies anti aliased rendering. Specifies high quality, low speed rendering. Specifies no anti aliasing. Main chart appearance settings Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Creates new instance of StyleChart class. Chart related to. Creates new instance of StyleChart class. Chart dimensions FillStyle of chart Corners of chart Chart border style Chart shadow style Visibility of chart Reset to default settings Clone this object Cloned object Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewSatate with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Determines the width of bars. Determines how much of the bar's area is overlapped in multiple bar charts. Specifies the quality at which text in chart is rendered. Specifies the quality at which chart image is rendered. Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Specifies the figure property Gets visibility of chart Gets positions Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property DataTable appearance settings Specifies the background property Specifies the text properties Specifies the corners for background rectangle Style parent object Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class. Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class. Parent element Creates a new instance of StyleChartDataTable class. DataTable's dimensions DataTable's fillStyle DataTable's position DataTable's textProperties DataTable's border DataTable's shadowStyle DataTable's visiblity Reset to default settings Save DataTable's dimensions Save DataTable's dimensions and positions for auto layout Restore dimensions Restore margins Clone this object Cloned object Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Specifies DataTable visibility Specifies data table cell width Specifies data table cell height Specifies data table rendering type Should horizontal lines be rendered Should vertical lines be rendered Hide/show all lines Specifies text vertical alignment Specifies text horizontal alignment Specifies the figure property Specifies the background property Specifies text wrap property for texts in Data Table Specifies the text properties Specifies RadChart's styles for the grid lines layout. Sets normal grid lines. Sets expanded grid lines. Grid line specific style Checks whether grid line be rendered or not Reset to default settings Should grid lines be hidden with axis or not Default value is true Gets or sets the width of the grid line. Specifies the pen style used for grid lines' drawing. Specifies the color of the grid lines. Reset to default settings Gets and sets grid lines' visibility Reset to default settings Reset to default settings Specifies the pen style used for grid lines' drawing. Base label appearance style Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Specifies that style has container object Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. Style container element Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. FillStyle of label Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. Label's position Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. FillStyle of label Label's position Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. FillStyle of label Label's position Label's dimensions Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. FillStyle of label Corners of label Label's position Label's dimensions Creates new instance of StyleLabel class. CompositionType to specify textblock and marker positions Label's dimensions Label's figure FillStyle of label Label's position Rotation angle Corners of label Label's border Shadow style of label Label's visibility Reset to default settings Copy dimensions Restore saved dimensions value Restore margins initial value Save dimensions and positions for autolayout Clone this object Cloned object Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Specifies the figure property Specifies the rotation angle property Specifies the label's items composition type Specifies tha label's visibility Specifies that style has container object Gets property value by name Name of property Property value Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. Container element Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. FillStyle of label Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. Label's position Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. FillStyle of label Label's position Creates new instance of StyleLabelHidden class. FillStyle of label Label's position Label's dimensions Reset to default settings Specifies tha label's visibility Specifies label item's style Specifies label item's marker's style Specifies label item's textblock's style Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class Container element Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class FillStyle of label Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class Position of label Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class FillStyle of label Position of label Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class FillStyle of label Position of label Label's dimensions Creates new instance of StyleExtendedLabel class Composition type of label items Label's dimensions Label's figure Label's fillstyle settings Layout of label items Label's position Label's rotation angle Label's corners Label's border Label's shadow style Label's visibility Dispose object Clone this object Cloned object Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Specifies label location (InsidePlotArea, OutsidePlotArea) Specifies item label's style Specifies item label's text's style Specifies item label's marker's style Specifies the behavior when overflow occurred Specifies the series names format shown in Legend when data grouping being used and names are digits. Supported format strings as "#VALUE" / "#NAME" Series item appearance style Style of connector line Specifies that style has container object Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItemLabel class. Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItemLabel class. Style container element Reset to default settings Clone this object Cloned object Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Save data to ViewState Saved data Label distance from series when LabelLocation equals Auto Specifies labels' visibility Gets label's connector's style Specifies label's layout Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Inside item Outside item Auto Inside PlotArea location Outside PlotArea location Legend appearance style Creates new instance of StyleLabelLegend class. Reset to default settings Save dimensions and positions for AutoLayout Gets label's figure Specifies label's overflow Axis label style Creates new instance of StyleAxisLabel class. Reset to default settings Axis label style Reset to default settings Specifies label's rotation angle Chart title style Creates new instance of StyleLabelTitle class. Creates new instance of StyleLabelTitle class. Style container object Reset to default settings Save dimensions and positions for AutoLayout Empty series message style Creates new instance of StyleLabelEmptySeriesMessage class. Reset to default settings Specifies label' visibility Marked zone. Used to mark the values ranges at the plot area. Specifies the FillStyle property Creates a new instance of StyleMarkedZoneclass. Creates a new instance of StyleMarkedZoneclass. FillStyle of Marked Zone Marked Zone's border Marked Zone's shadow style Visibility of Marked Zone Reset to default settings Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Specifies the FillStyle property Get property value by name Name of property Value of property Base marker's style Specifies the corners of background rectangle Specifies the FillStyle property Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Style container object Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Marker's figure name Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Marker's figure name Width and height of marker Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Marker's figure name Dimensions of marker Marker's fillstyle settings Creates a new instance of StyleMarker class. Dimensions of marker Marker's figure name Marker's fillstyle settings Marker's positions Marker's rotation angle Corners of marker Border of marker Marker's shadow style Marker's visibility Reset to default settings Comparing of two objects Object to compare Result of comparing Gets hash code Hash code Clone this object Cloned object Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Specifies marker's visibility Specifies the corners of background rectangle Specifies the FillStyle property Specifies the Rotation angle Specifies the Figure property Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Specific series point markers style Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerSeriesPoint class. Series that is style container object Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerSeriesPoint class. Specifies marker's positions Specifies marker's visibility Specifies Figure Specific series point markers style Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerLegend class. Reset to default settings Specifies marker's figure Specifies marker's visibility Specific empty point marker style Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerEmptyValue class. Reset to default settings Specifies marker's visibility Specifies marker's figure Specific empty point marker style Creates a new instance of StyleMarkerPositionNone class. Reset to default settings Specifies marker's visibility Plot area's appearance Parent element Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Margins for auto layout Creates a new instance of StylePlotArea class. Creates a new instance of StylePlotArea class. Dimensions of PlotArea FillStyle settings PlotArea's position Palette used in PlotArea PlotArea's corners Border of PlotArea PlotArea's shadow style PlotArea's visibility Reset to default settings Save dimensions for auto layout Save dimensions Restore previous saved dimensions Restore previous saved dimensions Restore previous saved margins Cloned this object New instance of StylePlotArea class with the same fields as this one Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Specifies parent element Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Specifies the figure property Specifies the series palette Gets property value by name Name of property Value of property Series appearance Default size of bubbles Default series legend display mode Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Default series items labels style Default series item labels' text style Point marks style Line, Spline, Bezier series line style Style of empty values Parent series element Dimensions of points in Point series Reset to default settings Constructor for Series's style Parent series element Creates new instance of StyleSeries class. Creates new instance of StyleSeries class. FillStyle of series Series default labels' settings Style of Point marker Items' corners Border of series Series' shadow style Visibility of series Cloned this object New instance of StyleSeries class with the same fields as this one Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Determines the width of bars. Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the background property Specifies the shape for point series Specifies the dimensions of points in point series Specifies the Rotation angle Legend visualization mode Specifies whether the item labels should be shown or not. Specifies whether a line should be drawn between the label and the item. Gets or sets the start angle of the pie. Zero angle is identical with the X axis direction. Gets or sets the pie's diameter length according to the size of the plot area. Gets or sets the explode percent of the exploded items. Specifies the x offset of the pie center. Specifies the y offset of the pie center. Default bubble size Gets or sets the common settings for the series items labels Line, Spline, Bezier series line style Series points appearance Gets or sets the common text settings for the series items Empty value point mark Specifies the border Specifies visibility of series Series item appearance Specifies the background property Specifies the corners for background rectangle Dimensions of points in Point series Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItem class. Style container object Creates new instance of StyleSeriesItem class. Reset to default settings Cloned this object New instance of StyleSeriesItem class with the same fields as this one Track ViewState Load data from ViewState ViewState with data Saved data to ViewState saved data Specifies item's shadow Specifies the background property Exploded of item in Pie series Specifies the corners for background rectangle Specifies the figure property for point series Specifies the Rotation angle Specifies the dimensions of points in point series Text block appearance Specifies the corners of background rectangle Specifies the FillStyle property Specifies the Rotation angle Specifies the Text properties Specifiers the overflow behavior Text string formatting properties Should the MaxLength property be serialized or not True if should be serialized Sets the default value for a MaxLength property Creates a new class instance Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Position settings Creates a new class instance Text appearance settings Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Text appearance settings Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Position settings Text appearance settings Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Position settings Text appearance settings Dimensions Creates a new class instance Fill style settings Position settings Text appearance settings Dimensions Rotation angle Corners appearance Border settings Shadow settings Visibility settings Sets the text alignment accordingly to the AlignedPosition property value Sets the default values for a properties Creates the object's clone Clone Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. Tracks view state changes Loads class settings from a view state ViewState to load from Saves class data to a view state Saved view state Max number of visible characters. Rest will be truncated Full string will be added to parent label's ActiveRegion.Tooltip MaxLength property changed event Specifies the corners of background rectangle Specifies the FillStyle property Specifies the Figure property Specifies the Text properties Gets the property value by its name Name of the property. String Object Gets or sets the automatic text wrapping functionality switch Gets the string format Series item label text block's appearance Creates a new class instance Creates a new class instance Chart series Sets the default values for a properties Gets should the MaxLength value be serialized True if can be serialized, overwise returns false Sets the default value Axis item label text block's appearance Creates a new class instance Sets the default values for a properties Gets should the MaxLength value be serialized True if can be serialized, overwise returns false Sets the default value Title text block's appearance Creates a new class instance Sets the default values for a properties Error text block's appearance Creates a new class instance Sets the default values for a properties Hidden text block's default appearance Sets the default values for a properties Visibility. False by default Hidden text block's default appearance Creates a new class instance Sets the default values for a properties Base axis ticks appearance settings Creates the new class instance Creates the new class instance Tick length in pixels Creates the new class instance Tick length in pixels Tick visibility Creates the new class instance Tick length in pixels Tick visibility Tick line color Sets the default values for a class properties Specifies the Length of tick Tick line color Tick line width Gets the property by its name Property name. String Object or null Minor ticks style Creates a new class instance Creates a new class instance Minor ticks count Creates a new class instance Visibility value Creates a new class instance Minor tick visibility Minor tick length Minor ticks count between two major ticks Sets the default values for a properties Minor ticks count between the two major ticks Specifies the Length of tick Gets the property value by its name Name of the property Object or null Major ticks visual style Specifies the text rendering direction Assign the right to left text direction Assign the left to right text direction Assign the left to right top to bottom text direction Assign the left to right bottom to top text direction Base text appearance settings class (Font, Color) Creates a new class instance Creates a new class instance Text color Creates a new class instance Text color Text font Creates a new class instance Text color Font family Font size in EM Font style Graphics measurement unit Class instance container Sets the default values Creates an object clone object Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object. The System.Object to compare with the current System.Object true if the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object; otherwise, false. Serves as a hash function for a TextProperties type. A hash code for the current class instance Specifies the text color property Specifies the text font properties Gets the property by its name Property name. String Object Default Title's text properties Sets the default values for a properties Specifies the text font properties Default value is Verdana, 15pt Errors text properties Sets the default values for a properties Specifies the text color property Specifies the text font properties Default value is Verdana, 10pt, style=Bold Axis item label text properties Sets default values for a properties Specifies the text color property Axis item label text properties Sets default values for a properties Specifies the text color property Series item label text properties Sets default values for a properties Specifies the text color property Specifies the axis Ticks location relatively to plot area Inside of plot area Outside of plot area (default value) Tick line crosses the axis line Provides a type converter to convert IList objects to and from a different representations Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The type to convert from True if conversion is possible The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Provides a unified way of converting Double type values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The type to convert from True if conversion is possible The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Provides a unified way of converting ChartMargins type values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The type to convert from True if conversion is possible Converts the given object to the ChartMargins, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. Current culture settings The System.Object to convert. An System.Object that represents the converted value. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Creates an instance of the type that this MarginsConverter is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property values for the object. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values. An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or null if the object cannot be created. Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) to create a new value, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. An System.Object that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. An array of type System.Attribute that is used as a filter. A System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptorCollection with the properties that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties. Provides a unified way of converting ChartMargins type values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The type to convert from True if conversion is possible Converts the given object to the ChartPaddings, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. Current culture settings The System.Object to convert. An System.Object that represents the converted value. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Creates an instance of the type that this PaddingsConverter is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property values for the object. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. An System.Collections.IDictionary of new property values. An System.Object representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or null if the object cannot be created. Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.CreateInstance(System.Collections.IDictionary) to create a new value, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. true Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. An System.Object that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. An array of type System.Attribute that is used as a filter. A System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptorCollection with the properties that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties. Provides a unified way of converting Units type values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. Checks the possibility to convert from a different object type An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. The type to convert from True if conversion is possible Converts the given object to the Unit type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. Current culture settings The System.Object to convert. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. The System.Object to convert. The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. An System.Object that represents the converted value. Specifies the unit of measurement. Measurement is in pixels. Measurement is a percentage relative to the parent element. Represents a length measurement. Represents an empty Unit. This field is read-only. Compares two Unit objects to determine whether they are not equal. The Unit on the left side of the operator. The Unit on the right side of the operator. true if the Unit objects are not equal; otherwise, false. Compares two Unit objects to determine whether they are equal. The Unit on the left side of the operator. The Unit on the right side of the operator. true if both Unit objects are equal; otherwise, false. Implicitly creates a Unit of type Pixel from the specified float. A float that represents the length of the Unit. A Unit of type Pixel that represents the specified by the n parameter. Converts the specified string to a Unit. The string to convert. A Unit that represents the specified string. Creates a Unit of type Pixel from the specified 32-bit signed integer. A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit. A Unit of type Pixel that represents the length specified by the n parameter. Creates a Unit of type Percentage from the specified double-precision floating-point number. A double-precision floating-point number that represents the length of the Unit A Unit of type Percentage that represents the length specified by the double-precision floating-point number. Gets the string representation of the Unit type Unit type value to get string of System.String with unit type value Gets the UnitType by its string representation Unit type string UnitType Creates a class instance Creates a class instance UnitType specifies the target Unit type Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number. A double precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number. A float precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified 32-bit signed integer. A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified 32-bit signed integer and the target type A 32-bit signed integer that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Unit type Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number and the target type A double precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Unit type Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified double precision floating point number and the target type. A float precision floating point number that represents the length of the Unit in pixels. Unit type (Pixel / Percentage) Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length. A string that represents the length of the Unit. Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length. A string that represents the length of the Unit. CultureInfo Initializes a new instance of the Unit with the specified length. A string that represents the length of the Unit. CultureInfo Unit type Returns a hash code for this Unit. Hash code Compares this Unit with the specified object. The specified object for comparison. true if the Unit that this method is called from is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false. Gets the pixels equivalent of the Unit.Value The parent elements dimension to get the percents of Gets the pixels equivalent of the Unit.Value Creates a Unit clone New Unit class instance Base ToString override String representation of the Unit instance Base ToString override CultureInfo String representation of the Unit instance Gets whether Unit is empty The unit length in Pixels Gets or sets the unit type of the Unit. Gets or sets the length of the Unit. Event arguments when a chart element is clicked. Reverse link to a parent Initializes a new instance of the class. The element. Reverse link to a parent Represents the active region of the chart element/item. Parent chart element List contains all regions for element Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Checks whether point lies inside region The point. if set to true [onclick]. Checks whether point lies inside region The point. Opens a web browser to the specified URL Returns true if ActiveRegion contains no data Determine on which elements(if its visually intersect) of chart click occur Click coordinates Container object Active region object collection Has click event or not Called after a Click event Called when [click]. The sender. Reference to the parent. Define a graphic path URL Tooltip Attributes Fires when the chart element to which the active region belongs is clicked. Chart graphics class. Wrapper over the System.Drawing.Graphics. Base System.Drawing.Graphics object Fixed displacement for X coordinate Fixed displacement for Y coordinate Default translate transform order Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements Apply TranslateTransform with fixed negative displacements Create instance of class System.Drawing.Graphics object Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements and sets its Fixed displacement for X coordinate Fixed displacement for Y coordinate Apply TranslateTransform with fixed displacements and sets its Fixed displacement for X coordinate Fixed displacement for Y coordinate Matrix order Changing fixed displacements Fixed displacement for X coordinate Fixed displacement for Y coordinate Adds a comment to the current System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile. Array of bytes that contains the comment. Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics and opens and uses a new graphics container. This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call. Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that, together with the srcrect parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that, together with the dstrect parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call. Saves a graphics container with the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that, together with the srcrect parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that, together with the dstrect parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container. This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics at the time of the method call. Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color. System.Drawing.Color structure that represents the background color of the drawing surface. Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics. The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The size of the area to be transferred. Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics. The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The size of the area to be transferred. One of the System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation values. CopyPixelOperation is not a member of System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation. The operation failed. Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The size of the area to be transferred. Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle. The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle. The size of the area to be transferred. One of the System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation values. copyPixelOperation is not a member of System.Drawing.CopyPixelOperation. The operation failed Releases all resources used by this System.Drawing.Graphics. Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the arc. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to ending point of the arc. Draws a Bézier spline defined by four System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the starting point of the curve. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the first control point for the curve. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the second control point for the curve. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the ending point of the curve. Draws a Bezier spline defined by four System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the starting point of the curve. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the first control point for the curve. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the second control point for the curve. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the ending point of the curve. Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve. The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve. The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve. The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve. Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the points that determine the curve. Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points that determine the curve. Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures using a specified tension. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored. Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures using a specified tension. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point structures using a specified tension. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF structures using a specified tension. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points that define the curve. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the starting point in the curve. Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.Point structures using a specified tension. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the starting point in the curve. Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of System.Drawing.PointF structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and height of the curve Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Offset from the first element in the array of the points parameter to the starting point in the curve. Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding System.Drawing.RectangleF. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse. Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon within the area specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Icon to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the icon parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area. Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon at the specified coordinates. System.Drawing.Icon to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws the image represented by the specified System.Drawing.Icon without scaling the image. System.Drawing.Icon to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size, at the specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size, at the specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified shape and size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image, using its original physical size, at the specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Width of the drawn image. Height of the drawn image Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the System.Drawing.Image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Width of the drawn image. Height of the drawn image. Draws a portion of an image at a specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort) method according to application-determined criteria. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort) method according to application-determined criteria. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32) method according to application-determined criteria. Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Point[],System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32) method. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the image object to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the srcRect parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32) method according to application-determined criteria. Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.PointF[],System.Drawing.RectangleF,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.Int32) method. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort) method according to application-determined criteria. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for image. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort) method according to application-determined criteria. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.IntPtr) method according to application-determined criteria. Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the DrawImage method. Draws the specified portion of the specified System.Drawing.Image at the specified location and with the specified size. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw. Width of the portion of the source image to draw. Height of the portion of the source image to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the image object. System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImage(System.Drawing.Image,System.Drawing.Rectangle,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit,System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes,System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort,System.IntPtr) method according to application-determined criteria. Value specifying additional data for the System.Drawing.Graphics.DrawImageAbort delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the DrawImage method. Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. System.Drawing.Rectangle that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored. Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location. System.Drawing.Image to draw. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. Not used. Not used. Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle. The System.Drawing.Image to draw. The System.Drawing.Rectangle in which to draw the image. Draws a line connecting two System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the first point to connect. System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the second point to connect. Draws a line connecting two System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the first point to connect. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the second point to connect. Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line. The x-coordinate of the first point. The y-coordinate of the first point. The x-coordinate of the second point. The y-coordinate of the second point. Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line. The x-coordinate of the first point. The y-coordinate of the first point. The x-coordinate of the second point. The y-coordinate of the second point. Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the points to connect. Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points to connect. Draws a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the path. System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath to draw. Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape. Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie shape. Draws a polygon defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. Draws a polygon defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon. Draws a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. A System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the rectangle to draw. Draws a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. ChartGraphics custom method A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the rectangle to draw. Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. A System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. The width of the rectangle to draw. The height of the rectangle to draw. Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. Width of the rectangle to draw. Height of the rectangle to draw. Draws a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.Rectangle structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. Array of System.Drawing.Rectangle structures that represent the rectangles to draw. Draws a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.RectangleF structures. System.Drawing.Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles. Array of System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that represent the rectangles to draw. Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text. System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location of the drawn text. System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified System.Drawing.Brush and System.Drawing.Font objects using the formatting attributes of the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to draw. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the color and texture of the drawn text. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text. System.Drawing.StringFormat that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text. Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the state saved by a call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.BeginContainer() method. System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsContainer that represents the container this method restores. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records of the specified System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Point structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.Point structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.PointF structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. Array of three System.Drawing.PointF structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile, one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes. System.Drawing.Imaging.Metafile to enumerate. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw. Member of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the srcRect parameter contains. System.Drawing.Graphics.EnumerateMetafileProc delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent. Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass System.IntPtr.Zero for this parameter. System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageAttributes that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image. Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to exclude the area specified by a System.Drawing.Region. System.Drawing.Region that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode and tension System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that define the spline. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode and tension. A System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that define the spline. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve. Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse. Fills the interior of a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath that represents the path to fill. Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section. Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the startAngle parameter to the second side of the pie section. Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by System.Drawing.Point structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by System.Drawing.PointF structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by System.Drawing.Point structures using the specified fill mode. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines the style of the fill. Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by System.Drawing.PointF structures using the specified fill mode. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FillMode enumeration that determines the style of the fill. Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the rectangle to fill. Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the rectangle to fill. Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. Width of the rectangle to fill. Height of the rectangle to fill. Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. Width of the rectangle to fill. Height of the rectangle to fill. Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.Rectangle structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.Rectangle structures that represent the rectangles to fill. Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by System.Drawing.RectangleF structures. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of System.Drawing.RectangleF structures that represent the rectangles to fill. Fills the interior of a System.Drawing.Region. System.Drawing.Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. System.Drawing.Region that represents the area to fill. Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish. Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.FlushIntention enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish. XML comment contains invalid XML: End tag 'doc' does not match the start tag 'member'. Object Gets the handle to the device context associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics. Handle to the device context associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets the nearest color to the specified System.Drawing.Color structure. System.Drawing.Color structure for which to find a match. A System.Drawing.Color structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the color parameter. Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to intersect with the current clip region. Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to intersect with the current clip region. Updates the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified System.Drawing.Region. System.Drawing.Region to intersect with the current region. Indicates whether the specified System.Drawing.Point structure is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. System.Drawing.Point structure to test for visibility. true if the point specified by the point parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the specified System.Drawing.PointF structure is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. System.Drawing.PointF structure to test for visibility. true if the point specified by the point parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to test for visibility. true if the rectangle specified by the rect parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure to test for visibility. true if the rectangle specified by the rect parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. true if the point defined by the x and y parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility. true if the point defined by the x and y parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. true if the rectangle defined by the x, y, width, and height parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility. Width of the rectangle to test for visibility. Height of the rectangle to test for visibility. true if the rectangle defined by the x, y, width, and height parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics; otherwise, false. Gets an array of System.Drawing.Region objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string. System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. This method returns an array of System.Drawing.Region objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font that defines the format of the string. Maximum width of the string in pixels. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font within the specified layout area. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. Maximum width of the string. System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.PointF structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string. System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified System.Drawing.Font and formatted with the specified System.Drawing.StringFormat. String to measure. System.Drawing.Font that defines the text format of the string. System.Drawing.SizeF structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text. System.Drawing.StringFormat that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string. Number of characters in the string Number of text lines in the string. This method returns a System.Drawing.SizeF structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter. Multiplies the world transformation of this System.Drawing.Graphics and specified the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix. 4x4 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that multiplies the world transformation. Multiplies the world transformation of this System.Drawing.Graphics and specified the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix in the specified order. 4x4 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that multiplies the world transformation. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication. Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc() method of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc() method of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the System.Drawing.Graphics.GetHdc() method of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Releases a handle to a device context. Handle to a device context. Resets the clip region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to an infinite region. Resets the world transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the identity matrix. Restores the state of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the state represented by a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState. System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState that represents the state to which to restore this System.Drawing.Graphics. Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Angle of rotation in degrees. Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics in the specified order. Angle of rotation in degrees. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation. Saves the current state of this System.Drawing.Graphics and identifies the saved state with a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState. This method returns a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsState that represents the saved state of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. Scale factor in the x direction. Scale factor in the y direction. Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics in the specified order. Scale factor in the x direction. Scale factor in the y direction. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the Clip property of the specified System.Drawing.Graphics. System.Drawing.Graphics from which to take the new clip region. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the specified System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath. System.Drawing.Drawing2D.GraphicsPath that represents the new clip region. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure that represents the new clip region. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents the new clip region. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.Rectangle structure. System.Drawing.Rectangle structure to combine. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CombineMode enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. Sets the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure. System.Drawing.RectangleF structure to combine. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CombineMode enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use. Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. Array of System.Drawing.Point structures that represents the points to transformation. Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CoordinateSpace enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space. Array of System.Drawing.PointF structures that represent the points to transform. Translates the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. The x-coordinate of the translation. The y-coordinate of the translation. Translates the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions. The x-coordinate of the translation. The y-coordinate of the translation. Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The x-coordinate of the translation. The y-coordinate of the translation. Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this System.Drawing.Graphics in the specified order. The x-coordinate of the translation. The y-coordinate of the translation. Member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.MatrixOrder enumeration that specifies whether the translation is pretended or appended to the transformation matrix. Base System.Drawing.Graphics object Gets or sets a System.Drawing.Region that limits the drawing region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. A System.Drawing.Region that limits the portion of this System.Drawing.Graphics that is currently available for drawing. Gets a System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that bounds the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this System.Drawing.Graphics. This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingMode enumeration. Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this System.Drawing.Graphics. This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.CompositingQuality enumeration. Gets the horizontal resolution of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets the vertical resolution of this System.Drawing.Graphics. The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics. One of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.InterpolationMode values. Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics is empty. true if the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics is empty; otherwise, false. Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics is empty. true if the visible portion of the clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics is empty; otherwise, false. Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this System.Drawing.Graphics. This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this System.Drawing.Graphics. One of the System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit values other than System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.World. System.Drawing.Graphics.PageUnit is set to System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.World, which is not a physical unit. Gets or set a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this System.Drawing.Graphics. This property specifies a member of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.PixelOffsetMode enumeration Gets or sets the rendering origin of this System.Drawing.Graphics for dithering and for hatch brushes. A System.Drawing.Point structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes. Gets or sets the rendering quality for this System.Drawing.Graphics. One of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.SmoothingMode values. Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text. The gamma correction value used for rendering anti aliased and ClearType text. Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this System.Drawing.Graphics. One of the System.Drawing.Text.TextRenderingHint values. Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this System.Drawing.Graphics. A copy of the System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix that represents the geometric world transformation for this System.Drawing.Graphics. Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. A System.Drawing.RectangleF structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this System.Drawing.Graphics. Provides data for RadChart.Zoom event. Event arguments when a chart element is clicked. Reverse link to a parent Chart series Chart Series Item Create instance of the class Parent object series series item Create instance of the class Parent object series Create instance of the class Parent object Reverse link to a parent Chart series Chart Series Item Main Image object Main Graphics object Chart that should be rendered Temporary series list for rendering Show if only bound of axis items be calculated Resolution of resulting bitmap Temporary series list Create instance of class Chart Image width Image height Create instance of class Chart Image width Image height Resolution Create instance of class Chart Image width Image height Value that indicate should initialize graphics object or not Destructor Scaling graphic path Path for scale Width Height Scaled path Moving graphic path Path for moving New X coordinate New Y coordinate Moved path Translate local elements coordinates to global Chart element Global positio Translate elements visual setting to Pen object Border style Pen Alignment Pen Translate elements visual setting to Pen object Elements border style Pen Translate elements visual setting to Pen object Elements line style Color Width Pen Translate elements visual setting to Brush object Fill style of elements Element bound rectangle Brush Translate elements visual setting to Brush object Elements bound rectangle Elements fill setting Brush Return a angle for diagonal in rectangle Rectangle Angle Normalize rectangle Rectangle Normalize corners round coefficient Round coefficient Type of corner Type of corner Width Height Round coefficient Rounding corners for rectangle elements Corners X coordinate Y coordinate Width Height Graphics Path with rounded corners Rounding corners for rectangle elements Corners Rectangle Series Graphics Path with rounded corners Compare list of SizeF object and return the largest of them List of sizes Max size String manipulation use in PrepareForHorisontalOverflow and PrepareForVerticalOverflow methods Graphics Result string String for adding Spacer Width Font String Prepare text for vertical overflow Graphics String Font Width String Return area (Region object) for clipping Type of YAxis Region Return area(Region object) for clipping Chart element Region Rendering chart and/or its elements Chart element Rendering PlotArea and its elements Value that indicate should render grid lines or not Value that indicate should render ticks or not Drawing ScaleBreacks Y Axis Rendering MarkedZones Label Rendering all MarkedZones Rendering chart axis items Axis Rendering chart axis Axis Rendering YAxis Y axis Rendering chart axis label Axis label Rendering MarkedZone Marked zone X Axis Y Axis Change x to y and y to x Point Grids line drawing Array of points Pen Ticks drawing Array of points Length Pen Ticks drawing Ticks drawing Axis Ticks drawing Axis Grids line drawing Grids line drawing Axis Grids line drawing Axis Rendering TextBlock Text block element Rendering chart elements Chart element Rendering chart elements Chart element Series item Rendering chart elements Chart element Value that indicate should drawing fill or not Value that indicate should drawing border or not Rendering chart Rendering chart data table border Data table Rendering chart data table Data table Translate elements visual setting to Brush object FillStyle object X coordinate of element Y coordinate of element Elements width Elements height Image Brush Translate elements visual setting to Brush object X coordinate Y coordinate Width Height Image Brush Returns a base point for rotation aligned elements Rectangle Aligned position Point Return a list of all ancestry elements Element Parents list Return global Rotation angle Chart element Path Rotation angle Initializing elements of chart Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering Scaling PlotArea for zoom feature X scale coefficient Y scale coefficient Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering IContainer chart element Create layout zone (for AutoLayout feature) based on chart label element Label Is label visible Labels Layout zone Prepare chart elements (calculating sizes, positions, etc) for rendering Chart object Creating graphics stage for EMF file format Image width Image Height Image MetaFile First rendering engine initialization Image width Image height Succses Renders default chart image and returns it Renders default chart image. Could return image clone. Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not Renders Plot area image only Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not Rendering chart background area image without plot area Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not Value that indicate use background or not Value that indicate should render title or not Value that indicate should legend or not Value that indicate should render plot area border or not Value that indicate should render XAxis or not Value that indicate should render YAxis or not Value that indicate should render YAxis2 or not Rendering chart axis image with ticks and items Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not Axis type Image Renders the entire chart image Value that indicate should create clone of result image or not Image Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Show if need render only shadows Common bars width Common bars width ratio Selected Palette Rendering chart and/or its elements Series Series index Rendering Bar - type chart Series Series index Series item Series item index Bars rectangle Rendering series shadow for Bar - type chart Series Series item Bars rectangle Rendering series for Bar - type chart Series Series index Bar ordering mode Rendering series for StackedBar - type chart Series type Bar ordering mode Modifications in StackedBars for strict mode Series item Bars overlap ratio Item index Bars x position Bar width Modifications in StackedBars (with positive values) for strict mode Series item Series item value Bar width Bars overlap ratio Bars x position Bar width Minimal value Total positive value Value Modifications in StackedBars (with negatives values) for strict mode Series item Series item value Bar width Bars overlap ratio Bars x position Bar width Minimal value Total negative value Value Returns array of points Array of points Array of points Returns array of points for drawing points Marks Array of points Items count Array of points Create path for Area-type series Series Series index Max items count Array of points Area path Create ActiveRegion for Area-type series item Point for first item Point for second item Value of first item Value of second item Series Orientation Path for active region Area item active region path Rendering series for Area - type chart Series Series index Rendering series for StackedArea - type chart Series type Rendering series for Line - type chart Series Series index Rendering series for Pie - type chart Series Series index Rendering Empty point Series Series item Series item index Axis start value Rendering series for Gantt - type chart Series Series index Rendering series for Point - type chart Series Series index Rendering point label and marker Series Series item Series index Series item index Point Rendering series for Bubble - type chart Series Series index Rendering series for CandleStickr - type chart Series Series index Rendering Series labels Rendering point marks Series Array of points Checking YAxis type for Series Series PlotArea YAxis Visible Values Rendering shadow for Line - type chart Pen for shadow drawing Series Path Removing unnecessary zeros from lists' end List Rendering series for Line - type chart Series Series index Array of points Rendering series for Bezier - type chart Series Serie index Array of points Rendering lines for Area - type chart Series Series index Array of points Rendering polygon for area-types chart series Series Series index Array of points Path Translate elements visual setting to Brush object Series Series index Series item Series item index Item rectangle Brush Gets the empty brush. The series. Index of the series. The rect. Translate elements visual setting to Fill Series Series index Series item Series item index FillStyle Return a default color Fill style of elements Elements(series or series item) index Translate elements visual setting to Pen object Series Series index Series item StyleBorder Translate elements visual setting to Pen object Series Series index Series item Pen Returns empty Pen object Series Series index Series item Pen Drop clip area Set correct ordering mode for x axis Checking a series. Should be applied categorical x axis or not BarOrderingMode Checks if error message rendered Signal Provides a mechanism for managing the internal cache used by the reporting engine and the viewers. Determines if a value with the specified key exists in the cache. Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache. True - if a value with the specified key exists, False - otherwise. Retrieves the value with the specified key from the cache. Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache. The value with the specified key, or null if no such value exists. Stores the specified value with the given key in the cache. Specifies the key used to identify the value in the cache. Specifies the value to store in the cache with the given key. Clears all values and their corresponding keys from the cache. Provides a mechanism for creating a specific instance of a cache. Creates a new cache using the specified cache information. Specifies the parameters used to create the cache. The newly created instance of the cache. implementation utilizing the MS SQL server database engine. MsSqlServerStorage connects to SQL server using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server (System.Data.SqlClient Namespace). The storage needs a host database with specific tables and stored procedures which may be created in dedicated or shared database. The necessary SQL objects may be created using the DatabaseCacheConfigurator tool (located under the Telerik Reporting installation folder / Tools) or manually executing the follow DDL script. It adds all needed objects to an existing MS SQL database (execute in the context of existing database): Represents a storage object used from the reporting engine to store internal state and caching rendered reports Implement this interface using a storage technology of your flavor in order to have your reporting engine instance storing its state and cached report in it.
The storage may store single values - string or byte array, and a set of unordered string values.
Acquires a lock on a named resource. Acquires a lock on a named resource and returns a disposable lock object. When the lock object owner disposes it, the lock is released. The name of the lock. When a lock with particular key is acquired, a subsequent call on AcuireLock with the same key should wait until the original lock is released (disposed). A disposable lock object. When disposed from the lock object owner, the lock of the used key is released. Stores a string value under particular key. The key that denotes the stored string value. The value that is stored. Stores a byte array value under particular key. The key that denotes the stored byte array value. The value that is stored. Retrieves a string value stored under particular key. The key that denotes the stored string value. The string value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing). Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key. The key that denotes the stored byte array value. The byte array value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing). Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage. The key that denotes the stored value that should be removed. Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array) exists in the storage. The key that denotes the stored value. True if the key with its value exists in the storage, otherwise false. Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values exists in the storage. The key that denotes the stored set value. True if the key with its value exists in the storage, otherwise false. Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage. The key that denotes the stored set value. The count of the values in the set. If no such set exists, zero. Retrieves all members in a set of string values. The key that denotes the stored set value. An enumerable retrieving each value of the set denoted from the given key. Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key. If a set with the given key does not exist in the storage, such set is created and the value is added as its member. The key that denotes the stored set value. The value that is added to the set. Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key. The key that denotes the stored set value. The value that should be deleted from the given set. True if set with the given key is found and it contained the given value before deleted. Otherwise false. Creates and initializes an instance of MsSqlServerStorage. The connection string to the backend storage. Connection Strings in ADO.NET Acquires a lock on a named resource. Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array) exists in the storage. Stores a string value under particular key. Stores a byte array value under particular key. Retrieves a string value stored under particular key. Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key. Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage. Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values exists in the storage. Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage. Retrieves all members in a set of string values. Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key. Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key. Utility method. Creates the data schema (tables and stored procedures) needed from the storage. Utility method. Clears all data from the storage data tables. implementation utilizing the file system storage. FileStorage is appropriate for single instance deployment scenario only. Creates an instance of the storage. The target cache instance which will contain the stored values. Acquires a lock on a named resource. The name of the lock. A disposable lock object. Implements the interface member. Retrieves a value indicating if a single value (string or byte array) exists in the storage. The key that denotes the stored value. True if the key with its value exists in the storage, otherwise false. Implements the interface member. Stores a string value under particular key. The key that denotes the stored string value. The value that is stored. Implements the interface member. Stores a byte array value under particular key. The key that denotes the stored byte array value. The value that is stored. Implements the interface member. Retrieves a string value stored under particular key. The key that denotes the stored string value. The string value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing). Implements the interface member. Retrieves a byte array value stored under particular key. The key that denotes the stored byte array value. The byte array value stored under the given key. If no such key is found, null (Nothing). Implements the interface member. Deletes a key with its value (string or byte array) from the storage. The key that denotes the stored value that should be removed. Implements the interface member. Retrieves a value indicating if a set of values exists in the storage. The key that denotes the stored set value. True if the key with its value exists in the storage, otherwise false. Implements the interface member. Retrieves the count of the values in a set value stored in the storage. The key that denotes the stored set value. The count of the values in the set. If no such set exists, zero. Implements the interface member. Retrieves all members in a set of string values. The key that denotes the stored set value. An enumerable retrieving each value of the set denoted from the given key. Implements the interface member. Adds a single string value to a set of values denoted from the given key. The key that denotes the stored set value. The value that is added to the set. Implements the interface member. Deletes a single string value from a set of values denoted from the given key. The key that denotes the stored set value. The value that should be deleted from the given set. True if set with the given key is found and it contained the given value before deleted. Otherwise false. Implements the interface member. Creates an instance of the storage. The files representing the stored values go under the current user's temporary folder. Creates an instance of the storage. The directory which will contain the files representing the stored values. Gets the root directory where data will be stored. Represents an object which creates instances of particular storage implementation. Creates an instance of storage. The newly created storage instance. Initializes the provider instance with parameters used to configure each newly created storage instance Dictionary of name-value pairs representing storage configuration parameters. Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Returns all the extensions in the config file(Render, Delivery, ...) Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Use this property to access the parameters Use this property to access the extensions Internal use only Internal use only Use this property to access assembly references Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Internal use only Gets or sets the name of the DataConnection component. The name of the DataConnection component. Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data. Gets or sets the name of the DataSource component. The name of the DataSource component. Gets the calculated fields collection. Gets or sets an expression that defines the left side field used for binding. Gets or sets an expression that defines the right side field used for binding. Represents a data model, based on a textual Comma-Separated-Values data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the source of the CSV document. The supported sources are: 1. 2. 3. 4. Gets or sets the set of characters used as field separators (delimiters). Gets or sets the character used as record separator. Gets or sets the escape format of the CSV document. Gets or sets the symbol used for escaping. Gets or sets the symbol used for comments in the CSV document. Gets or sets the setting that specifies if the CSV document has a header row. Gets or sets the option for treating consecutive field separators as one in the CSV document. Gets or sets the option for treating consecutive record separators as one in the CSV document. Gets or sets the decimal separator used when parsing numbers. Invariant culture's '.' separator is used by default. Gets or sets the thousand separator used when parsing numbers. Invariant culture's ',' separator is used by default. Gets or sets the format used when parsing dates. Gets a defining each column of the CSV data source. When left empty, Columns are inferred from the data itself: If header row is available, it is used to infer column names; The type of each column is considered string. Gets or sets the option for trimming the fields. Represents the format that is used in a Csv file in order to escape field values / special symbols. No symbols are escaped. Unix style programs use backslashes for escaping both (field and record) separators. Backslash is escaped with a second backslash. Some Unix style programs use backslashes for escaping field separators, but for escaping record separators can use \r\n instead of backslash. Backslash is escaped with a second backslash. Excel uses single or double quotes to embed escaped text. Single or double quotes are escaped with second single or double quotes. Some files use a mixed escaping format - fields are embedded in quotes (Excel like), quotes (single or double) are escaped with backslash (Unix like). Backslash is escaped with a second backslash. Represents an OLAP cube to data items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the connection string used to connect to the OLAP database. Specifies the MDX select statement to execute against the OLAP cube. Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to the OLAP database. The ConnectionString property contains a valid connection string or a name of a in the application's configuration file. Gets or sets the MDX select statement to execute against the OLAP cube. Gets a collection with objects. The Parameters collection is used to pass named parameters when executing a parameterized MDX select statement against the OLAP cube. Gets a collection with objects. The Mappings collection is used to map the names of the data source fields to the actual fields returned when executing the MDX select statement. Represents a parameter in a component. Represents a parameter in a component. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the value of the parameter. Gets or sets the name of the parameter. Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the value of the parameter. Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise. Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name and value to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Converts the collection to an array of parameters. Array of parameters contained in the collection. Clones the specified collection. The source collection. Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. The parameter with the specified name from the collection. Represents an Entity data model to data items. Gets a collection with s. The Parameters property specifies a collection of parameters to be passed to the constructor or the method of the business object during data retrieval. If the DataSource property contains the of a business object, and the DataMember property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the constructor with the specified parameters is invoked to create a new instance of the business object. If the DataMember property is set to a non-empty string that represents a valid method name, the parameters are passed to the method with the matching signature. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the context used to connect to data. Specifies the context member used to connect to data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the context used to connect to data. Specifies the context member used to connect to data. Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data. The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection string or the name of a in the application configuration file. Gets or sets the context used to connect to data. The Context property can contain either an instance of an context or the of such a context to be created at run time. Gets or sets the context member used to connect to data. The ContextMember property contains the name of a property or a method of the context to be invoked during data retrieval. Gets or sets the context used to connect to data. The Context property can contain either an instance of an context or the of such a context to be created at run time. Gets or sets the context member used to connect to data. The ContextMember property contains the name of a property or a method of the context to be invoked during data retrieval. Represents a business object to data items. Creates a new instance of the class. Creates a new instance of the class. Specifies the data source object that is used to connect to data. Specifies the data source member that is used to connect to data. Gets or sets the data source object that is used to connect to data. The DataSource property can contain either an instance of a business object or the of such a business object to be created at run time. Gets or sets the data source member that is used to connect to data. The DataMember property can contain the name of a property or a method of the business object to be invoked during data retrieval. If the DataSource property contains the of a business object, and the DataMember property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the constructor with the specified parameters is invoked to create a new instance of the business object. Represents a parameter in an component. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the data type of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the data type of the parameter. Specifies the value of the parameter. Gets or sets the data type of the parameter. Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise. Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name and data type to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name, data type and value to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Converts the collection to an array of parameters. Array of parameters contained in the collection. Clones the specified collection. The source collection. Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. The parameter with the specified name from the collection. Represents an Open Access data model to data items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the object context used to connect to data. Specifies the object context member used to connect to data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the object context used to connect to data. Specifies the object context member used to connect to data. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the object context used to connect to data. Specifies the object context member used to connect to data. Gets or sets the managed provider name used to connect to data. If the ProviderName property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the default provider is System.Data.SqlClient. Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data. The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection string or the name of a in the application configuration file. Gets or sets the object context used to connect to data. The ObjectContext property can contain either an instance of an object context or the of such a context to be created at run time. Gets or sets the object context member used to connect to data. The ObjectContextMember property contains the name of a property or a method of the object context to be invoked during data retrieval. Represents an assembly reference. Generates an AssemblyRef from assembly .dll file location Returns the resulting AssemblyRef Returns a string that represents the current object. Returns a string that represents the current object. The name of the .dll file containing the .NET assembly Assembly bytes in common object file format (COFF)-based image containing an emitted assembly Represents a collection of Assembly References. AssemblyRefCollection default constructor. Creates an AssemblyRefCollection from AssemblyRef enumerable. Assembly references enumerable from which to initialize the collection. Adds the assembly pointed from the assemblyPath along with the rest of the .dll files located in the same directory. The path of the leading assembly Clones the specified collection. The source collection. Adds a single assembly apointed from the assemblyPath parameter. The path of the assembly to add a reference from Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window Represents the required information to connect to OpenEdge OpenClient Gets or sets the URL of the AppServer endpoint Absolute URL of the AppServer endpoint Gets or sets the user name required to access the AppServer The username required to access the AppServer Gets or sets the password required to access the AppServer The password required to access the AppServer Gets or sets the additional settings information of the AppServer The app server info. Gets or sets the session model supported by the AppServer operating mode. Represents the session model supported by the AppServer operating mode. Managed session model Session free model Represents an dedicated component for retrieving data using OpenEdge OpenClient.NET proxy to ABL procedure. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the data source object that is used to connect to data. The DataSourceType property can contain name that implements OpenEdge OpenClient AppObject The assembly references collection containing the assembly containing the type used in the property along with all assembly dependencies. The assembly containing the data retrieval type should be the first one in the collection. Usually the other dependencies are Progress.Messages.dll and Progress.o4glrt.dll Gets or sets the name of the procedure that is used to retrieve the data. The Procedure property contains the method name of the AppObject to be invoked during data retrieval. Gets or sets the name of the DataTable to be used from a the returned DataSet. Applicable only if the procedure retrieves DataSet. The DataTable property contains the name of the DataTable to be used as data. Gets the connection that is used to connect to OpendEdge OpenClient. The Connection property contains all necessary options used to connect to OpenEdge AppServer. Represents an SQL database to data items. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the managed provider name used to connect to data. Specifies the connection string used to connect to data. Specifies the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute. Specifies how the select command string to be interpreted. Gets or sets the connection string used to connect to data. The ConnectionString property contains either a valid connection string or the name of a in the application configuration file. Gets or sets the managed provider name used to connect to data. If the ProviderName property is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic) or an empty string, the default provider is System.Data.SqlClient. Gets or sets the SQL select statement or stored procedure to execute. Gets or sets a value indicating how the select command to be interpreted. One of the enumeration values. The default value of the SelectCommandType property is Text. Gets a collection with data source parameters. Gets or sets the wait time in seconds before terminating the attempt to retrieve data. The provided value should be valid for the currently used data provider. The time in seconds to wait before terminating the attempt to retrieve data. The default value of the CommandTimeout property is 30 seconds. Specifies how a command string is interpreted. An SQL text command. (Default) The name of a stored procedure. Represents a parameter in a component. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the data type of the parameter. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the parameter. Specifies the data type of the parameter. Specifies the value of the parameter. Gets or sets the data type of the parameter. Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise. Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name and data type to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name, data type and value to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the data type of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Converts the collection to an array of parameters. Array of parameters contained in the collection. Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. The parameter with the specified name from the collection. Represents an user-defined field in a . Gets or sets the name of the CalculatedField Gets or sets the expression of the CalculatedField Gets or sets the data type of the CalculatedField Represents a collection of s. Represents a mapping between a field from a data source and its corresponding short alias used for data binding in expressions. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies the name of the field for the mapping. Specifies the alias of the field for the mapping. Gets or sets the name of the field from the mapping. Gets or sets the alias of the field from the mapping. Represents a collection of objects. Represents a collection of mappings for the fields of a data source and their corresponding short aliases used for data binding in expressions. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection. Determines if the collection contains a mapping for the specified field. Specifies the name of a field from the collection. True if a mapping for the specified field exists, False otherwise. Adds a new mapping for the specified field to the collection. Specifies the name of the field for the new mapping. Specifies the alias of the field for the new mapping. Adds a range of mappings to the collection. Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection. Adds a range of mappings to the collection. Specifies a range of mappings to add to the collection. Converts the collection to an array of mappings. Array of mappings contained in the collection. Gets the mapping of the specified field from the collection. Specifies the name of a field from the collection. The mapping of the specified field from the collection. Represents a collection of objects. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Initializes a new instance of the class. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Determines if the collection contains a parameter with the specified name. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. True if a parameter with the specified name exists, False otherwise. Adds a new parameter with the specified name to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a new parameter with the specified name and value to the collection. Specifies the name of the new parameter to add to the collection. Specifies the value of the new parameter to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Adds a range of parameters to the collection. Specifies a range of parameters to add to the collection. Converts the collection to an array of parameters. Array of parameters contained in the collection. Gets the parameter with the specified name from the collection. Specifies the name of a parameter from the collection. The parameter with the specified name from the collection. Represents a data column definition. Creates a new instance of . Creates a new instance of . The name of the column. This name should be used later when referring a field from this column in expressions. The type of the column. Gets or sets the name of the field definition. Used to access the field in expressions. Field names must be unique in the context of a single report. The name must be a valid identifier - may contain only digits (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z), and underscore sign (_). Must begin with a letter or underscore. Gets or sets the type of the field. Determines the type of the values. Acceptable values for each type are listed in . The default parameter type is . Represents a collection of objects. Adds an enumerable of objects to the . An enumerable of objects to add to the . The objects returned from the enumerable are appended to the end of the . Determines whether the contains a column with a specific name. A that specifies the parameter name for which to search the elements of the . Returns a value indicating whether the object contains a report parameter with the specified name. Determines the index of a specific column in the . The parameter name used to locate the report parameter in the . The index of column if found in the ; otherwise, -1. Creates a with specific settings and adds it to the . A value that will be used as for the newly created . A constant will be used for the newly created . A value that will be used as for the newly created . The newly created and added Inserts an item to the at the specified index. The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. The to insert into the . Gets a column by name. The name of the column. A column if found; otherwise null (Nothing) Allows a property of type Object to be edited like a string property in the Properties window Converts the collection to string returning the count of items in it. Parameter; Binding ... Parameters; Bindings ... Represents type options. Values of type are accepted. Values of type are accepted. Values of type , , or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to . Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to . Values of type or are accepted. Internally the values are converted to . Values of type are accepted. The EncodingMode enumeration determines the type of the acceptable data. Auto mode. Accepts byte data. Allows text data. Allows numeric data. Byte Mode. Allows Text. Allows numbers. Not set currently. Initializes a new instance of the class. TODO: Update summary. Initializes a new instance of the class. This method encodes the data for the Kanji Mode. Validates the data, to ensure no invalid characters are present. Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Byte Mode. Allows Numbers [0-9]. Allows characters or numbers. Kanji Mode. Determines how much data is available for error correction. Low. Medium. Quartile. High. Determines the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode, which allows for encoding of characters from other sets. None. ECI 9. ECI 8. ECI 7. ECI 6. ECI 5. ECI 4. ECI 3. ECI 2. ECI 1. ECI 10. ECI 11. ECI 13. ECI 15. ECI 17. ECI 21. ECI 22. ECI 23. ECI 24. ECI 27. Signifies application of special formatting to the code data. None. FNC 1 in first position. FNC 1 in second position. Defines the PDF417 encoder class. Defines the base class for all 2D barcode encoders. Defines the base class for all barcode encoders. Returns a string that represents the current object. A string that represents the current object. Creates an instance of the class. Gets or sets the number of the columns. This example illustrates how to set the Columns property. Gets or sets the number of the rows. This example illustrates how to set the Rows property. Gets or sets the encoding mode. This example illustrates how to set the Encoding property. Gets or sets the error correction level. This example illustrates how to set the ErrorCorrectionLevel property. Defines the QRCode encoder class. Creates an instance of the class. Determines the type of code, such as Numeric, Alphanumeric, Byte or Kanji. Gets or sets the Version entered by the user. This example illustrates how to set the Version property. Gets or sets the error correction Level. This example illustrates how to set the ErrorCorrectionLevel property. Gets or sets the Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) mode. This example illustrates how to set the ECI property. Gets or sets the FNC1 entered by the user. This example illustrates how to set the FNC1 property. Gets or sets the ApplicationIndicator entered by the user. This example illustrates how to set the ApplicationIndicator property. Defines the base class for all 1D barcode encoders. Represents the default constructor of the class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the barcode should display a human-readable text representation of the encoded value. true if the barcode should display text, otherwise false. This example illustrates how to set the ShowText property. Defines the Product1 encoder class. Defines the UPCA encoder class. Defines the UPCE encoder class. Defines the EAN13 encoder class. Defines the EAN8 encoder class. Defines the Codabar encoder class. Defines the Code11 encoder class. Defines the CodeMSI encoder class. Defines the Postnet encoder class. Defines the UPCSupplement2 encoder class. Defines the UPCSupplement5 encoder class. Defines the Code128 encoder class. Defines the Code128C encoder class. Defines the EAN128C encoder class. Defines the EAN128 encoder class. Defines the Code128A encoder class. Defines the EAN128A encoder class. Defines the Code128B encoder class. Defines the EAN128B encoder class. Defines the Code25 encoder class. Defines the Code25Interleaved encoder class. Defines the Code25Standard encoder class. Defines the Code93 encoder class. Defines the Code93Extended encoder class. Defines the Code39 encoder class. Defines the Code39Extended encoder class. Initializes the Measurements with values converted in graphical units and zoomed Used only if Block node is placed inside Inline node (not allowed by XHTML) The current BlockLayoutEngine that contains the inline node with the block node in it. Gets the remaining width in the current line that can be occupied. Gets a value indicating if there is current line available border: solid 3px Red e.g. solid 3px Red Gets a Telerik.Reporting.Drawing.Unit based on a provided string value If the expression is not a valid font-size expression, Unit.Empty is returned The returned value indicates if a value is parsed and assigned successfully If the expression is not representing a valid Unit, Unit.Empty is returned Gets the number part of the string ending with the '%' sign. If the parameter is not a valid percentage expression, float.NaN is returned Base class for all HTML Elements. Base class for all HTML Elements. Summary description for HtmlParser. Parse html string producing HtmlNode tree input html string base style for the html nodes (Some style attributes are relative to the base style) Initializes a instance configured with the XHTML strict DTD as the default DTD for the content. When there are sibling inline and block nodes we need to put all inline elements that are next to another in one "anonymous" block element. This way all siblings are either inline or block nodes. (Needed by the layout). More info: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/visuren.html#anonymous-block-level Resolves a known and limited set of URIs and entities as local resources. Adds the specified entity resource to this resolver's list of known resources. The identifier for the XML resource. The XML resolver uses this for XmlResolver.GetEntity and XmlResolver.GetResolveUri. The type to use to resolve the assembly resource's assembly and namespace. The name of the assembly resource. Resolves entities using local resources if it is a known entity. Resolves known URIs to known local resource URIs. Not supported. Used internally to track xml entity resource info... Returns the resource stream that this object describes. Represents node for displaying subscript text Represents node for displaying superscript text Represents any whitespace (converted to " " ) between two html tags (no matter open/close tag). Calling method must dispose the returned FormatString Layouts one inline node producing one or more (if it does not fit) (inline) layout elements on different lines. The distance in pixels between the list item marker ant the list item content The left padding/indent of html lists which is used to draw list item markers Layouts one text node producing one or more (if it does not fit) text layout elements on different lines. Fit as much characters as possible on the current line/new line. Word-wrap is used if possible, else character-wrap. Returns the count of the fitted characters Calculates the size of the rows and columns of the Body based on the Body's Rows/Columns or the size of the report items inside of the Body. The Body of the table to process The number of the rows according to the number of the leaf row groups. The number of the columns according to the number of the leaf column groups. The default size is applied to rows/columns which size cannot be calculated (ex. cells have span, etc.) Output list that contains the dimensions of the rows. Output list that contains the dimensions of the columns. True if the body's rows/columns need to be updated; otherwise False. Calculates the total table size and the related row/col sizes Calculates the size of the rows/columns based on their table ratios and updates the cell bounds. Deletes the first selected column group. FALSE to ask if to delete the group and the related rows/column as well; TRUE to use the value of the parameter. TRUE to delete the related rows/colums as well; otherwise FALSE. TRUE if any group was deleted; otherwise FALSE. Deletes the first selected row group. FALSE to ask if to delete the group and the related rows/column as well; TRUE to use the value of the parameter. TRUE to delete the related rows/colums as well; otherwise FALSE. TRUE if any group was deleted; otherwise FALSE. Returns the report item suitable for a header label of the given cell; otherwise returns null. Used by SetHeaderLabelText and for test purposes. If deleting 2+ rows, always do this from the bottom to the top rows. (reverse iteration) If deleting 2+ columns, always do this from the right to the left columns. (reverse iteration) DELETE RELATED GROUPS argument is respected only if SILENT Deletes the currently selected rows. FALSE - ask (shows UI) if to delete the related dynamic groups; TRUE - not to ask and perform accordingly to the parameter. TRUE to delete the related dynamic groups; otherwise FALSE. This parameter takes effect only of the parameter is TRUE. Determines whether the current cell is selected. Call this method always from outside the TableLayout class. Otherwise always use the SelectCellsInternal() method. Call this method always from outside the TableLayout class. Otherwise always use the SelectCellsInternal() method. Returns the single selected dynamic column table group; Returns NULL if only static column groups or 2+ different cols Returns the single selected dynamic row table group; Returns NULL if only static row groups or 2+ different dynamic row groups are selected at once Walks up the hierarchy and returns the 1st met dynamic ancestor. TRUE - looks in the column group hierarchy; otherwise - looks in the row group hierarchy Returns the min size that the member may be shrinked to if the whole table is shrinked. Returns the min size that the member may be shrinked to if only this row is shrinked. Setting the member's Size will change the Table's size as well. Indicates what portion of the whole table size is this member (member size / table size) Provides custom (user-defined) implementation for aggregate function. Implement this interface to provide custom logic when aggregating values over a set of rows from the data source. Apply the class to the aggregate implementation in order to set the name and description of the aggregate function. If no is defined, the name of the aggregate function is the name of the actual type that implements the IAggregateFunction interface. The word "Aggregate" is trimmed from the type name if it ends with it. This example shows how to implement user-defined aggregate. Initializes the aggregate function instance. Implement to set the aggregate in its initial state ready to accumulate and merge values. Accumulates the passed values in the aggregate. The values that will be accumulated on a single accumulation operation. The length of the values array equals to the number of parameters that the defined aggregate expects (most common one). Merges another instance of the same aggregate function into the current instance. Implement this method to allow the reporting engine to merge the two resulting aggregates coming from two subsets of the aggregated data source rows. Another instance of the same aggregate function that will be merged in the current instance. Gets the value that the aggregate instance keeps currently accumulated. Returns the currently accumulated value. Used for RowNumber/ColumnNumber Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the aggregate function. This class cannot be inherited. This example shows the usage of the attribute. Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its properties set to default values. Initializes a new instance of the class. Determines if this attribute is the default. true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute class; otherwise, false. Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are equal. Another object to compare to. true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns the hash code for this attribute instance. A 32-bit signed integer hash code. Gets the name of the aggregate function as it should be used in the expressions. Gets the description of the aggregate function displayed in the expression builder. Gets a value indicating whether the aggregate should be shown at design time. Default value is true. Gets or sets the return type of the aggregate function as it should be used in the expressions. Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the aggregate function parameter. Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its properties set to default values. Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are equal. Another object to compare to. true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns the hash code for this attribute instance. A 32-bit signed integer hash code. Gets or sets the name of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the expressions. Gets or sets the description of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the expressions. Gets or sets the type of the aggregate function parameter as it should be used in the expressions. Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the functions. Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its properties set to default values. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The text. Determines if this attribute is the default. true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute class; otherwise, false. Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are equal. Another object to compare to. true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns the hash code for this attribute instance. A 32-bit signed integer hash code. Gets or sets the example text. The example text. Used to specify the usage and the design time description of the functions. Returns the default instance of the attribute with all its properties set to default values. Determines if this attribute is the default. true if the attribute is the default value for this attribute class; otherwise, false. Indicates whether this attribute instance and a specified object are equal. Another object to compare to. true if obj is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. Returns the hash code for this attribute instance. A 32-bit signed integer hash code. Gets or sets the namespace of the function as it should be used in the expressions. Gets or sets the name of the function as it should be used in the expressions. Gets or sets the description of the function displayed in the expression builder. Gets or sets the category of the function as it should be displayed in the expression builder. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the function should be shown at design time. Default value is true. Global functions have no namespace Use for all op except And, Or, In, Is and IsNot if false to stop processing the op and return the retValue Base class for all processing instances of report items. Provides the core measuring logic. Override this method if have to provide custom measuring logic. Items usually override MeasureContent. Items usually override this method. Provides the core arrangement logic. Override this method if have to provide custom arrangement logic. Items usually override ArrangeContent. Items usually override this method. Gets the parent element of the current layout element. Gets or sets the angle in degrees at which the axis labels are rotated. Calculates the radius of the angular axis for the given label size, angel and outer/max R. If the value is string that starts with =, it is considered as an expression string and is parsed, evaluated against the current data item and returns the result of the exp; otherwise returns the value as is. Gets or sets the exception that has occurred during the processing. Use this property in a handler to inspect or clear the current processing error. Nested report's Report points to itself - not the master report. Gets the that is bound to this report item. An associated with this item. A name that would identify the data context among sibling items in the parent data context. the number of DataPoint slots in the current Category Arranges the labels according to the angle. Used when the AngularAxis is CategoryAxis (Rose). Also used with the Pie The labels' text is always horizontal Arranges a text label around a given point the label to be arranged the destination point the label's relative horizontal position according to the goal point the label's relative vertical position according to the goal point the angle on which the label will be rotated the angle on which the calculations will be shifted. This calculations will be performed as if the coordinate system is rotated on tiltAngle degrees Performs arrangements on series having their X value as main (Bars) Arranges the labels according to the angle. Used when the RadialAxis is CategoryAxis Rotates the labels along according to the DataPoint's angle Performs arrangements on series having their Y value as main (Columns) For design time purposes: the object to be selected thus shown in the property grid when a grid line is selected/clicked on the graph design surface. Used for test purposes. Arrange items down then across. Arrange items across then down. This method is for testing purposes only. A storage for the categories Do not push any categories through the list! Use the IncludeInRange() method instead. 1-based index of the category For testing purposes only The smallest value of the input domain The biggest value of the input domain For ordering the runtime series according to the item's definition For ordering the runtime series according to the item's definition Categorizes the value, ex. (x, y) -or- (y, x) An artificial 1px border, used to avoid the white space between the series (see #219644) in [millimeters] in [millimeters] After build is completed, exposes the count of the generated runtime series Class for distributing vertically overlapping data point labels. Currently enabled only on the Polar BarSeries (PieChart) returns "='(' + expr1 + '; ' + expr2 + ')'" Represents a processing report item. Used by page sections to prepare the item for the next processing. The Image rendering (as of now) reuse the only instance of the page sections and reevaluate them for every page it renders. Extends ITableCell with read/write functionality Provides an interface for accessing a processing cell. Gets the index of the row that contains the cell. Gets the index of the column that contains the cell. Gets a value that indicates the total number of rows that the cell spans within the table. Gets a value that indicates the total number of columns that the cell spans within the table. Gets the this cell belongs to. A object which the item belongs to. Gets the in the cell. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Gets or sets the current data item no data message. Gets a object specifying the appearance of the no data message. A object specifying the items's style. Indicates if the NoDataMessage will be rendered instead of the actual item content. True if the NoDataMessage will be rendered. Otherwise false. Represents an item that may contain other s Gets a read-only enumeration containing the immediate children of the current container. This example shows how to access all children of a container in a ItemDataBinding event handler. MapDesigner only. TODO: needs revision Indentifies the parent group for a given group; Indicates which category scales a given category group should update (IncludeInRange); Indicates which series a given category group should update (IncludeInRange); Contains the data per category scale; Returns True to stop the traversal; otherwise returns false. For groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Width of the presenter/item (if any); For groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Height of the presenter/item (if any); Returns the offset to the next group level current level's group For groups in the Table.ColumnGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Height of the presenter/item (if any); For groups in the Table.RowGroups hierarchy this method usually returns the Width of the presenter/item (if any); Returns the size of the 1st available/visible leaf group Gets the point along a line between two points, offset by supplied fraction between 0 and 1 start point end point [0 - 1]. 0 means starting point, 1 - ending point. PointF Gets the point along a line between two points, offset by a part of their measured distance start point end point part of the distance between the two points Starting point if A coincides with B, or Point(NaN, NaN) if the passed segment length is greater than the points distance line starting point line ending point circle center circle radius crossing points Canonical spline - Charles Petzold impl A canonical/cardinal spline is a sequence of individual curves joined to form a larger curve. The points that define the curve. The amount of curvature. The accuracy of the polyline approximation to the spline. Each line segment of the polyline approximation has an (extremely) approximate length of Tolerance device-independent units (of 1/96th inch). The default value is 0.25, indicating that each line segment is roughly 1/400th inch in length. Having smaller tolerance will produce smoother curve while increasing the number of the spline points; having greater tolerance will produce a curve will less points, though the line may become jagged Indicates whether to close the splain The collection of the points for the polyline that describes the spline See Petzold, "Programming Microsoft Windows with C#", pages 645-646 or Petzold, "Programming Microsoft Windows with Microsoft Visual Basic .NET", pages 638-639 for derivation of the following formulas: Get open-ended Bezier Spline Control Points. Input Bezier spline points. Output First Control points array of points.Count - 1 length. Output Second Control points array of points.Count - 1 length. parameter must be not null. array must containg at least two points. Solves a tridiagonal system for one of coordinates (x or y) of first Bezier control points. Right hand side vector. Solution vector. Null ImageKey specifies that the container is empty Evaluates the color value from the data. ColorValue as double or double.NaN if the data is null Interface which must be implemented by any coordinate converter. Convert from the collection of coordinates are given in the form specific for the coordinate system other than WGS 1984 to the collection of the WGS 1984 coordinates. Collection of coordinates are given in the form specific for the coordinate system. Converted collection. Convert from the collection of coordinates are given in the WGS 1984 coordinates to the form specific for the coordinate system other than WGS 1984. Collection of coordinates are given in the form specific for the coordinate system. Converted collection. Converts from the latitude/longitude to the representation specific for the coordinate system other than WGS 1984. Location to be converter. Coordinate system location. Converts Location to Coordinate system specific string. Location. Coordinate system specific string. Converts from the coordinate system specific object to the WGS 1984 latitude/longitude. Coordinate system specific object. Location. Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedData class. Set of the extended properties this extended data can operates with. Clones current instance. The clone. Gets value of the property. Name of the property. Property value. Gets value which indicates whether extended data contains specified property. Name of the property. True - when extended data contains specified property. Otherwise - false. Tries to get the underlying value by given property name. false if not found Set default value to every extended property. Sets value of the property. Name of the property. Value to be set. Sets value of the property. Name of the property. Value to be set. Indicates whether the layout changed event should be fired. Return reference to self. This property can be used within Binding in XAML to implement binding which reflect extended property changes. Gets set of the extended properties this extended data can operates with. Represents extended property of the map shape. Name of the property. Display name of the property (KML). Type of the property. Default value of the property. Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedProperty class. Name of the property. Display name of the property. Type of the property. Default value. Gets name of the property. Gets type of the property. Gets default value. Represents set of the extended properties. Initializes a new instance of the ExtendedPropertySet class. Converts a String representation of the ExtendedPropertySet into the equivalent ExtendedPropertySet class. The String representation of the ExtendedPropertySet class. The equivalent ExtendedPropertySet class. Register new property. Name of the property. Display name of the property. Type of the property. Default value. Prepares coordinates string. Coordinates. Prepared coordinates. Gets extended property definition. Name of the extended property. Extended property definition or null. Converts instances of other types to and from instances of ExtendedPropertySet. Gets a value that indicates whether this type converter can convert from a given type. ITypeDescriptorContext for this call. Type being queried for support. True if this converter can convert from the specified type; false otherwise. Attempts to convert to a Point3DCollection from the given object. The ITypeDescriptorContext for this call. The CultureInfo which is respected when converting. The object to convert to an instance of ExtendedPropertySet. ExtendedPropertySet that was constructed. Represents the DbfEncodingBase class. Calculates the number of bytes produced by encoding a set of characters from the specified character array. The character array containing the set of characters to encode. The zero-based index of the first character to encode. The number of characters to encode. The number of bytes produced by encoding the specified characters. Encodes a set of characters from the specified character array into the specified byte array. The character array containing the set of characters to encode. The zero-based index of the first character to encode. The number of characters to encode. The byte array to contain the resulting sequence of bytes. The zero-based index at which to start writing the resulting sequence of bytes. The actual number of bytes written into bytes. Calculates the number of characters produced by decoding a sequence of bytes from the specified byte array. The byte array containing the sequence of bytes to decode. The zero-based index of the first byte to decode. The number of bytes to decode. The number of characters produced by decoding the specified sequence of bytes. Decodes a sequence of bytes from the specified byte array into the specified character array. The byte array containing the sequence of bytes to decode. The zero-based index of the first byte to decode. The number of bytes to decode. The character array to contain the resulting set of characters. The zero-based index at which to start writing the resulting set of characters. The actual number of characters written into chars. Calculates the maximum number of bytes produced by encoding the specified number of characters. The number of characters to encode. The maximum number of bytes produced by encoding the specified number of characters. Calculates the maximum number of characters produced by decoding the specified number of bytes. The number of bytes to decode. The maximum number of characters produced by decoding the specified number of bytes. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1250. Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (Windows) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1251. Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (Windows) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1252. Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (Windows) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1253. Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (Windows) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 1254. Provides encoding capabilities for the Turkish (Windows) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 437. Provides encoding capabilities for the OEM United States encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 737. Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 850. Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 852. Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 857 class. Provides encoding capabilities for the Turkish (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 861. Provides encoding capabilities for the Icelandic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 865. Provides encoding capabilities for the Nordic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DBF encoding for code page 866. Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (DOS) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DbfEncodingMac class. Provides encoding capabilities for the Western European (Mac) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DbfEncodingMacCE class. Provides encoding capabilities for the Central European (Mac) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DbfEncodingMacCyrillic class. Provides encoding capabilities for the Cyrillic (Mac) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DbfEncodingMacGreek class. Provides encoding capabilities for the Greek (Mac) encoding under Silverlight. Gets the name registered with the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) for the current encoding. Represents the DbfEncoding class. Provides unified access to a single data record from a data source. Returns a collection of the available properties for the underlaying object. To get the actual data object use . A with the properties of the underlaying data object. Gets the value of the specified member. The name of the member to get. When this method returns, contains the value associated with the specified member, if the key is found; otherwise, null (Nothing). This parameter is passed uninitialized. true if the member exists; otherwise false. Gets the value of the specified member. Depending on the type of the data source the member may refer to a (when the report is bound to a or ) or a public property (when bound to an or a ). The name of the member The value of the member. Gets the actual object that the current IDataObject wraps. Depending on the type of the data source the member may refer to a (when the report is bound to a or ) or an object (when bound to an ). The actual data. The ESRI shape type definitions. Null Shape. Point. Polyline. Polygon. Multipoint. PointZ. PolylineZ. PolygonZ. MultipointZ. PointM. PolylineM. PolygonM. MultipointM. Multipatch. Represents the ShapeFileReader class. Reads ESRI shape file from a stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. DBF-file encoding. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file. The Coordinate Converter. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file. DBF-file encoding. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file from the shape file and dbf file stream. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file. DBF-file encoding. The Coordinate Converter. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads ESRI shape file according to specified parameters. The parameters of shape-file reader. List of elements that will be placed on an information layer. Reads only the DBF schema without iterating through the whole DBF file. A stream instance initialized with the .dbf file. The .dbf encoding if known. ExtendedPropertySet or null if the DbfStream is invalid. Represents the parameters of shape-file reader. Stream of ESRI shape file. Stream of DBF file. DBF-file encoding. The ExtendedPropertySet for data from dbf-file. Determines shape source type for the MapShapeReader class instance. Shape source type will be resolved automatically. KML file source type. ESRI shape-file shape source type. Returns the element content trimmed by leading and ending parentheses valid WKT element Used by MapDesigner only internal for test purposes only The LocationProvider instance used for geocoding Used by MapDesigner only Used by the MapDesigner Calculates the nearest segment value of the given map and viewport in mapExtent units. Changes the SI units of the mapExtentWidth if needed. the width of the map extent in SIUnits Calculates the viewport segment size in mm, based on the previously calculated map segment. Radius - not the circle's size Adjust the item's left position. If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item, move it right preserving the smallest horizontal distance between this item and the dependent items. Adjust the item's top position. If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item, move it down preserving the smallest vertical distance between this item and the dependent items. The Action that will be executed. Summary description for ReportItem class. CheckBox Base class for TextBox and CheckBox classes Gets or sets the character(s) that specify how text is formatted. When in a page section, a single processing text item is re-evaluated for each page; so we should clear the previous lines (created at the previous measure); otherwise the old text will appear as well. Returns one of the three image objects from the definition item based on the current Value. The object can be Image, string, byte[], etc. One of the three image objects from the definition item based on the current Value. Gets or sets the value of the processing instance of the check box. Can be set directly to value. CheckBoxUtil Returns one of the three default images based on the passed value. One of the three default images based on the current Value Returns one of the three image objects from the definition item based on the current Value. The object can be Image, string, byte[], etc. One of the three image objects from the definition item based on the current Value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rendering engine should print the section at the bottom of the page that contains the section. Applicable for GroupFooter and ReportFooter sections only. Creates new node with the provided label string that CANNOT contain other bookmarks Evaluated bookmark (label) that will be inserted in the DocumentMap Returns the created bookmark node Creates new node with the provided label string that CAN contain other bookmarks and the subsequent bookmarks will be added inside it Evaluated bookmark (label) that will be inserted in the DocumentMap Returns the created bookmark node Ends the current bookmark: all subsequent bookmarks will be added to the PARENT of the ended bookmark node Builds document map structure from the bookmarks. Node where all generated nodes will be added. Source bookmarks. Indicates whether there are document map nodes among the bookmarks. Used from report viewers. (Resolve the report document without applying parameters.) From report source From history container which children need to be arranged Provides utility methods that perform common tasks involving nodes in a LayoutElement tree. Returns all immediate child layout elements within a specified parent. The parent element. Enumerable of all layout elements having the specified parent. If the parent does not have children, an empty enumeration is returned. This example shows how to access all children of a parent layout element in a ItemDataBinding event handler. Returns the immediate child layout element within a specified parent at specified index. The parent element to search within. The zero-based index of the child to get. Layout element having the specified parent at the specified index. This example shows how to access a child by index in a ItemDataBinding event handler. Returns the first immediate child layout element within a specified parent having a specified name. The parent element to search within. The name to search for. Layout element having the specified name and parent. This example shows how to get a child by name in a ItemDataBinding event handler. Determines whether a parent layout element contains immediate child having a specified name. The parent element to search within. The name to search for. true if an layout element having the specified parent and name is found; Otherwise, false. This example shows how to determine if a child with name is contained in a ItemDataBinding event handler. Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a layout element with a specified name within a parent. The parent element to search within. The name to search for. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of a layout element having the specified name within the specified parent. This example shows how to get the index of a child in a ItemDataBinding event handler. Searches for all layout elements with a specified name within a specified parent. The parent element to search within. The name to search for. If true, all descendants within the specified parent are matched (deep search). Otherwise, only immediate children are matched. Array containing all matching by name children / descendants. If no elements are found an empty array is returned This example shows how to find all children with name in a ItemDataBinding event handler. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} rendering format is not available.. Can create and hold font measurements needed to measure and draw strings with some font Provide common conversions and operations during measurement and drawing. Returns coefficient to convert value in points to value in some graphicalUnit Returns coefficient to convert value in pixels to value in some graphicalUnit Calling method must dispose the returned FormatString Determines if the element is the first element produced from the layout of the html node Determines if the element is the first element produced from the layout of the html node Baseline according to client rectangle Determines if the element is the first element produced from the layout of the html node Determines if the element is the first element produced from the layout of the html node Baseline according to client rectangle Summary description for HTMLRenderItem. Determines if the provided value is valid xhtml that can parse. If the provided value is an expression, true is returned. The XTHML value. True if the XHTML is valid. Indicates whether the rendering engine should try to keep the item on one page if possible. Gets or sets the value of the item Determines whether the value of the current HtmlTextBox is calculated from an expression, or is a static text (label) Internal use only Internal use only Gets an at the specified row and column index. This method should be used after the item is data bound. The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method: Gets a list of objects that represents the rows in a item. Gets a list of objects that represents the columns in a item. Collects all aggregates for a given data item recursively, in order to prepare a MDQuery. in mm size in 0.01mm (GDICompatible) Represents a processing instance of a ReportParameter. Initializes a new instance of the Parameter class. Gets or sets the Name of the parameters Gets or sets the type of the parameter. The string that represents the parameter type should be the of the CLR type corresponding to the ReportParameterType. Gets or sets the text for the parameter to be displayed in the report viewer. Determines if the parameter can hold more then one value. Determines if the parameter allows no value to be passed from it's editor. Determines if the parameter allows an empty string to be passed. Only for parameters of type string. Determines if the parameter should be displayed in the report viewer. Determines whether the report viewer should auto-update the report when the parameter value is changed. Gets or sets a value indicating whether other parameters depend on the current parameter. Gets or sets IDs of all parameters that depend on the current parameter. Gets or sets the list of the available values for the current parameter. Gets or sets the value of the parameter. Value should of the allowed types, or containing values of the allowed types. Gets or sets the ID of the parameter. Gets the label of the parameter. Returns a string that contains the label of the current parameter's or an array of strings that contains the labels of all values when multivalue parameter. Represents a parameter value. Gets or sets the name of the ParameterValue. Gets or sets the value of the ParameterValue. Parameter ID Provides information about parameter occurrences in reports Z-order of the Action. Determines which of two overlapping actions is hit. Immutable object that identifies a processing instance inside the (master)? report Returns True if should cancel the current report processing; otherwise false. Gets or sets the data source that the is displaying data for. Returns a collection of runtime report s. Gets or sets a representing the name of the report document. A representing the document name. The default value is the name of the this property belongs to. The value of this property is used to suggest a file name when exporting a report to one of the available export formats. Used to evaluate expressions before the processing stage (like parameters). Functions defined in the current report should not be visible at design time Allows resource localization via RESX files. Represents a processing Table item. Gets an at the specified row and column index. This method should be used after the item is data bound. The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method: Number of the rows reserved for the column headers Number of the columns reserved for the column headers Gets a list of objects that represents the rows in a item. Gets a list of objects that represents the columns in a item. The keep together region first line index The keep together region end line index Currently cells can only be merged but not split Represents a column in the item. Gets an at the specified row index. This method should be used after the item is data bound. The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method: An instance. Gets the index of the current TableColumn in the collection of the item. Represents a row in the item. Gets an at the specified column index. This method should be used after the item is data bound. The following code snippet demonstrates a sample usage of the GetCell method: An instance. Gets the index of the current TableRow in the collection of the item. Gets or sets the value of the TextBox item Gets the formatted value of the current TextBox processing item. Determines whether the value of the current TextBox is calculated from an expression, or is a static text (label) Splits the text into text lines and adds them to the text container's child elements. Calculates the vertical alignment of the text lines and sets the measurements. Available height Single line height The count of the lines that fit inside the available height Splits the text according to the bounds rectangle. In degrees Main split text method. Changes horizontal alignment if the text is right-to-left. Calculates the alignment offset for the text lines. In degrees. Determines in which quadrant is the angle: | Q2(180-269) | Q3(270-359) | -------------------------- | Q1(90-179) | Q0 (0-89) | Creates the string format used for drawing. The original string format of the report item. Calculates the rectangles of the rotated text line: TextBounds and TextBoundingRect. Rotates the text bounds at 180 degrees. Rectangle in which to draw the text after rotating the graphics. Rectangle which surrounds the rotated text in the original graphics state. Checks whether the point is inside the bounds. Determines the distance between two points. Calculates the corresponding to the line number width. Creates a named timer; started immediately and stopped on disposing; displays trace info Start/stop an external timer without any traces Fills determined unique names each Group/TableGroup without name. The target report Provide methods for XHTML validation Determines if the provided markup is valid XHTML that can parse. If the provided value is an expression, true is returned. The XHTML markup. True if the XHTML is valid. Determines if the provided markup is valid XHTML that can parse. If the XHTML parse operation fail exception is thrown. If the provided value is an expression, no exception is thrown. The XHTML markup. Move the item down and right with the given offsets Enlarge the item with the given size Sections and groups are always report-wide so they have to work with Report.Measurement.Width Use this class to perform a floating point comparison with precision of 0.01 Point of RoundedFloats Size of RoundedFloats Rectangle of RoundedFloats Provides an unified access to the data of a group member Enumerates all data items (details) that belongs to the current group member. A set of raw data items that belongs to the current group member. The following example, uses the IDataGroupMember.EnumerateRawData() to display the detail items for each member of the Country group. access only using the ExtendedValues property Represents a multidimensional query Represents a collection of AxisDef-s Represents an axis in the multidimensional query Test purposes only! Test purposes only! cells[axis0_member, axis1_member,..axisN_member] cells[axis0_member, axis1_member,..axisN_member] axis0, axis1, axisN Caches CellDataMembers (Body data) Parses the input string on constants and embedded expressions. input string generated list of expression/const terms Exception is thrown when the input sting is not valid sequence of constants and embedded expressions Parses the input string on constants and embedded expressions generates list containing only the expressions. input string generated list of expressions Exception is thrown when the input sting is not valid sequence of constants and embedded expressions Determines if the input string is a valid sequence of constants and embedded expressions input string true if valid, else false Substitutes some of the general usage ExpressionNodes with Reporting specific nodes. Converts an image to a byte array in BMP format Bitmap with BMP ImageFormat Converts an image bytes in JPG, BMP, etc. to a PNG byte array. image bytes received from the tile provider Creates a new bitmap, stitching bitmap2 to bitmap1 at the specified position. the produced bitmap MapQuest returns the center of the default country (USA) when not able to find a location. REF: http://developer.mapquest.com/web/products/forums/-/message_boards/view_message/417276 In contrast with Licensed API, Open API returns valid XML with status 0 when not able to find a location. Location.Latitude Location.Longitude The location (Latitude/Longitude) of the returned point. The query string used to request the current location The request that is used to get he current result. The location name as returned from the server. Tile expiration date String containing the error thrown during the download. Converts tile XY coordinates into a QuadKey at a specified level of detail. Tile X coordinate. Tile Y coordinate. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). A string containing the QuadKey. Returns the QuadKey by given Latitude, Longitude and Level of Detail Latitude of the point, in degrees. Longitude of the point, in degrees. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). A string containing the QuadKey. Converts a QuadKey into tile XY coordinates. QuadKey of the tile. Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate. Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate. Output parameter receiving the level of detail. Returns the latitude/longitude extent of a given tyle by quad key. Returns the dependent 4 quad keys of a given quad key. key referencing a tile the keys of the sub tiles referenced by the passed quadKey For TEST purposes only For TEST purposes only Class used only for testing purposes. When GetTilesAsync is called, it will throw an System.Net.WebException if the TileUrl is invalid. Otherwise it will return an image as if a regular WebTileProvider. Clips a number to the specified minimum and maximum values. The number to clip. Minimum allowable value. Maximum allowable value. The clipped value. Determines the map width and height (in pixels) at a specified level of detail. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). The map width and height in pixels. Returns the map size in tiles. Determines the ground resolution (in meters per pixel) at a specified latitude and level of detail. Latitude (in degrees) at which to measure the ground resolution. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). The ground resolution, in meters per pixel. Determines the map scale at a specified latitude, level of detail, and screen resolution. Latitude (in degrees) at which to measure the map scale. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). Resolution of the screen, in dots per inch. The map scale, expressed as the denominator N of the ratio 1 : N. Converts a point from latitude/longitude WGS-84 coordinates (in degrees) into pixel XY coordinates at a specified level of detail. Latitude of the point, in degrees. Longitude of the point, in degrees. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). Output parameter receiving the X coordinate in pixels. Output parameter receiving the Y coordinate in pixels. Converts a pixel from pixel XY coordinates at a specified level of detail into latitude/longitude WGS-84 coordinates (in degrees). X coordinate of the point, in pixels. Y coordinates of the point, in pixels. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). Output parameter receiving the latitude in degrees. Output parameter receiving the longitude in degrees. Converts pixel XY coordinates into tile XY coordinates of the tile containing the specified pixel. Pixel X coordinate. Pixel Y coordinate. Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate. Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate. Converts tile XY coordinates into pixel XY coordinates of the upper-left pixel of the specified tile. Tile X coordinate. Tile Y coordinate. Output parameter receiving the pixel X coordinate. Output parameter receiving the pixel Y coordinate. Converts Latitude/Longitude coordinates into tile XY coordinates of the tile containing the specified point. Latitude of the point, in degrees. Longitude of the point, in degrees. Level of detail, from 1 (lowest detail) to 23 (highest detail). Output parameter receiving the tile X coordinate. Output parameter receiving the tile Y coordinate. Converts tile XY coordinates to Latitude/Longitude coordinates according to the specified level of details. tile X coordinate tile Y coordinate level of detail Location(latitude, longitude) Returns the BOTTOM-RIGHT latitude/longitude coordinates of a given tile according to the specified level of details. Returns the latitude/longitude extent of a given tile for a specified level of detail. image abstraction Sets the Latitude/Longitude values of the supplied TileImage. Subdomain-templated Url that identifies the tile. TileExtent.LatitudeMin TileExtent.LongitudeMin TileExtent.LatitudeMax TileExtent.LongitudeMax The image stream returned from the provider Tile expiration date DEBUG purposes only! Copies the URL and the extent properties from the passed TileInfo to the TileImage instance. Struct defining a tile position Calculates the distance between two points in kilometers. Calculates the extent width (difference between longitude coordinates) in kilometers, measuring it in the middle between the two latitude coordinates Calculates the difference between latitude coordinates in kilometers, using the minimum longitude as X. Determines if the rectangular region represented by ext is entirely contained within this Extent region. True if ext is contained in this Extent Determines if this extent intersects with ext. True if ext intersects this Extent Determines if the extent coordinates are the same, e.g. it is a single point. Returns the bounds of the current extent according to the world bounds. Usually calculated by the GetWorldBounds() method If the extent takes the given bounds calculates the bounds of the entire world. Ensures that the given extent is conformant with the supplied bounds Closes all connections managed by this pool. Call this method when the application is suspended. Behaviour here is to close any open connections. Gets the singleton instance of the connection tool. Represents an open connection to a SQLite database. Used to list some code that we want the MonoTouch linker to see, but that we never want to actually execute. Constructs a new SQLiteConnection and opens a SQLite database specified by databasePath. Specifies the path to the database file. Specifies whether to store DateTime properties as ticks (true) or strings (false). You absolutely do want to store them as Ticks in all new projects. The default of false is only here for backwards compatibility. There is a *significant* speed advantage, with no down sides, when setting storeDateTimeAsTicks = true. Constructs a new SQLiteConnection and opens a SQLite database specified by databasePath. Specifies the path to the database file. Specifies whether to store DateTime properties as ticks (true) or strings (false). You absolutely do want to store them as Ticks in all new projects. The default of false is only here for backwards compatibility. There is a *significant* speed advantage, with no down sides, when setting storeDateTimeAsTicks = true. Retrieves the mapping that is automatically generated for the given type. The type whose mapping to the database is returned. Optional flags allowing implicit PK and indexes based on naming conventions The mapping represents the schema of the columns of the database and contains methods to set and get properties of objects. Retrieves the mapping that is automatically generated for the given type. The mapping represents the schema of the columns of the database and contains methods to set and get properties of objects. Executes a "drop table" on the database. This is non-recoverable. Executes a "create table if not exists" on the database. It also creates any specified indexes on the columns of the table. It uses a schema automatically generated from the specified type. You can later access this schema by calling GetMapping. The number of entries added to the database schema. Executes a "create table if not exists" on the database. It also creates any specified indexes on the columns of the table. It uses a schema automatically generated from the specified type. You can later access this schema by calling GetMapping. Type to reflect to a database table. Optional flags allowing implicit PK and indexes based on naming conventions. The number of entries added to the database schema. Creates an index for the specified table and column. Name of the index to create Name of the database table Name of the column to index Whether the index should be unique Creates an index for the specified table and column. Name of the database table Name of the column to index Whether the index should be unique Creates an index for the specified object property. e.g. CreateIndex<Client>(c => c.Name); Type to reflect to a database table. Property to index Whether the index should be unique Creates a new SQLiteCommand. Can be overridden to provide a sub-class. Creates a new SQLiteCommand given the command text with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the command text. A Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command. Use this method instead of Query when you don't expect rows back. Such cases include INSERTs, UPDATEs, and DELETEs. You can set the Trace or TimeExecution properties of the connection to profile execution. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query. The number of rows modified in the database as a result of this execution. Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command. It returns each row of the result using the mapping automatically generated for the given type. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query. An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query. Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command. It returns each row of the result using the mapping automatically generated for the given type. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query. An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query. The enumerator will call sqlite3_step on each call to MoveNext, so the database connection must remain open for the lifetime of the enumerator. Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command. It returns each row of the result using the specified mapping. This function is only used by libraries in order to query the database via introspection. It is normally not used. A to use to convert the resulting rows into objects. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query. An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query. Creates a SQLiteCommand given the command text (SQL) with arguments. Place a '?' in the command text for each of the arguments and then executes that command. It returns each row of the result using the specified mapping. This function is only used by libraries in order to query the database via introspection. It is normally not used. A to use to convert the resulting rows into objects. The fully escaped SQL. Arguments to substitute for the occurences of '?' in the query. An enumerable with one result for each row returned by the query. The enumerator will call sqlite3_step on each call to MoveNext, so the database connection must remain open for the lifetime of the enumerator. Returns a queryable interface to the table represented by the given type. A queryable object that is able to translate Where, OrderBy, and Take queries into native SQL. Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute). The primary key. The object with the given primary key. Throws a not found exception if the object is not found. Attempts to retrieve the first object that matches the predicate from the table associated with the specified type. A predicate for which object to find. The object that matches the given predicate. Throws a not found exception if the object is not found. Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute). The primary key. The object with the given primary key or null if the object is not found. Attempts to retrieve an object with the given primary key from the table associated with the specified type. Use of this method requires that the given type have a designated PrimaryKey (using the PrimaryKeyAttribute). The primary key. The TableMapping used to identify the object type. The object with the given primary key or null if the object is not found. Attempts to retrieve the first object that matches the predicate from the table associated with the specified type. A predicate for which object to find. The object that matches the given predicate or null if the object is not found. Begins a new transaction. Call to end the transaction. Throws if a transaction has already begun. Creates a savepoint in the database at the current point in the transaction timeline. Begins a new transaction if one is not in progress. Call to undo transactions since the returned savepoint. Call to commit transactions after the savepoint returned here. Call to end the transaction, committing all changes. A string naming the savepoint. Rolls back the transaction that was begun by or . Rolls back the savepoint created by or SaveTransactionPoint. The name of the savepoint to roll back to, as returned by . If savepoint is null or empty, this method is equivalent to a call to Rolls back the transaction that was begun by . true to avoid throwing exceptions, false otherwise Releases a savepoint returned from . Releasing a savepoint makes changes since that savepoint permanent if the savepoint began the transaction, or otherwise the changes are permanent pending a call to . The RELEASE command is like a COMMIT for a SAVEPOINT. The name of the savepoint to release. The string should be the result of a call to Commits the transaction that was begun by . Executes within a (possibly nested) transaction by wrapping it in a SAVEPOINT. If an exception occurs the whole transaction is rolled back, not just the current savepoint. The exception is rethrown. The to perform within a transaction. can contain any number of operations on the connection but should never call or . Inserts all specified objects. An of the objects to insert. The number of rows added to the table. Inserts all specified objects. An of the objects to insert. Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ... The number of rows added to the table. Inserts all specified objects. An of the objects to insert. The type of object to insert. The number of rows added to the table. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. The object to insert. The number of rows added to the table. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with some pre-existing object, this function deletes the old object. The object to insert. The number of rows modified. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with some pre-existing object, this function does nothing. The object to insert. The number of rows added. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. The object to insert. The type of object to insert. The number of rows added to the table. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. If a UNIQUE constraint violation occurs with some pre-existing object, this function deletes the old object. The object to insert. The type of object to insert. The number of rows modified. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. The object to insert. Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ... The number of rows added to the table. Inserts the given object and retrieves its auto incremented primary key if it has one. The object to insert. Literal SQL code that gets placed into the command. INSERT {extra} INTO ... The type of object to insert. The number of rows added to the table. Updates all of the columns of a table using the specified object except for its primary key. The object is required to have a primary key. The object to update. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute. The number of rows updated. Updates all of the columns of a table using the specified object except for its primary key. The object is required to have a primary key. The object to update. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute. The type of object to insert. The number of rows updated. Updates all specified objects. An of the objects to insert. The number of rows modified. Deletes the given object from the database using its primary key. The object to delete. It must have a primary key designated using the PrimaryKeyAttribute. The number of rows deleted. Deletes the object with the specified primary key. The primary key of the object to delete. The number of objects deleted. The type of object. Deletes all the objects from the specified table. WARNING WARNING: Let me repeat. It deletes ALL the objects from the specified table. Do you really want to do that? The number of objects deleted. The type of objects to delete. Sets a busy handler to sleep the specified amount of time when a table is locked. The handler will sleep multiple times until a total time of has accumulated. Returns the mappings from types to tables that the connection currently understands. Whether has been called and the database is waiting for a . See tests. using (var r = cmd.ExecuteReader(map)) { while (r.Read()) { object value; if (r.TryGetValue("col1", out value)) { // use value } } } Reads a value from the current record. Since the insert never changed, we only need to prepare once. Invoked every time an instance is loaded from the database. The newly created object. This can be overridden in combination with the method to hook into the life-cycle of objects. Type safety is not possible because MonoTouch does not support virtual generic methods. Represents a parsed connection string. Compiles a BinaryExpression where one of the parameters is null. The non-null parameter Store info for an extension create and get an instance of extensionType Combines the default parameter values with the values passed by the user with type check Case insensitive name Case insensitive name Case insensitive name Returns a list of core(Telerik provided) IExtension types. Used by the rendering extension to obtain a stream. The name of the stream. The type of the rendering extension. The encoding used by the stream. The MIME type of the stream. The stream to be used by the Reporting engine. The stream created by the CreateStream delegate is used by the Reporting engine and for best performance it is not advisable to be closed. Delegate used to re-evaluate the page header and footer sections for each generated page. The current page number. The total page count. The report to be evaluated. Holds arbitrary rendering information. Holds arbitrary information e.g., PageSettings. Provides the mechanism for implementing new rendering extension. The report that has to be rendered. Contains entries for rendering engine internal usage. The rendering extension parameters. A delegate. A delegate. True if the rendering operation is successfull; otherwise returns False. The stream created by the CreateStream delegate is used by the Reporting engine and for best performance it is not advisable to be closed (it will be closed by the Reporting engine). Provides support for rendering multiple streams from a rendering extension. Allows the rendering extension to indicate that there is no additional content to be added to the given stream. The number of pages that the renderer has processed Page number that will be used in expressions (affected by reset) Page count that will be used in expressions (affected by reset) The count of the physical pages sent to the writer Returns true if even one of the reports needs a page count. Represents a result of the report rendering. Gets the name of the created document. Gets the the MIME type of the document. Gets the file extension of the document. Gets the character encoding of the document. Gets a byte array that contains the rendered report. Gets an array of exceptions that has occurred during the report processing. Gets a value that indicates whether the collection contains errors. Represents the object responsible for printing and rendering Reports. Calculates the total page count and records it in the rendering context. Initializes a new instance of the ReportProcessor class. Prints a report document using the specified printer settings. Specifies an instance of a report document to print. Both and documents are supported. Specifies the printer settings to be used when printing the document. If null or invalid settings are specified, the Print Dialog appears. To prevent the Print Dialog from appearing, you should specify valid printer settings to this method. This example illustrates how to prevent the standard Print Dialog from appearing in a batch print operation or when printing from a service. // Create an instance of the report to print. IReportDocument reportDocument = new MyReport(); // Obtain the settings of the default printer. PrinterSettings printerSettings = new PrinterSettings(); // Adjust the printer settings if necessary... // Print the report using the printer settings. ReportProcessor.Print(reportDocument, printerSettings); ' Create an instance of the report to print. Dim reportDocument As IReportDocument = New MyReport() ' Obtain the settings of the default printer. Dim printerSettings As New PrinterSettings() ' Adjust the printer settings if necessary... ' Print the report using the printer settings. ReportProcessor.Print(reportDocument, printerSettings) Renders a report in the specified format Export format Report document to render. Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. The MIME type of the result buffer. The file extension of the result buffer. The character encoding of the result buffer. Byte array that contains the rendered report. Renders a report in the specified format Export format Report document to render. Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. The MIME type of the result buffer. The name of the created document. The file extension of the result buffer. The character encoding of the result buffer. Byte array that contains the rendered report. Renders a report in the specified format Export format Report document to render Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into. True if the rendering succeeds. Renders a report in the specified format Export format Report document to render Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into. The name of the created document. True if the rendering succeeds. Prints a report document using the specified printer settings. Specifies the for the report document to print. Specifies the printer settings to be used when printing the document. If null or invalid settings are specified, the Print Dialog appears. To prevent the Print Dialog from appearing, you should specify valid printer settings to this method. This example illustrates how to prevent the standard Print Dialog from appearing in a batch print operation or when printing from a service. Processes an IReportDocument. The for the report document to process. If the IReportDocument is normal single report, then a List with one element (the report itself) is returned. If the IReportDocument is a ReportBook, then a List with all of its reports is returned. Renders a report in the specified format Export format. See Rendering Extensions help article for available export formats. The for the report document to render. Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. Renders a report in the specified format Export format. See Rendering Extensions help article for available export formats. The for the report document to render. Contains parameters to pass to the rendering extension. The delegate function to call to get a stream to render into. The name of the created document. True if the rendering succeeds. Specifies a print controller to be used when printing a Report. If a null value is specified, a default print controller is used, which displays the Print Progress dialog. If you need a better control over the printing process, or simply to customize the appearance of the print UI, you should specify a custom print controller to this method. This example shows how to customize the title of the Print Progress dialog with a custom provided print controller. To prevent the print UI from appearing, you should specify valid printer settings and a standard print controller to this method. This example illustrates how to prevent the print UI from appearing in a batch print operation or when printing from a service. Occurs when a processing exception is raised. For test purposes only Creates a new instance of file cache in a temp folder that will store cached data. The newly created cache instance. Creates a new instance of file cache that will store cached data in a directory of the file system. The directory path that will be used from the cache as repository. The newly created cache instance. Creates new instance of database cache that will store cached data in a database. Specifies which database engine should be used. A connection string that should be used to connect to the cache database The newly created cache instance. In order to use a database cache you should firstly use the Database Cache Configuration Tool in order to create the underplaying database and its schema.
Note that the database cache implementation relies on the Telerik OpenAccess so the following OpenAccess core libraries should be referenced: Telerik.OpenAccess.dll, Telerik.OpenAccess.35.Extensions.dll . Proper assembly binding redirects might apply.
See also: Configuring the Database Cache Provider
Report service configuration that upon creation reads the restReportService configuration element from the application configuration file. Default implementation of the interface. Represents an object containing all dependencies and setting which the REST report service needs to operate. Gets or sets the unique constant name of the application hosting the reports service. When not set the report service utilizes the AppDomainSetup.ApplicationName Property for the current application domain. This however is not sufficient for each application setup. Set a value for this property in order to provide an unique name among all apps implementing the report service that will be deployed in the same environment. Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a client session will be preserved in the service storage after the last interaction from this client. The value must be greater than zero. Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a rendered report document from a client will be viable for reuse for another clients' request. The value must be greater or equal to zero. A zero value will prevent rendered report document reuse. Gets or sets an implementation instance that will be used for internal storage from the report service. Use this property setter in order to provide a storage instance. May be one of the built-in storage implementations or a custom implementation. This is mandatory setting without defaults. Gets or sets an implementation instance that will be used for report resolving from the service. Use this property setter in order to provide a report resolver instance. May be one of the built-in report resolvers or a custom implementation resolver. Built-in resolvers may be chained. This is mandatory setting without defaults. Creates an instance of the ReportServiceConfiguration class. Gets or sets the unique constant name of the application hosting the reports service. When not set the report service utilizes the AppDomainSetup.ApplicationName Property for the current application domain. This however is not sufficient for each application setup. Set a value for this property in order to provide an unique name among all apps implementing the report service that will be deployed in the same environment. Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a client session will be preserved in the service storage after the last interaction from this client. The value must be greater than zero. The default value is 15 minutes Gets or sets a value in minutes indicating how long a rendered report document from a client will be viable for reuse for another clients' request. The value must be greater or equal to zero. A zero value will prevent rendered report document reuse. The default value is zero. Gets or sets an implementation instance that will be used for internal storage from the report service. Use this property setter in order to provide a storage instance. May be one of the built-in storage implementations or a custom implementation. This is mandatory setting without defaults. Gets or sets an implementation instance that will be used for report resolving from the service. Use this property setter in order to provide a report resolver instance. May be one of the built-in report resolvers or a custom implementation resolver. Built-in resolvers may be chained. This is mandatory setting without defaults. Creates an instance of the ConfigSectionReportServiceConfiguration type and populates any configuration properties that are setup in the config file. Persistable object identified by Key object (K) Key object type Defines a class for storing error information. Gets or sets the high-level, user-visible message explaining the cause of the error. Gets or sets the message of the if available. Gets or sets the type of the if available. Gets or sets the stack trace information associated with this instance if available. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Represents a resolver that creates from a string representation of a report document reference Creates a based on its string representation. The string representation of a report document reference Supported from the engine are and Represents an object which creates instances of particular report resolver implementation. Creates an instance of report resolver. The newly created report resolver instance. Initializes the provider instance with parameters used to configure each newly created report resolver instance Dictionary of name-value pairs representing report resolver configuration parameters. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Provides static (Shared in Visual Basic) extension methods for objects that implement the interface. Validates an object representing a report service configuration. The object that should be validated. This method is used internally from the report service. If specified will be used to parse each parameter value before using. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Telerik internal use only. Internal use only Internal use only Graphics for the string measurements Used by the group footers with print on every page; !!! Relative to the current top !!! Called when the paging of the current page is completed and is ready for sending to the client. If true send the page anyway; otherwise only when there is no more free space left on the page For the string measurements Used by the group footers with print on every page; !!! Relative to the current top !!! Adjust the item's top position. If any of the dependent items are grown and overlaps the current item, move it down preserving the smallest vertical distance between this item and the dependent items. Move the item down and right with the given offsets in absolute coordinates The intersection between the rect and the page's rect; If rect is empty, returns the page rect. Current page Top + reserved top space for this item Current page Bottom - reserved bottom space for this item Min distance that the container should preserve Determines whether the item starts from current page and continue on the next Defines whether to calculate the child items. Returns the text rotation angle in degrees. Report Header/Footer sections Detail section Group Header/Footer sections Keeps the offsetY for the position of the fixed header on the current page Keeps the offsetY for the position of the fixed footer on the current page Implements KeepTogether = true A line always must stay together. Number of the page in the output document (including pages from previous reports if ReportBook). In page coordinates. In page coordinates. In page coordinates. In page coordinates. In page coordinates. Borders to render on the current page Gets a value indicating if the element is actually clipped. Gets a value indicating if the client area is actually clipped. The index of the first row not part of the region The index of the first column not part of the region The count of lines this cell spans on The count of cells on each occupied line this cell spans on Used instead of RectangleRF when reference type needed. Indicates that the item should be position on the top of the next page (PagingElementBase.VerticalStateOffset - to offset from the top) Try keeping together the header lines + the 1st body line Calculates the minimum reserved end space to ensure correct calculates of cell items (KeepTogether/CalculatePage) The number of the entire lines (including lines bigger than 1 page) that fit on current page Just aligns the text inside the client rectangle without any measurements Measures the text bounds inside the ITextContainer.ClientRectangle so that further paging / rendering can be applied on the returned bounds. Returns the text rotation angle in degrees. For dashed and dotted borders Outer stripe Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed. Ends the composition and disposes all composition-wide resources Called when the rendering of the current page is completed and is ready for sending to the client. Graphics for the string measurements Called when new page should be prepared for rendering. Called when the rendering of the current page is completed and is ready for sending to the client. Creates 1bpp bitmap from a given bitmap. bitmap to conver to bitonal 1bpp bitmap DrawImage Image to draw in Millimeters in Pixels Helper class. Saves current canvas state and restores in on disposal DrawImage Image to draw in Millimeters in Pixels Converts a rectangle in mm to points. Called when new page should be prepared for rendering. Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed. Ends the composition and disposes all document-wide resources. Called when the rendering of the entire report document is completed. Ends the composition and disposes all composition-wide resources Represents the internal state of an PdfGraphics object. Gets or sets the current transformation matrix. Represents a stack of PdfGraphicsState and XGraphicsContainer objects. Defines an object used to draw glyphs. Cache PdfFontInfo to speed up finding the right PdfFontDictionary if this font is used more than once. Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text. Thus, the line spacing includes the blank space between lines along with the height of the character itself. Gets the face name of this Font object. Gets the em-size of this Font object measured in the unit of this Font object. Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is bold. Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is italic. Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is underline. Indicates whether this PdfFontDictionary object is strikeout. Summary description for PdfFontMetrics. The transformation matrix from the XGraphics page space to the Graphics world space. (The name 'default view matrix' comes from Microsoft OS/2 Presentation Manager. I choose this name because I have no better one.) The graphics state stack. The transformation matrix from XGraphics world space to page unit space. Initializes a new instance of the PdfGraphics class for drawing on a PDF page and provides a GDI+ Graphics object for measurements. Applies the specified translation operation to the transformation matrix of this object by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. Applies the specified translation operation to the transformation matrix of this object in the specified order. Resets the transformation matrix of this object to the identity matrix. Saves the current state of this XGraphics object and identifies the saved state with the returned PdfGraphicsState object. Restores the state of this XGraphics object to the state represented by the specified PdfGraphicsState object. Empties the clip region, i.e. no clipping takes place. Draws an image. The image to draw. The destination rectangle in POINTS. The source rectangle in PIXELS. Draws a line connecting the two points specified by coordinate pairs. Gets or sets the transformation matrix. Represents the internal state of an XGraphics object. Defines an object used to draw GDI Images. Represents a 3-by-3 matrix that represents an affine 2D transformation. Degree to radiant factor. Half of pi. Initializes a new instance of the Matrix class with the specified points. Inverts this PdfMatrix object. Throws an exception if the matrix is not invertible. Multiplies this matrix with the specified matrix. Multiplies this matrix with the specified matrix. Translates the matrix with the specified offsets. Translates the matrix with the specified offsets. Scales the matrix with the specified scalars. Scales the matrix with the specified scalars. Scales the matrix with the specified scalar. Scales the matrix with the specified scalar. Rotates the matrix with the specified angle. Rotates the matrix with the specified angle. Shears the matrix with the specified scalars. Shears the matrix with the specified scalars. Converts this matrix to a System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix object. Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. Explicitly converts a PdfMatrix to an Matrix. Explicitly converts a Matrix to an PdfMatrix. Determines whether to matrices are equal. Determines whether to matrices are not equal. Gets an array of double values that represents the elements of this matrix. Gets a value from the matrix. Gets a value from the matrix. Gets a value from the matrix. Gets a value from the matrix. Gets the x translation value. Gets the y translation value. Indicates whether this matrix is the identity matrix. Indicates whether this matrix is invertible, i. e. its determinant is not zero. PdfMatrixOrder The new operation is applied before the old operation. The new operation is applied after the old operation. Implements the ASCII85Decode filter. Base class for all stream filters When implemented in a derived class encodes the specified data. Encodes a raw string. When implemented in a derived class decodes the specified data. Decodes to a raw string. Removes all white spaces from the data. The function assumes that the bytes are characters. Implements the ASCIIHexDecode filter. Summary description for Filtering. Gets the filter specified by the case sensitive name. Gets the filter singleton. Gets the filter singleton. Gets the filter singleton. Implements the FlateDecode filter by wrapping SharpZipLib. CMap format 4: Segment mapping to delta values. The Windows standard format. Converts the width of a glyph identified by its index to PDF design units. Character To Glyph Index Mapping Table This table defines the mapping of character codes to the glyph index values used in the font. It may contain more than one subtable, in order to support more than one character encoding scheme. Character codes that do not correspond to any glyph in the font should be mapped to glyph index 0. The glyph at this location must be a special glyph representing a missing character, commonly known as .notdef. When overridden in a derived class, prepares the font table to be compiled into its binary representation. Calculates the checksum of a table represented by its bytes. Is true for symbol font encoding. This table contains a list of values that can be referenced by instructions. They can be used, among other things, to control characteristics for different glyphs. The length of the table must be an integral number of FWORD units. Represents an entry in the TableDirectory of a TrueType font program. 4 -byte tag. CheckSum for this table. Offset from beginning of TrueType font file. Actual table length of this table in bytes. Gets the table length rounded up to a multiple of 4 bytes. Represents a TrueType Collection (.ttc). Reads a System.Byte. Reads a System.Int16. Reads a System.UInt16. Reads a System.Int32. Reads a System.UInt32. Reads a System.Int32. Reads a System.Int16. Reads a System.UInt16. Reads a System.Int64. Reads a System.String with the specified size. Reads a System.Byte[] with the specified size. Reads a System.Byte[] with the specified size. Reads a System.Char[4] as System.String. A collection of information that uniquely idendifies a particular font. Used to map PdfFontDictionary to Drawing.PdfFontDictionary. There is a one to one relationship between a FontDescriptorInfo and a TrueType/OpenType file. Returns a string for diagnostic purposes only. Font Header This table gives global information about the font. The bounding box values should be computed using only glyphs that have contours. Glyphs with no contours should be ignored for the purposes of these calculations. Reads all required tables from the font program starting at the specified offset. Compiles the font to its binary representation. Creates a new font image that is a subset of this font image containing only the specified glyphs. Adds the specified table to this font image. Font Program Table This table is similar to the CVT Program, except that it is only run once, when the font is first used. It is used only for FDEFs and IDEFs. Thus the CVT Program need not contain function definitions. However, the CVT Program may redefine existing FDEFs or IDEFs. This table is optional. Represents a writer for generation of font file streams. Closes the writer and, if specified, the underlying stream. Closes the writer and the underlying stream. Writes the specified value to the font stream. Writes the specified value to the font stream. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Writes the specified value to the font stream using big-endian. Gets the underlying stream. Gets or sets the position within the stream. This table contains information that describes the glyphs in the font in the TrueType outline format. Information regarding the rasterizer (scaler) refers to the TrueType rasterizer. Prepares the font table to be compiled into its binary representation. Gets the data of the specified glyph. Gets the size of the byte array that defines the glyph. Gets the offset of the specified glyph relative to the first byte of the font image. Adds for all composite glyphs the glyphs the composite one is made of. If the specifed glyph is a composite glyph add the glyphs it is made of the the glyph table. The Glyph Substitution table (GSUB) contains information for substituting glyphs to render the scripts and language systems supported in a font. Many language systems require glyph substitutes. For example, in the Arabic script, the glyph shape that depicts a particular character varies according to its position in a word or text string (see figure 1). In other language systems, glyph substitutes are aesthetic options for the user, such as the use of ligature glyphs in the English language (see Figure 2). Horizontal Header Table This table contains information for horizontal layout. The values in the minRightSidebearing, minLeftSideBearing and xMaxExtent should be computed using only glyphs that have contours. Glyphs with no contours should be ignored for the purposes of these calculations. All reserved areas must be set to 0. Horizontal Metrics Table Index to Location Table The indexToLoc table stores the offsets to the locations of the glyphs in the font, relative to the beginning of the glyphData table. In order to compute the length of the last glyph element, there is an extra entry after the last valid index. Prepares the font table to be compiled into its binary representation. This table establishes the memory requirements for this font. Fonts with CFF data must use Version 0.5 of this table, specifying only the numGlyphs field. Fonts with TrueType outlines must use Version 1.0 of this table, where all data is required. Both formats of OpenType require a 'maxp' table because a number of applications call the Windows GetFontData() API on the 'maxp' table to determine the number of glyphs in the font. The naming table allows multilingual strings to be associated with the OpenTypeTM font file. These strings can represent copyright notices, font names, family names, style names, and so on. To keep this table short, the font manufacturer may wish to make a limited set of entries in some small set of languages; later, the font can be "localized" and the strings translated or added. Other parts of the OpenType font file that require these strings can then refer to them simply by their index number. Clients that need a particular string can look it up by its platform ID, character encoding ID, language ID and name ID. Note that some platforms may require single byte character strings, while others may require double byte strings. For historical reasons, some applications which install fonts perform version control using Macintosh platform (platform ID 1) strings from the 'name' table. Because of this, we strongly recommend that the 'name' table of all fonts include Macintosh platform strings and that the syntax of the version number (name id 5) follows the guidelines given in this document. The OS/2 table consists of a set of metrics that are required in OpenType fonts. Post Script Table This table contains additional information needed to use TrueType or OpenTypeTM fonts on PostScript printers. The TrueType font descriptor. Base class for all font descriptors. Under Construction Maps a unicode to the index of the corresponding glyph. See OpenType spec "cmap - Character To Glyph Index Mapping Table / Format 4: Segment mapping to delta values" for details about this a little bit strange looking algorhitm. Converts the width of a glyph identified by its index to PDF design units. Initializes a new instance of the class. Writes a table name. Character table by name. An encoder for PDF DocEncoding. Converts WinAnsi to DocEncode characters. Incomplete, just maps € and some other characters. Summary description for PdfEncoding. Converts a float into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point. Converts an Matrix into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point. Converts an Color into a string with up to 3 decimal digits and a decimal point. Converts a raw string into a raw string literal, possibly encrypted. Converts a raw string into a raw string literal, possibly encrypted. Converts the specified byte array into a byte array representing a string literal. The bytes of the string. Indicates whether one or two bytes are one character. Indicates whether to use Unicode prefix FEFF. Indicates whether to create a hexadecimal string literal. The PDF bytes. Gets the ASCII encoding. Gets the Windows 1252 (ANSI) encoding. Gets the PDF DocEncoding encoding. Gets the UNICODE little-endian encoding. Gets the raw Unicode encoding. Summary description for PdfWriter. Indicates whether the specified character is a PDF delimiter character. Increases indent level. Decreases indent level. Begins a direct or indirect dictionary or array. Ends a direct or indirect dictionary or array. Writes the stream of the specified dictionary. Writes the specified value to the PDF stream. Writes the specified value to the PDF stream. Writes the specified value to the PDF stream. Writes the specified value to the PDF stream. Writes the specified value to the PDF stream. Gets an indent string of current indent. Determines how the PDF output stream is formatted. Even all formats create valid PDF files, only Compact or Standard should be used for production purposes. The PDF stream contains no unnecessary characters. This is default in release build. The PDF stream contains some superfluous line feeds, but is more readable. The PDF stream is indented to reflect the nesting levels of the objects. This is usedful for analysing PDF files, but increases the size of the file significantly. The PDF stream is indented to reflect the nesting levels of the objects and contains additional information about the PDFsharp objects. Furthermore content streams are not deflated. This is usedful for debugging purposes only and increases the size of the file significantly. An encoder for raw strings. The raw encoding is simply the identity relation between charachters and bytes. Telerik PDF internally works with raw encoded strings instead of byte arrays because strings are much more handy than byte arrays. An encoder for Unicode strings. Required native Win32 calls. Don't know what to do under Mono. Reflected from System.Drawing.SafeNativeMethods+LOGFONT The q/Q nesting level is 0. The q/Q nesting level is 1. The q/Q nesting level is 2. The nesting level of the PDF graphics state stack when the clip region was set to non empty. Because of the way PDF is made the clip region can only be reset at this level. The graphical state stack. The current graphical state. The final transformation from the world space to the default page space. Appends the content of a GraphicsPath object. Begins the graphic mode (i.e. ends the text mode). Gets the content created by this renderer. Gets the resource name of the specified font within this page or form. Saves the current graphical state. Restores the previous graphical state. Initializes the default view transformation, i.e. the transformation from the user page space to the PDF page space. Ends the content stream, i.e. ends the text mode and balances the graphic state stack. Realizes the current transformation matrix, if necessary. Makes the specified pdfFont and brush to the current graphics objects. Makes the specified gdiImage to the current graphics object. Gets the resource name of the specified gdiImage within this page or form. Clones the current graphics state and push it on a stack. Sets the clip path empty. Only possible if graphic state level has the same value as it has when the first time SetClip was invoked. Appends one or up to five Bézier curves that interpolate the arc. Gets the quadrant (0 through 3) of the specified angle. If the angle lies on an edge (0, 90, 180, etc.) the result depends on the details how the angle is used. Appends a Bézier curve for an arc within a quadrant. Strokes a single connection of two points. Strokes a series of connected points. Gets the owning PdfDocument of this page or form. Gets the PdfResourcesDictionary of this page or form. Gets the size of this page or form. Indicates how to handle the first point of a path. Set the current position to the first point. Draws a line to the first point. Ignores the first point. Degree to radiant factor. Half of pi. Represents the current PDF graphics state. The current transformation matrix. The unupdated current transformation matrix. A flag indicating whether the CTM must be realized. Modifies the current transformation matrix. Realizes the Current Transformation Matrix. Converts an array of run embedding levels to a map of visual-to-logical position and/or logical-to-visual position. [in] Number of runs to process. [in] Pointer to an array, of length cRuns, containing run embedding levels. Embedding levels for all runs on the line must be included, ordered logically. For more information, see the Remarks section. [out] Pointer to an array, of length cRuns, in which this function retrieves the run embedding levels reordered to visual order. The first array element represents the run to display at the far left, and subsequent entries should be displayed progressing from left to right. The function sets this parameter to a null pointer if there is no output. [out] Pointer to an array, of length cRuns, in which this function retrieves the visual run positions. The first array element is the relative visual position where the first logical run should be displayed, the leftmost display position being 0. The function sets this parameter to a null pointer if there is no output. Returns 0 if successful. The function returns a nonzero HRESULT value if it does not succeed. The application can test the return value with the SUCCEEDED and FAILED macros. The crc data checksum so far. Resets the CRC32 data checksum as if no update was ever called. Updates the checksum with the int value. the byte is taken as the lower 8 bits of value Updates the checksum with the bytes taken from the array. buffer an array of bytes Adds the byte array to the data checksum. the buffer which contains the data the offset in the buffer where the data starts the length of the data Returns the CRC32 data checksum computed so far. Returns the CRC32 data checksum computed so far. Hold information about the value of a key in a dictionary. Initializes a new instance of KeyDescriptor from the specified attribute during a KeysMeta. Initializes itself using reflection. Returns the type of the object to be created as value for the described key. Gets or sets the PDF version starting with the availability of the described key. A JavaScript action (PDF 1.3) causes a script to be compiled and executed by the JavaScript interpreter. Depending on the nature of the script, various interactive form fields in the document may update their values or change their visual appearances. Netscape Communications Corporation’s Client-Side JavaScript Reference and the Adobe JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference (see the Bibliography) give details on the contents and effects of JavaScript scripts. Table 8.90 shows the action dictionary entries specific to this type of action. 3.2.6 A dictionary object is an associative table containing pairs of objects, known as the dictionary’s entries. The first element of each entry is the key and the second element is the value. The key must be a name (unlike dictionary keys in Post-Script, which may be objects of any type). The value can be any kind of object, including another dictionary. A dictionary entry whose value is null (see Section 3.2.8, “Null Object”) is equivalent to an absent entry. (This differs from Post-Script, where null behaves like any other object as the value of a dictionary entry.) The number of entries in a dictionary is subject to an implementation limit; see Appendix C. Summary description for PdfObject. The base class of all PDF objects and simple types. All simple types (i.e. derived from PdfItem but not from PdfObject) must be immutable. Creates a copy of this object. Implements the copy mechanism. Must be overridden in derived classes. When overridden in a derived class, appends a raw string representation of this object to the specified PdfWriter. When overridden in a derived class, prepares the object to get saved. Saves the stream position. 2nd Edition. ... Setting the object identifier makes this object an indirect object, i.e. the object gets a PdfReference entry in the PdfReferenceTable. Gets the PdfDocument this object belongs to. Gets the indirect reference of this object. If the value is null, this object is a direct object. Gets the object identifier. Returns PdfObjectID.Empty for direct objects. Ssets the PdfDocument this object belongs to. Indicates whether the object is an indirect object. Creates the stream of this dictionary and initializes it with the specified byte array. The function must not be called if the dictionary already has a strem. Writes a key/value pair of this dictionary. This function is intended to be overridden in derived classes. Writes the stream of this dictionary. This function is intended to be overridden in a derived class. When overridden in a derived class, gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Gets the hashtable containing the elements of this dictionary. Gets or sets the PDF stream belonging to this dictionary. Returns null if the dictionary has no stream. To create the stream, call the CreateStream function. The actual javascript source code. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Base class for all dictionary Keys classes. (Required) The type of action that this dictionary describes; must be JavaScriptNameTree for a JavaScriptNameTree action. (Required) A text string or text stream containing the JavaScriptNameTree script to be executed. _Note: PDFDocEncoding or Unicode encoding (the latter identified by the Unicode prefix U+ FEFF) is used to encode the contents of the string or stream. (See implementation _note 126 in Appendix H.) Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Specifes the type of a key's value in a dictionary. Summary description for KeyInfo. The width or height of the page are set manually and override the PageSize property. Identifies a pager sheet size of 841 mm times 1189 mm or 33.11 inch times 46.81 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 594 mm times 841 mm or 23.39 inch times 33.1 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 420 mm times 594 mm or 16.54 inch times 23.29 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 297 mm times 420 mm or 11.69 inch times 16.54 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 210 mm times 297 mm or 8.27 inch times 11.69 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 148 mm times 210 mm or 5.83 inch times 8.27 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 860 mm times 1220 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 610 mm times 860 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 430 mm times 610 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 305 mm times 430 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 215 mm times 305 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 153 mm times 215 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 1000 mm times 1414 mm or 39.37 inch times 55.67 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 707 mm times 1000 mm or 27.83 inch times 39.37 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 500 mm times 707 mm or 19.68 inch times 27.83 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 353 mm times 500 mm or 13.90 inch times 19.68 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 250 mm times 353 mm or 9.84 inch times 13.90 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 176 mm times 250 mm or 6.93 inch times 9.84 inch. Identifies a pager sheet size of 10 inch times 8 inch or 254 mm times 203 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 13 inch times 8 inch or 330 mm times 203 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 10.5 inch times 7.25 inch or 267 mm times 184 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 10.5 inch times 8 inch 267 mm times 203 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 11 inch times 8.5 inch 279 mm times 216 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 14 inch times 8.5 inch 356 mm times 216 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 17 inch times 11 inch or 432 mm times 279 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 17 inch times 11 inch or 432 mm times 279 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 19.25 inch times 15.5 inch 489 mm times 394 mm. 20 ×Identifies a pager sheet size of 20 inch times 15 inch or 508 mm times 381 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 21 inch times 16.5 inch 533 mm times 419 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 22.5 inch times 17.5 inch 572 mm times 445 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 23 inch times 18 inch or 584 mm times 457 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 25 inch times 20 inch or 635 mm times 508 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 28 inch times 23 inch or 711 mm times 584 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 35 inch times 23.5 inch 889 mm times 597 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 45 inch times 35 inch or × mm times 1143 × 889 mm. Identifies a pager sheet size of 8.5 inch times 5.5 inch 216 mm times 140 mm. Converts the specified page size enumeration to a pair of values in point. Represents the base class of all annotations. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets or sets the annotation flags of this instance. Gets or sets the PdfAnnotations object that this annotation belongs to. Gets or sets the annotation rectangle, defining the location of the annotation on the page in default user space units. Gets or sets the text label to be displayed in the title bar of the annotation’s pop-up window when open and active. By convention, this entry identifies the user who added the annotation. Gets or sets text representing a short description of the subject being addressed by the annotation. Gets or sets the text to be displayed for the annotation or, if this type of annotation does not display text, an alternate description of the annotation’s contents in human-readable form. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; if present, must be Annot for an annotation dictionary. (Required) The type of annotation that this dictionary describes. (Required) The annotation rectangle, defining the location of the annotation on the page in default user space units. (Optional) Text to be displayed for the annotation or, if this type of annotation does not display text, an alternate description of the annotation’s contents in human-readable form. In either case, this text is useful when extracting the document’s contents in support of accessibility to users with disabilities or for other purposes. (Optional; PDF 1.4) The annotation name, a text string uniquely identifying it among all the annotations on its page. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The date and time when the annotation was most recently modified. The preferred format is a date string, but viewer applications should be prepared to accept and display a string in any format. (Optional; PDF 1.1) A set of flags specifying various characteristics of the annotation. Default value: 0. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A border style dictionary specifying the characteristics of the annotation’s border. (Optional; PDF 1.2) An appearance dictionary specifying how the annotation is presented visually on the page. Individual annotation handlers may ignore this entry and provide their own appearances. (Required if the appearance dictionary AP contains one or more subdictionaries; PDF 1.2) The annotation’s appearance state, which selects the applicable appearance stream from an appearance subdictionary. (Optional) An array specifying the characteristics of the annotation’s border. The border is specified as a rounded rectangle. In PDF 1.0, the array consists of three numbers defining the horizontal corner radius, vertical corner radius, and border width, all in default user space units. If the corner radii are 0, the border has square (not rounded) corners; if the border width is 0, no border is drawn. In PDF 1.1, the array may have a fourth element, an optional dash array defining a pattern of dashes and gaps to be used in drawing the border. The dash array is specified in the same format as in the line dash pattern parameter of the graphics state. For example, a Border value of [0 0 1 [3 2]] specifies a border 1 unit wide, with square corners, drawn with 3-unit dashes alternating with 2-unit gaps. Note that no dash phase is specified; the phase is assumed to be 0. Note: In PDF 1.2 or later, this entry may be ignored in favor of the BS entry. (Optional; PDF 1.1) An array of three numbers in the range 0.0 to 1.0, representing the components of a color in the DeviceRGB color space. This color is used for the following purposes: • The background of the annotation’s icon when closed • The title bar of the annotation’s pop-up window • The border of a link annotation (Optional; PDF 1.1) An action to be performed when the annotation is activated. Note: This entry is not permitted in link annotations if a Dest entry is present. Also note that the A entry in movie annotations has a different meaning. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The text label to be displayed in the title bar of the annotation’s pop-up window when open and active. By convention, this entry identifies the user who added the annotation. (Optional; PDF 1.3) An indirect reference to a pop-up annotation for entering or editing the text associated with this annotation. (Optional; PDF 1.4) The constant opacity value to be used in painting the annotation. This value applies to all visible elements of the annotation in its closed state (including its background and border) but not to the popup window that appears when the annotation is opened. The specified value is not used if the annotation has an appearance stream; in that case, the appearance stream must specify any transparency. (However, if the viewer regenerates the annotation’s appearance stream, it may incorporate the CA value into the stream’s content.) The implicit blend mode is Normal. Default value: 1.0. (Optional; PDF 1.5) Text representing a short description of the subject being addressed by the annotation. Specifies the annotation flags. If set, do not display the annotation if it does not belong to one of the standard annotation types and no annotation handler is available. If clear, display such an unknown annotation using an appearance stream specified by its appearance dictionary, if any. (PDF 1.2) If set, do not display or print the annotation or allow it to interact with the user, regardless of its annotation type or whether an annotation handler is available. In cases where screen space is limited, the ability to hide and show annotations selectively can be used in combination with appearance streams to display auxiliary pop-up information similar in function to online help systems. (PDF 1.2) If set, print the annotation when the page is printed. If clear, never print the annotation, regardless of whether it is displayed on the screen. This can be useful, for example, for annotations representing interactive pushbuttons, which would serve no meaningful purpose on the printed page. (PDF 1.3) If set, do not scale the annotation’s appearance to match the magnification of the page. The location of the annotation on the page (defined by the upper-left corner of its annotation rectangle) remains fixed, regardless of the page magnification. See below for further discussion. (PDF 1.3) If set, do not rotate the annotation’s appearance to match the rotation of the page. The upper-left corner of the annotation rectangle remains in a fixed location on the page, regardless of the page rotation. See below for further discussion. (PDF 1.3) If set, do not display the annotation on the screen or allow it to interact with the user. The annotation may be printed (depending on the setting of the Print flag) but should be considered hidden for purposes of on-screen display and user interaction. (PDF 1.3) If set, do not allow the annotation to interact with the user. The annotation may be displayed or printed (depending on the settings of the NoView and Print flags) but should not respond to mouse clicks or change its appearance in response to mouse motions. Note: This flag is ignored for widget annotations; its function is subsumed by the ReadOnly flag of the associated form field. (PDF 1.4) If set, do not allow the annotation to be deleted or its properties (including position and size) to be modified by the user. However, this flag does not restrict changes to the annotation’s contents, such as the value of a form field. (PDF 1.5) If set, invert the interpretation of the NoView flag for certain events. A typical use is to have an annotation that appears only when a mouse cursor is held over it. Represents the annotations array of a page. Summary description for PdfArray. Initializes a new instance of this class. Gets the collection containing the elements of this object. Represents the elements of an PdfArray. Creates a shallow copy of this object. Moves this instance to another dictionary during object type transformation. Converts the specified value to float. If the value not exists, the function returns 0. If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException. If the index is out ouf range, the function throws an ArgumentOutOfRangeException. Adds the specified annotation. The annotation. Gets the number of annotations in this collection. Gets the at the specified index. Gets the page the annotations belongs to. Represents a direct boolean value. Returns 'false' or 'true'. Writes 'true' or 'false'. Summary description for PdfCatalogDictionary. Dispatches PrepareForSave to the objects that need it. Implementation of PdfDocument.Outlines. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be CatalogDictionary for the catalog dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.4) The version of the PDF specification to which the document conforms (for example, 1.4) if later than the version specified in the file’s header. If the header specifies a later version, or if this entry is absent, the document conforms to the version specified in the header. This entry enables a PDF producer application to update the version using an incremental update. (Required; must be an indirect reference) The page tree node that is the root of the document’s page tree. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A number tree defining the page labeling for the document. The keys in this tree are page indices; the corresponding values are page label dictionaries. Each page index denotes the first page in a labeling range to which the specified page label dictionary applies. The tree must include a value for pageindex 0. (Optional; PDF 1.2) The document’s name dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.1; must be an indirect reference) A dictionary of names and corresponding destinations. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A viewer preferences dictionary specifying the way the document is to be displayed on the screen. If this entry is absent, applications should use their own current user preference settings. (Optional) A name object specifying the page layout to be used when the document is opened: SinglePage - Display one page at a time. OneColumn - Display the pages in one column. TwoColumnLeft - Display the pages in two columns, with oddnumbered pages on the left. TwoColumnRight - Display the pages in two columns, with oddnumbered pages on the right. TwoPageLeft - (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the left TwoPageRight - (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the right. (Optional) A name object specifying how the document should be displayed when opened: UseNone - Neither document outline nor thumbnail images visible. UseOutlines - Document outline visible. UseThumbs - Thumbnail images visible. FullScreen - Full-screen mode, with no menu bar, windowcontrols, or any other window visible. UseOC - (PDF 1.5) Optional content group panel visible. UseAttachments (PDF 1.6) Attachments panel visible. Default value: UseNone. (Optional; must be an indirect reference) The outline dictionary that is the root of the document’s outline hierarchy. (Optional; PDF 1.1; must be an indirect reference) An array of thread dictionaries representing the document’s article threads. (Optional; PDF 1.1) A value specifying a destination to be displayed or an action to be performed when the document is opened. The value is either an array defining a destination or an action dictionary representing an action. If this entry is absent, the document should be opened to the top of the first page at the default magnification factor. (Optional; PDF 1.4) An additional-actions dictionary defining the actions to be taken in response to various trigger events affecting the document as a whole. (Optional; PDF 1.1) A URI dictionary containing document-level information for URI (uniform resource identifier) actions. (Optional; PDF 1.4; must be an indirect reference) A metadata stream containing metadata for the document. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The document’s structure tree root dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A mark information dictionary containing information about the document’s usage of Tagged PDF conventions. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A language identifier specifying the natural language for all text in the document except where overridden by language specificationsfor structure elements or marked content. If this entry is absent, the language is considered unknown. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A Web Capture information dictionary containing state information used by the Acrobat Web Capture (AcroSpider) plugin extension. (Optional; PDF 1.4) An array of output intent dictionaries describing the color characteristics of output devices on which the document might be rendered. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A page-piece dictionary associated with the document. (Optional; PDF 1.5; required if a document contains optional content) The document’s optional content properties dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.5) A permissions dictionary that specifies user access permissions for the document. (Optional; PDF 1.5) A dictionary containing attestations regarding the content of a PDF document, as it relates to the legality of digital signatures. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents the content of a page. PDFsharp supports only one content stream per page. If an imported page has an array of content streams, the streams are concatenated to one single stream. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. Common keys for all streams. Base class for all PDF stream objects. The dictionary the stream belongs to. A .NET string can contain char(0) as a valid character. Moves this instance to another dictionary during object type transformation. Returns the strem content a raw string. Get the bytes of the stream as they are, i.e. if one or more filters exists the bytes are not unfiltered. Gets the value of the stream unfiltered. The stream content is not modified by this operation. Common keys for all streams. (Required) The number of bytes from the beginning of the line following the keyword stream to the last byte just before the keywordendstream. (There may be an additional EOL marker, preceding endstream, that is not included in the count and is not logically part of the stream data.) (Optional) The name of a filter to be applied in processing the stream data found between the keywords stream and endstream, or an array of such names. Multiple filters should be specified in the order in which they are to be applied. (Optional) A parameter dictionary or an array of such dictionaries, used by the filters specified by Filter. If there is only one filter and that filter has parameters, DecodeParms must be set to the filter’s parameter dictionary unless all the filter’s parameters have their default values, in which case the DecodeParms entry may be omitted. If there are multiple filters and any of the filters has parameters set to nondefault values, DecodeParms must be an array with one entry for each filter: either the parameter dictionary for that filter, or the null object if that filter has no parameters (or if all of its parameters have their default values). If none of the filters have parameters, or if all their parameters have default values, the DecodeParms entry may be omitted. (Optional; PDF 1.2) The file containing the stream data. If this entry is present, the bytes between stream and endstream are ignored, the filters are specified by FFilter rather than Filter, and the filter parameters are specified by FDecodeParms rather than DecodeParms. However, the Length entry should still specify the number of those bytes. (Usually, there are no bytes and Length is 0.) (Optional; PDF 1.2) The name of a filter to be applied in processing the data found in the stream’s external file, or an array of such names. The same rules apply as for Filter. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A parameter dictionary, or an array of such dictionaries, used by the filters specified by FFilter. The same rules apply as for DecodeParms. Optional; PDF 1.5) A non-negative integer representing the number of bytes in the decoded (defiltered) stream. It can be used to determine, for example, whether enough disk space is available to write a stream to a file. This value should be considered a hint only; for some stream filters, it may not be possible to determine this value precisely. (Required for Type 1 and TrueType fonts) The length in bytes of the clear-text portion of the Type 1 font program (see below), or the entire TrueType font program, after it has been decoded using the filters specified by the stream’s Filter entry, if any. (Required for Type 1 fonts) The length in bytes of the encrypted portion of the Type 1 font program (see below) after it has been decoded using the filters specified by the stream’s Filter entry. (Required for Type 1 fonts) The length in bytes of the fixed-content portion of the Type 1 font program (see below) after it has been decoded using the filters specified by the stream’s Filter entry. If Length3 is 0, it indicates that the 512 zeros and cleartomark have not been included in the FontFile font program and must be added. (Required if referenced from FontFile3; PDF 1.2) A name specifying the format of the embedded font program. The name must be Type1C for Type 1 compact fonts, CIDFontType0C for Type 0 compact CIDFonts, or OpenType for OpenType fonts. When additional font formats are added to PDF, more values will be defined for Subtype. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the embedded font program (see Section 10.2.2, “Metadata Streams”). Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents an array of PDF content streams of a page. Appends a new content stream and returns it. Represents a direct date value. Returns the value in the PDF date format. Writes the value in the PDF date format. Parses a PDF date string. Returns the type of the object to be created as value of the specified key. Gets the value for the specified key. If the value does not exists, it is optionally created. Sets the specified name value. If the value doesn't start with a slash, it is added automatically. Converts the specified value to a name. If the value not exists, the function returns the empty string. Converts the specified value to integer. If the value not exists, the function returns 0. If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException. Converts the specified value to String. If the value not exists, the function returns the empty string. Converts the specified value to PdfRectangle. If the value not exists, the function returns an empty rectangle. If the value is not convertible, the function throws an InvalidCastException. Gets all keys currently in use in this dictionary as an array of PdfName objects. Gets or sets an entry in the dictionary. The specified key must be a valid PDF name starting with a slash '/'. This property provides full access to the elements of the PDF dictionary. Wrong use can lead to errors or corrupt PDF files. Gets or sets an entry in the dictionary identified by a PdfName object. Summary description for PdfDocument. Creates a new page and adds it to this document. Dispatches PrepareForSave to the objects that need it. Gets the root of the outline (or bookmark) tree. Get the pages dictionary. Gets the PdfCatalogDictionary of the current document. Gets the cross-reference table of the current document. Gets the document ExtGState table that holds all form state objects used in the current document. Gets the document font table that holds all fonts used in the current document. Gets the document gdiImage table that holds all images used in the current document. Summary description for PdfDocumentInformationDictionary. Gets or sets the creator application. Gets the producer application. Gets or sets the creation date. Gets or sets the modification date. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The document’s title. (Optional) The name of the person who created the document. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The subject of the document. (Optional; PDF 1.1) Keywords associated with the document. (Optional) If the document was converted to PDF from another format, the name of the application (for example, empira MigraDoc®) that created the original document from which it was converted. (Optional) If the document was converted to PDF from another format, the name of the application (for example, this library) that converted it to PDF. (Optional) The date and time the document was created, in human-readable form. (Required if PieceInfo is present in the document catalog; otherwise optional; PDF 1.1) The date and time the document was most recently modified, in human-readable form. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A name object indicating whether the document has been modified to include trapping information. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents a set of document generation options. Does not embed fonts. Embeds only used subsets of the fonts. Fully embeds fonts. Represents an extended graphics state object. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Common keys for all streams. (Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be ExtGState for a graphics state parameter dictionary. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The line width (see “Line Width” on page 185). (Optional; PDF 1.3) The line cap style. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The line join style. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The miter limit. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The line dash pattern, expressed as an array of the form [dashArray dashPhase], where dashArray is itself an array and dashPhase is an integer. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The name of the rendering intent. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to apply overprint. In PDF 1.2 and earlier, there is a single overprint parameter that applies to all painting operations. Beginning with PDF 1.3, there are two separate overprint parameters: one for stroking and one for all other painting operations. Specifying an OP entry sets both parameters unless there is also an op entry in the same graphics state parameter dictionary, in which case the OP entry sets only the overprint parameter for stroking. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A flag specifying whether to apply overprintfor painting operations other than stroking. If this entry is absent, the OP entry, if any, sets this parameter. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The overprint mode. (Optional; PDF 1.3) An array of the form [font size], where font is an indirect reference to a font dictionary and size is a number expressed in text space units. These two objects correspond to the operands of the Tf operator; however, the first operand is an indirect object reference instead of a resource name. (Optional) The black-generation function, which maps the interval [0.0 1.0] to the interval [0.0 1.0]. (Optional; PDF 1.3) Same as BG except that the value may also be the name Default, denoting the black-generation function that was in effect at the start of the page. If both BG and BG2 are present in the same graphics state parameter dictionary, BG2 takes precedence. (Optional) The undercolor-removal function, which maps the interval [0.0 1.0] to the interval [-1.0 1.0]. (Optional; PDF 1.3) Same as UCR except that the value may also be the name Default, denoting the undercolor-removal function that was in effect at the start of the page. If both UCR and UCR2 are present in the same graphics state parameter dictionary, UCR2 takes precedence. (Optional; PDF 1.4) The current stroking alpha constant, specifying the constant shape or constant opacity value to be used for stroking operations in the transparent imaging model. (Optional; PDF 1.4) Same as CA, but for nonstroking operations. (Optional; PDF 1.4) The alpha source flag (“alpha is shape”), specifying whether the current soft mask and alpha constant are to be interpreted as shape values (true) or opacity values (false). (Optional; PDF 1.4) The text knockout flag, which determines the behavior of overlapping glyphs within a text object in the transparent imaging model. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Contains all used ExtGState objects of a document. Base class for FontTable, ImageTable, FormXObjectTable etc. Maps from alpha values (range "0" to "1000") to PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary objects. Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document. Gets a PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary with the key 'CA' set to the specified alpha value. Gets a PdfExtendedGraphicsStateDictionary with the key 'ca' set to the specified alpha value. A PDF font descriptor specifies metrics and other attributes of a simple font, as distinct from the metrics of individual glyphs. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be FontDescriptor for a font trueTypeDescriptor. (Required) The PostScript name of the font. This name should be the same as the value of BaseFont in the font or DESCENDANT dictionary that refers to this font trueTypeDescriptor. (Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents) A string specifying the preferred font family name. For example, for the font Times Bold Italic, the FontFamily is Times. (Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents) The font stretch value. It must be one of the following names (ordered from narrowest to widest): UltraCondensed, ExtraCondensed, Condensed, SemiCondensed, Normal, SemiExpanded, Expanded, ExtraExpanded or UltraExpanded. Note: The specific interpretation of these values varies from font to font. For example, Condensed in one font may appear most similar to Normal in another. (Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents) The weight (thickness) component of the fully-qualified font name or font specifier. The possible values are 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, or 900, where each number indicates a weight that is at least as dark as its predecessor. A value of 400 indicates a normal weight; 700 indicates bold. Note: The specific interpretation of these values varies from font to font. For example, 300 in one font may appear most similar to 500 in another. (Required) A collection of flags defining various characteristics of the font. (Required, except for Type 3 fonts) A rectangle (see Section 3.8.4, “Rectangles”), expressed in the glyph coordinate system, specifying the font bounding box. This is the smallest rectangle enclosing the shape that would result if all of the glyphs of the font were placed with their origins coincident and then filled. (Required) The angle, expressed in degrees counterclockwise from the vertical, of the dominant vertical strokes of the font. (For example, the 9-o’clock position is 90 degrees, and the 3-o’clock position is –90 degrees.) The value is negative for fonts that slope to the right, as almost all italic fonts do. (Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The maximum height above the baseline reached by glyphs in this font, excluding the height of glyphs for accented characters. (Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The maximum depth below the baseline reached by glyphs in this font. The value is a negative number. (Optional) The spacing between baselines of consecutive lines of text. Default value: 0. (Required for fonts that have Latin characters, except for Type 3 fonts) The vertical coordinate of the top of flat capital letters, measured from the baseline. (Optional) The font’s x height: the vertical coordinate of the top of flat nonascending lowercase letters (like the letter x), measured from the baseline, in fonts that have Latin characters. Default value: 0. (Required, except for Type 3 fonts) The thickness, measured horizontally, of the dominant vertical stems of glyphs in the font. (Optional) The thickness, measured vertically, of the dominant horizontal stems of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0. (Optional) The average width of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0. (Optional) The maximum width of glyphs in the font. Default value: 0. (Optional) The width to use for character codes whose widths are not specified in a font dictionary’s Widths array. This has a predictable effect only if all such codes map to glyphs whose actual widths are the same as the value of the MissingWidth entry. Default value: 0. (Optional) A stream containing a Type 1 font program. (Optional; PDF 1.1) A stream containing a TrueType font program. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A stream containing a font program whose format is specified by the Subtype entry in the stream dictionary. (Optional; meaningful only in Type 1 fonts; PDF 1.1) A string listing the character names defined in a font subset. The names in this string must be in PDF syntax—that is, each name preceded by a slash (/). The names can appear in any order. The name .notdef should be omitted; it is assumed to exist in the font subset. If this entry is absent, the only indication of a font subset is the subset tag in the FontName entry. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. The PDF font descriptor flags. All glyphs have the same width (as opposed to proportional or variable-pitch fonts, which have different widths). Glyphs have serifs, which are short strokes drawn at an angle on the top and bottom of glyph stems. (Sans serif fonts do not have serifs.) Font contains glyphs outside the Adobe standard Latin character set. This flag and the Nonsymbolic flag cannot both be set or both be clear. Glyphs resemble cursive handwriting. Font uses the Adobe standard Latin character set or a subset of it. Glyphs have dominant vertical strokes that are slanted. Font contains no lowercase letters; typically used for display purposes, such as for titles or headlines. Font contains both uppercase and lowercase letters. The uppercase letters are similar to those in the regular version of the same typeface family. The glyphs for the lowercase letters have the same shapes as the corresponding uppercase letters, but they are sized and their proportions adjusted so that they have the same size and stroke weight as lowercase glyphs in the same typeface family. Determines whether bold glyphs are painted with extra pixels even at very small text sizes. A collection of information that uniquely idendifies a particular PDF font. Two PDF fonts are equal if and only if their font imageInfo objects are equal. Initializes a new instance of PdfFontSelector from an PdfFontDictionary. Returns a string for diagnostic purposes only. Gets the (generated) resource name of the font. In our own PDF files equal fonts share the same resource name in all contents streams. TrueType with WinAnsi encoding. TrueType with Identity-H encoding (unicode). Contains all used fonts of a document. Map from PdfFontInfo to PdfFontDictionary. Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document. Gets a PdfFontDictionary from an Drawing.PdfFontDictionary. If no PdfFontDictionary already exists, a new one is created. Gets the FontDescriptor identified by the specified FontDescriptorInfo. If no such objects exists, a new FontDescriptor is created and added to the stock. Represents a Type0 composite font with Identity-H encoding. Contains PdfCIDFontType2Dictionary and PdfToUnicodeCMapDictionary. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be Font for a font dictionary. (Required) The type of font; must be Type0 for a Type 0 font. (Required) The PostScript name of the font. In principle, this is an arbitrary name, since there is no font program associated directly with a Type 0 font dictionary. The conventions described here ensure maximum compatibility with existing Acrobat products. If the descendant is a Type 0 DESCENDANT, this name should be the concatenation of the DESCENDANT’s BaseFont name, a hyphen, and the CMap name given in the Encoding entry (or the CMapName entry in the CMap). If the descendant is a Type 2 DESCENDANT, this name should be the same as the DESCENDANT’s BaseFont name. (Required) The name of a predefined CMap, or a stream containing a CMap that maps character codes to font numbers and CIDs. If the descendant is a Type 2 DESCENDANT whose associated TrueType font program is not embedded in the PDF file, the Encoding entry must be a predefined CMap name (see “Glyph Selection in CIDFonts” on page 408). (Required) A one-element array specifying the DESCENDANT dictionary that is the descendant of this Type 0 font. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A stream containing a CMap file that maps character codes to Unicode values. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents a CIDFontType2 descendant font. Initializes a new instance of PdfFontDictionary from an PdfFontDictionary. Gets a PdfArray containing all pages of this document. The array must not be modified. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be Font for a font dictionary. (Required) The type of font; CIDFontType0 or CIDFontType2. (Required) The PostScript name of the font. For Type 0 CIDFonts, this is usually the value of the CIDFontName entry in the font program. For Type 2 CIDFonts, it is derived the same way as for a simple TrueType font; see Section 5.5.2, “TrueType Fonts.” In either case, the name can have a subset prefix if appropriate; see Section 5.5.3, “Font Subsets.” (Required) A dictionary containing entries that define the character collection of the font. See Table 5.13 on page 406. (Required; must be an indirect reference) A font descriptor describing the font’s default metrics other than its glyph widths (see Section 5.7, “Font Descriptors”). (Optional) The default width for glyphs in the font (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409). Default value: 1000. (Optional) A description of the widths for the glyphs in the font. The array’s elements have a variable format that can specify individual widths for consecutive CIDs or one width for a range of CIDs (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409). Default value: none (the DW value is used for all glyphs). (Optional; applies only to CIDFonts used for vertical writing) An array of two numbers specifying the default metrics for vertical writing (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409). Default value: [880 ?1000]. (Optional; applies only to CIDFonts used for vertical writing) A description of the metrics for vertical writing for the glyphs in the font (see “Glyph Metrics in CIDFonts” on page 409). Default value: none (the DW2 value is used for all glyphs). (Optional; Type 2 CIDFonts only) A specification of the mapping from CIDs to glyph indices. If the value is a stream, the bytes in the stream contain the mapping from CIDs to glyph indices: the glyph index for a particular CID value c is a 2-byte value stored in bytes 2 ? c and 2 ? c + 1, where the first byte is the high-order byte. If the value of CIDToGIDMap is a name, it must be Identity, indicating that the mapping between CIDs and glyph indices is the identity mapping. Default value: Identity. This entry may appear only in a Type 2 font whose associated True-Type font program is embedded in the PDF file. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) A string identifying the issuer of the character collection—for example, Adobe. For information about assigning a registry identifier, contact the Adobe Solutions Network or consult the ASN Web site (see the Bibliography). (Required) A string that uniquely names the character collection within the specified registry—for example, Japan1. (Required) The supplement number of the character collection. An original character collection has a supplement number of 0. Whenever additional CIDs are assigned in a character collection, the supplement number is increased. Supplements do not alter the ordering of existing CIDs in the character collection. This value is not used in determining compatibility between character collections. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents a ToUnicode map for composite font. http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/5411.ToUnicode.pdf Creates the ToUnicode map from the CMapInfo. Summary description for PdfHeader. If a PDF file contains binary data, as most do (see Section 3.1, “Lexical Conventions”), it is recommended that the header line be immediately followed by a comment line containing at least four binary characters—that is, characters whose codes are 128 or greater. This ensures proper behavior of file transfer applications that inspect data near the beginning of a file to determine whether to treat the file’s contents as text or as binary. 3.4.1 Returns the file header of the PDF file. The version of the PDF specification. The file header of the PDF file. Represents an PdfImageDictionary Base class for all PDF external objects. Predefined keys of this dictionary. Initializes a new instance of PdfImageDictionary from an PdfImage. Returns 'Image'. Creates the keys for a JPEG image. Creates the keys for a FLATE image. Reads images that are returned from GDI+ without color palette. 4 (32bpp RGB), 3 (24bpp RGB, 32bpp ARGB) 8 true (ARGB), false (RGB) Gets the underlying Drawing.PdfImageDictionary object. Common keys for all streams. (Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; if present, must be XObject for an image XObject. (Required) The type of XObject that this dictionary describes; must be Drawingimage for an image XObject. (Required) The width of the image, in samples. (Required) The height of the image, in samples. (Required for images, except those that use the JPXDecode filter; not allowed for image masks) The color space in which image samples are specified; it can be any type of color space except Pattern. If the image uses the JPXDecode filter, this entry is optional: • If ColorSpace is present, any color space specifications in the JPEG2000 data are ignored. • If ColorSpace is absent, the color space specifications in the JPEG2000 data are used. The Decode array is also ignored unless ImageMask is true. (Required except for image masks and images that use the JPXDecode filter) The number of bits used to represent each color component. Only a single value may be specified; the number of bits is the same for all color components. Valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, and (in PDF 1.5) 16. If ImageMask is true, this entry is optional, and if specified, its value must be 1. If the image stream uses a filter, the value of BitsPerComponent must be consistent with the size of the data samples that the filter delivers. In particular, a CCITTFaxDecode or JBIG2Decode filter always delivers 1-bit samples, a RunLengthDecode or DCTDecode filter delivers 8-bit samples, and an LZWDecode or FlateDecode filter delivers samples of a specified size if a predictor function is used. If the image stream uses the JPXDecode filter, this entry is optional and ignored if present. The bit depth is determined in the process of decoding the JPEG2000 image. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The name of a color rendering intent to be used in rendering the image. Default value: the current rendering intent in the graphics state. (Optional) A flag indicating whether the image is to be treated as an image mask. If this flag is true, the value of BitsPerComponent must be 1 and Mask and ColorSpace should not be specified; unmasked areas are painted using the current nonstroking color. Default value: false. (Optional except for image masks; not allowed for image masks; PDF 1.3) An image XObject defining an image mask to be applied to this image, or an array specifying a range of colors to be applied to it as a color key mask. If ImageMask is true, this entry must not be present. (Optional) An array of numbers describing how to map image samples into the range of values appropriate for the image’s color space. If ImageMask is true, the array must be either [0 1] or [1 0]; otherwise, its length must be twice the number of color components required by ColorSpace. If the image uses the JPXDecode filter and ImageMask is false, Decode is ignored. Default value: see “Decode Arrays”. (Optional) A flag indicating whether image interpolation is to be performed. Default value: false. (Optional; PDF 1.3) An array of alternate image dictionaries for this image. The order of elements within the array has no significance. This entry may not be present in an image XObject that is itself an alternate image. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A subsidiary image XObject defining a soft-mask image to be used as a source of mask shape or mask opacity values in the transparent imaging model. The alpha source parameter in the graphics state determines whether the mask values are interpreted as shape or opacity. If present, this entry overrides the current soft mask in the graphics state, as well as the image’s Mask entry, if any. (However, the other transparencyrelated graphics state parameters—blend mode and alpha constant—remain in effect.) If SMask is absent, the image has no associated soft mask (although the current soft mask in the graphics state may still apply). (Optional for images that use the JPXDecode filter, meaningless otherwise; PDF 1.5) A code specifying how soft-mask information encoded with image samples should be used: 0 If present, encoded soft-mask image information should be ignored. 1 The image’s data stream includes encoded soft-mask values. An application can create a soft-mask image from the information to be used as a source of mask shape or mask opacity in the transparency imaging model. 2 The image’s data stream includes color channels that have been preblended with a background; the image data also includes an opacity channel. An application can create a soft-mask image with a Matte entry from the opacity channel information to be used as a source of mask shape or mask opacity in the transparency model. If this entry has a nonzero value, SMask should not be specified. Default value: 0. (Required in PDF 1.0; optional otherwise) The name by which this image XObject is referenced in the XObject subdictionary of the current resource dictionary. (Required if the image is a structural content item; PDF 1.3) The integer key of the image’s entry in the structural parent tree. (Optional; PDF 1.3; indirect reference preferred) The digital identifier of the image’s parent Web Capture content set. (Optional; PDF 1.2) An OPI version dictionary for the image. If ImageMask is true, this entry is ignored. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the image. (Optional; PDF 1.5) An optional content group or optional content membership dictionary, specifying the optional content properties for this image XObject. Before the image is processed, its visibility is determined based on this entry. If it is determined to be invisible, the entire image is skipped, as if there were no Do operator to invoke it. Helper class for creating bitmap masks (8 pels per byte). Creates a bitmap mask. Starts a new line. Adds a pel to the current line. Adds a pel from an alpha mask value. Returns the bitmap mask that will be written to PDF. An object that uniquely identifies a particular PdfImageDictionary. Used for identical image caching. Creates a new instance of the PdfImageInfo object used for hashing equivalent images. The image. The source rectangle in PIXELS. Computes a hash value based on the binary image data and the source rectangle. These two elements uniquely identify a PdfImageInfo. The image. The source rectangle from the OriginalImage in PIXELS. Specifies whether the entire image should be drawn. This is used to draw the image directly, instead of creating a new bitmap to draw a portion of the image. Contains all used images of a document. Map from PdfImageInfo to PdfImageDictionary. Initializes a new instance of this class, which is a singleton for each document. Gets a PdfImageDictionary from an PdfImageDictionary. If no PdfImageDictionary already exists, a new one is created. Summary description for PdfInteger. Writes the integer as string. Represents a link annotation. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) A destination to be displayed when the annotation is activated. (Optional; PDF 1.2) The annotation’s highlighting mode, the visual effect to be used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside its active area: N (None) No highlighting. I (Invert) Invert the contents of the annotation rectangle. O (Outline) Invert the annotation’s border. P (Push) Display the annotation as if it were being pushed below the surface of the page. Default value: I. Note: In PDF 1.1, highlighting is always done by inverting colors inside the annotation rectangle. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A URI action formerly associated with this annotation. When Web Capture changes an annotation from a URI to a go-to action, it uses this entry to save the data from the original URI action so that it can be changed back in case the target page for the go-to action is subsequently deleted. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents text that is written 'as it is' into the PDF stream. Initializes a new instance with the specified string. 3.2.4 A name object is an atomic symbol uniquely defined by a sequence of characters. Uniquely defined means that any two name objects made up of the same sequence of characters are identically the same object. Atomic means that a name has no internal structure; although it is defined by a sequence of characters, those characters are not considered elements of the name. A slash character (/) introduces a name. The slash is not part of the name but is a prefix indicating that the following sequence of characters constitutes a name. There can be no white-space characters between the slash and the first character in the name. The name may include any regular characters, but not delimiter or white-space characters (see Section 3.1, “Lexical Conventions”). Uppercase and lowercase letters are considered distinct: /A and /a are different names. Returns the name. The string always begins with a slash. Returns the value of the PdfName. This class must behave like a value type. Therefore it cannot be changed (like System.String). Implements a comparer that compares PdfName objects. Some categories of objects in a PDF file can be referred to by name rather than by object reference. The correspondence between names and objects is established by the document’s name dictionary (PDF 1.2), located by means of the Names entry in the document’s catalog (see Section 3.6.1, “Document Catalog”). Each entry in this dictionary designates the root of a name tree (Section 3.8.5, “Name Trees”) defining names for a particular category of objects. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A name tree mapping name strings to document-level JavaScript actions (see “JavaScriptNameTree Actions” on page 709). Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. A name tree is constructed of nodes, each of which is a dictionary object. Table 3.33 shows the entries in a node dictionary. The nodes are of three kinds, depending on the specific entries they contain. The tree always has exactly one root node, which contains a single entry: either Kids or Names but not both. If the root node has a Names entry, it is the only node in the tree. If it has a Kids entry, each of the remaining nodes is either an intermediate node, containing a Limitsentry and a Kids entry, or a leaf node, containing a Limits entry and a Namesentry. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. (Root and leaf nodes only; required in leaf nodes; present in the root node if and only if Kidsis not present) An array of the form [ key1 value1 key2 value2 … keyn valuen ] where each keyi is a string and the corresponding valuei is the object associated with that key. The keys are sorted in lexical order, as described below. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Base class for direct number values (not yet used, maybe superfluous). 3.2.9 Indirect Objects Any object in a PDF file may be labeled as an indirect object. This gives the object a unique object identifier by which other objects can refer to it (for example, as an element of an array or as the value of a dictionary entry). The object identifier consists of two parts: • A positive integer object number. Indirect objects are often numbered sequentially within a PDF file, but this is not required; object numbers may be assigned in any arbitrary order. • A non-negative integer generation number. In a newly created file, all indirect objects have generation numbers of 0. Nonzero generation numbers may be introduced when the file is later updated; see Sections 3.4.3, “Cross-Reference Table,” and 3.4.5, “Incremental Updates.” Together, the combination of an object number and a generation number uniquely identifies an indirect object. The object retains the same object number and generation number throughout its existence, even if its value is modified. Represents the empty object identifier. Indicates whether this object is an empty object identifier. Represents an outline item in the outlines tree. An outline is also knows as a bookmark. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class. The document. Creates key/values pairs according to the object structure. The total number of open descendants at all lower levels. Gets or sets the title. Gets or sets the destination page. Gets or sets the destination left coordinate on the destination page Gets or sets the destination top coordinate on the destination page Gets or sets whether the outline item is opened (or expanded). Gets or sets the style. Gets or sets the color of the text. The color of the text. Gets the outline collection of this node. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Represents a collection of outlines. Adds the specified outline. Gets the index of the specified outline. Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. Indicates whether the outline has at least one entry. Gets the number of entries in this collection. Gets the at the specified index. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Optional) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; if present, must be Outlines for an outline dictionary. (Required) The text to be displayed on the screen for this item. (Required; must be an indirect reference) The parent of this item in the outline hierarchy. The parent of a top-level item is the outline dictionary itself. (Required for all but the first item at each level; must be an indirect reference) The previous item at this outline level. (Required for all but the last item at each level; must be an indirect reference) The next item at this outline level. (Required if the item has any descendants; must be an indirect reference) The first of this item’s immediate children in the outline hierarchy. (Required if the item has any descendants; must be an indirect reference) The last of this item’s immediate children in the outline hierarchy. (Required if the item has any descendants) If the item is open, the total number of its open descendants at all lower levels of the outline hierarchy. If the item is closed, a negative integer whose absolute value specifies how many descendants would appear if the item were reopened. (Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) The destination to be displayed when this item is activated. (Optional; not permitted if an A entry is present) The destination to be displayed when this item is activated. (Optional; PDF 1.3; must be an indirect reference) The structure element to which the item refers. Note: The ability to associate an outline item with a structure element (such as the beginning of a chapter) is a PDF 1.3 feature. For backward compatibility with earlier PDF versions, such an item should also specify a destination (Dest) corresponding to an area of a page where the contents of the designated structure element are displayed. (Optional; PDF 1.4) An array of three numbers in the range 0.0 to 1.0, representing the components in the DeviceRGB color space of the color to be used for the outline entry’s text. Default value: [0.0 0.0 0.0]. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A set of flags specifying style characteristics for displaying the outline item’s text. Default value: 0. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Specifies the font style for the outline (bookmark) text. Regular font. Italic font. Bold font. Bold and italic font. Summary description for PdfPageDictionary. The content stream currently used by an PdfGraphics object for rendering. Initializes a new page. The page must be added to a document before it can be used. Gets the resource name of the specified font within this page. Gets the resource name of the specified gdiImage within this page. Adds an intra document link. The rect. The destination page. Adds a link to the Web. The rect. The URL. Adds a link to a file. The rect. Name of the file. Gets or sets the width of the page. If orientation is Landscape, this function applies to the height. Gets or sets the height of the page. If orientation is Landscape, this function applies to the width. Gets or sets one of the predefined standard sizes like. Gets or sets the orientation of the page. The default value PageOrientation.Portrait. If an imported page has a /Rotate value that satisfys the formula 90 + n * 180 the orientation is set to PageOrientation.Landscape. Gets or sets the PdfDocument this page belongs to. Gets or sets the media box directly. XGrahics is not prepared to work with a media box with an origin other than (0,0). Gets the array of content streams of the page. Gets the annotations array of this page. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Specifies the orientation of a page. The default page orientation. The width and height of the page are reversed. Predefined keys of this dictionary. Predefined keys common to PdfPageDictionary and PdfPagesDictionary. (Required; inheritable) A dictionary containing any resources required by the page. If the page requires no resources, the value of this entry should be an empty dictionary. Omitting the entry entirely indicates that the resources are to be inherited from an ancestor node in the page tree. (Required; inheritable) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the boundaries of the physical medium on which the page is intended to be displayed or printed. (Optional; inheritable) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the visible region of default user space. When the page is displayed or printed, its contents are to be clipped (cropped) to this rectangle and then imposed on the output medium in some implementationdefined manner. Default value: the value of MediaBox. (Optional; inheritable) The number of degrees by which the page should be rotated clockwise when displayed or printed. The value must be a multiple of 90. Default value: 0. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be Page for a page object. (Required; must be an indirect reference) The page tree node that is the immediate parent of this page object. (Required if PieceInfo is present; optional otherwise; PDF 1.3) The date and time when the page’s contents were most recently modified. If a page-piece dictionary (PieceInfo) is present, the modification date is used to ascertain which of the application data dictionaries that it contains correspond to the current content of the page. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the region to which the contents of the page should be clipped when output in a production environment. Default value: the value of CropBox. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the intended dimensions of the finished page after trimming. Default value: the value of CropBox. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A rectangle, expressed in default user space units, defining the extent of the page’s meaningful content (including potential white space) as intended by the page’s creator. Default value: the value of CropBox. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A box color information dictionary specifying the colors and other visual characteristics to be used in displaying guidelines on the screen for the various page boundaries. If this entry is absent, the application should use its own current default settings. (Optional) A content stream describing the contents of this page. If this entry is absent, the page is empty. The value may be either a single stream or an array of streams. If the value is an array, the effect is as if all of the streams in the array were concatenated, in order, to form a single stream. This allows PDF producers to create gdiImage objects and other resources as they occur, even though they interrupt the content stream. The division between streams may occur only at the boundaries between lexical tokens but is unrelated to the page’s logical content or organization. Applications that consume or produce PDF files are not required to preserve the existing structure of the Contents array. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A group attributes dictionary specifying the attributes of the page’s page group for use in the transparent imaging model. (Optional) A stream object defining the page’s thumbnail gdiImage. (Optional; PDF 1.1; recommended if the page contains article beads) An array of indirect references to article beads appearing on the page. The beads are listed in the array in natural reading order. (Optional; PDF 1.1) The page’s display duration (also called its advance timing): the maximum length of time, in seconds, that the page is displayed during presentations before the viewer application automatically advances to the next page. By default, the viewer does not advance automatically. (Optional; PDF 1.1) A transition dictionary describing the transition effect to be used when displaying the page during presentations. (Optional) An array of annotation dictionaries representing annotations associated with the page. (Optional; PDF 1.2) An additional-actions dictionary defining actions to be performed when the page is opened or closed. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A metadata stream containing metadata for the page. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A page-piece dictionary associated with the page. (Required if the page contains structural content items; PDF 1.3) The integer key of the page’s entry in the structural parent tree. (Optional; PDF 1.3; indirect reference preferred) The digital identifier of the page’s parent Web Capture content set. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The page’s preferred zoom (magnification) factor: the factor by which it should be scaled to achieve the natural display magnification. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A separation dictionary containing information needed to generate color separations for the page. (Optional; PDF 1.5) A name specifying the tab order to be used for annotations on the page. The possible values are R (row order), C (column order), and S (structure order). (Required if this page was created from a named page object; PDF 1.5) The name of the originating page object. (Optional; PDF 1.5) A navigation node dictionary representing the first node on the page. (Optional; PDF 1.6) A positive number giving the size of default user space units, in multiples of 1/72 inch. The range of supported values is implementation-dependent. (Optional; PDF 1.6) An array of viewport dictionaries specifying rectangular regions of the page. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Summary description for PdfPagesDictionary. Creates a new PdfPageDictionary, adds it to this document, and retruns it. Inserts the specified PdfPageDictionary at the specified position to this document and retruns a may be new PdfPageDictionary object. The value returned is a new object if the inserted page comes from a foreign document. Gets the number of pages. Gets a PdfArray containing all pages of this document. The array must not be modified. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be Pages for a page tree node. (Required except in root node; must be an indirect reference) The page tree node that is the immediate parent of this one. (Required) An array of indirect references to the immediate children of this node. The children may be page objects or other page tree nodes. (Required) The number of leaf nodes (page objects) that are descendants of this node within the page tree. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents a direct real value. Returns the real number as string. Writes the real value with up to three digits. Represents a PDF rectangle value, that is internally an array with 4 real values. Represents an empty PdfRectangle. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with two points specifying two diagonally opposite corners. Notice that in contrast to GDI+ convention the 3rd and the 4th parameter specify a point and not a width. This is so much confusing that this function is for internal use only. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with two points specifying two diagonally opposite corners. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified location and size. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified PdfRectangle. Initializes a new instance of the PdfRectangle class with the specified PdfArray. Tests whether the specified object is a PdfRectangle and has equal coordinates. Tests whether two structures have equal coordinates. Tests whether two structures differs in one or more coordinates. Determines if the specified point is contained within this PdfRectangle. Determines if the specified point is contained within this PdfRectangle. Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within this PdfRectangle. Determines if the rectangular region represented by rect is entirely contained within this PdfRectangle. Returns the rectangle as a string in the form «[x1 y1 x2 y2]». Writes the rectangle. Tests whether all coordinate are zero. Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the first corner of this PdfRectangle. Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the first corner of this PdfRectangle. Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the second corner of this PdfRectangle. Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the second corner of this PdfRectangle. Gets X2 - X1. Gets Y2 - Y1. Gets or sets the coordinates of the first point of this PdfRectangle. Gets or sets the size of this PdfRectangle. 3.4.3 Summary description for PdfReference. Initializes a new PdfReference instance for the specified indirect object. Writes an indirect reference. Gets a string representing the object identifier. The byte offset is a 10-digit number, padded with leading zeros if necessary, giving the number of bytes from the beginning of the file to the beginning of the object. Gets or sets the document this object belongs to. Implements a comparer that compares PdfReference objects by their PdfObjectID. 3.4.3 The cross-reference referenceTable contains information that permits random access to indirect objects within the file so that the entire file need not be read to locate any particular object. Adds a PdfObject to the table. Returns the next free object number. Writes the cross-reference table section in the pdf stream. Gets a cross reference entry from an object identifier. Base class for all dictionaries that map resource names to objects. Represents a PDF resource object. Maps all PDFsharp resources to their local resource names. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to graphics state parameter dictionaries. (Optional) A dictionary that maps each resource name to either the name of a device-dependent color space or an array describing a color space. (Optional) A dictionary that maps each resource name to either the name of a device-dependent color space or an array describing a color space. (Optional; PDF 1.3) A dictionary that maps resource names to shading dictionaries. (Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to external objects. (Optional) A dictionary that maps resource names to font dictionaries. (Optional) An array of predefined procedure set names. (Optional; PDF 1.2) A dictionary that maps resource names to property list dictionaries for marked content. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Determines the encoding of a PdfString or PdfStringObject. Internal wrapper for PdfStringEncoding. Represents a direct text string value. Returns the string. Writes the string DocEncoded. Gets or sets the string value for encryption purposes. 3.4.4 The trailer of a PDF file enables an application reading the file to quickly find the cross-reference table and certain special objects. Initializes a new instance of PdfTrailerDictionary. (Required; must be an indirect reference) The catalog dictionary for the PDF document contained in the file. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required; must not be an indirect reference) The total number of entries in the file’s cross-reference table, as defined by the combination of the original section and all update sections. Equivalently, this value is 1 greater than the highest object number used in the file. Note: Any object in a cross-reference section whose number is greater than this value is ignored and considered missing. (Present only if the file has more than one cross-reference section; must not be an indirect reference) The byte offset from the beginning of the file to the beginning of the previous cross-reference section. (Required; must be an indirect reference) The catalog dictionary for the PDF document contained in the file. (Optional; must be an indirect reference) The document’s information dictionary. (Optional, but strongly recommended; PDF 1.1) An array of two strings constituting a file identifier for the file. Although this entry is optional, its absence might prevent the file from functioning in some workflows that depend on files being uniquely identified. (Optional) The byte offset from the beginning of the file of a cross-reference stream. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. Represents a PDF transparency group XObject dictionary. Initializes a new instance of PdfTransparencyDictionary with default transparency values. Initializes a new instance of PdfTransparencyDictionary with default transparency values. Specifies the owner PdfDocument for this PdfTransparencyDictionary instance. Predefined keys for this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be Group for a group XObject. (Required) The group subtype, which identifies the type of group whose attributes this dictionary describes; must be Transparency for a transparency group. (Required) The group color space, which is used for the following purposes: - As the color space into which colors are converted when painted into the group; - As the blending color space in which objects are composited within the group; - As the color space of the group as a whole when it in turn is painted as an object onto its backdrop. (Optional) A flag specifying whether the transparency group is isolated. If this flag is true, objects within the group are composited against a fully transparent initial backdrop; if false, they are composited against the group’s backdrop. The default value is false. (Optional) A flag specifying whether the transparency group is a knockout group. If this flag is false, later objects within the group are composited with earlier ones with which they overlap; if true, they are composited with the group’s initial backdrop and overwrite any earlier overlapping objects. The default value is false. Gets or sets HideToolbar. Gets or sets HideMenubar. Gets or sets HideWindowUI. Gets or sets FitWindow. Gets or sets CenterWindow. Gets or sets DisplayDocTitle. Gets or sets Direction. Gets or sets PrintScaling. Gets the KeysMeta of this dictionary type. Predefined keys of this dictionary. (Required) The type of PDF object that this dictionary describes; must be ViewerPreferences for the ViewerPreferences dictionary. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer application’s tool bars when the document is active. Default value: false. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer application’s menu bar when the document is active. Default value: false. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide user interface elements in the document’s window (such as scroll bars and navigation controls), leaving only the document’s contents displayed. Default value: false. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to resize the document’s window to fit the size of the first displayed page. Default value: false. (Optional) A flag specifying whether to position the document’s window in the center of the screen. Default value: false. (Optional; PDF 1.4) A flag specifying whether the window’s title bar should display the document title taken from the Title entry of the document information dictionary (see Section 10.2.1, “Document Information Dictionary”). If false, the title bar should instead display the name of the PDF file containing the document. Default value: false. (Optional; PDF 1.3) The predominant reading order for text: L2R Left to right R2L Right to left (including vertical writing systems, such as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean) This entry has no direct effect on the document’s contents or page numbering but can be used to determine the relative positioning of pages when displayed side by side or printed n-up. Default value: L2R. Gets the KeysMeta for these keys. The predominant reading order for text. This entry has no direct effect on the document’s contents or page numbering but can be used to determine the relative positioning of pages when displayed side by side or printed n-up. Left to right. Right to left (including vertical writing systems, such as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean). The page scaling option to be selected when a print dialog is displayed for this document. Indicates that the print dialog should reflect no page scaling. Indicates that applications should use the current print scaling. Draws rotated text lines in an image. In degrees. The columNumber starts from 1, i.e. 1 = "A", 2 = "B", etc. Base class for items that contain only sections (Report, Group, SubReport, etc.) Checks weather the rendering item is completely outside its container. Adjust the Top and Left positions if the item's location is negative. Checks whether two rectangles intersect with each other using the specified measurement unit and precision. Arranges the items so that they do not overlap each other and adjusts the position to preserve the minimal space between them. Compares items to arrange them in Left-Right Top-Bottom order. Compares items to arrange them in Top-Bottom Left-Right order. Generates the old school Excel page section content. For an example, open Excel -> Page Setup -> Header/Footer. Get the PartTextBox items which will be placed inside the current Page Section part. Creates the content for a single part in the page section. Excel page sections are separated in 3 parts (left, center, right). Translates the content of a single text box to Excel page section formatted text. Creates the text for the text box. Creates the format of the text box text. Compares items to arrange them in Left then Top order. Modifies the image according to its sizing mode. Adjust the image to fit the destination rectangle. If true, the PageHeader is rendered as a Excel page header. If false, the PageHeader is rendered as a sequence of frozen rows. If true, the PageFooter section is rendered as a true Excel page Footer. If false, the PageFooter section is rendered as worksheet cells. Parameters Adjusts the horizontal/vertical alignment so that our rotation model is more consistent with the Excel rotation model Converts the processing textbox value to the format or type that is Excel-compliant. BACKUP: Save Backup Version of the File (40h) The BACKUP record specifies whether Microsoft Excel should save backup versions of a file. Base class for all BIFF records. RecordType (2 bytes) + Length Entry (2 bytes) = 4 bytes. The unique record identifier. The length of the record in bytes. Interface for records that have type and data. = 1 if Microsoft Excel should save a backup version of the file FontAttributes FontBoldness FontScripts FontUnderlines DiagonalDirection HorizontalAlignments VerticalAlignments ReadingOrder TextRotate BLANK: Cell Value, Blank Cell (201h) A BLANK record describes an empty cell. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number. Row Column Index to the XF record BOF: Beginning of File (809h) The BOF record marks the beginning of the Book stream in the BIFF file. It also marks the beginning of record groups (or "substreams" of the Book stream) for sheets in the workbook. BIFF version. Type of the following data: 0x0005 = Workbook globals 0x0006 = Visual Basic module 0x0010 = Worksheet 0x0020 = Chart 0x0040 = Macro sheet 0x0100 = Workspace file Build identifier. Build year. File history flags. Lowest BIFF version. BOOKBOOL: Workbook Option Flag (DAh) This record saves a workbook option flag. =1 if the Save External Link Values option is turned off (Options dialog box, Calculation tab) Border BorderKind Borders BorderStyle BorderWeight BOUNDSHEET: Sheet Information (85h) This record stores the sheet name, sheet type, and stream position. Stream position of the start of the BOF record for the sheet Option flags Worksheet name. Page break structure. Each element of the rgbrk structure contains three 2-byte integers: the first specifies the row of the break, the second specifies the starting column, and the third specifies the ending column for the break. All row and column numbers are 1-based, and the breaks occur after the row or column. This array is sorted by row, and then by starting/ending column. No two page breaks may overlap. CALCCOUNT: Iteration Count (0Ch) The CALCCOUNT record stores the Maximum Iterations option from the Options dialog box, Calculation tab. Iteration count CALCMODE: Calculation Mode (0Dh) The CALCMODE record stores options from the Options dialog box, Calculation tab. Calculation mode: = 0 for manual = 1 for automatic = –1 for automatic, except tables CODEPAGE: Default Code Page (42h) The CODEPAGE record stores the default code page (character set) that was in use when the workbook was saved. Code page the file is saved in. COLINFO: Column Formatting Information (7Dh) The COLINFO record describes the column formatting for a range of columns. First formatted column (0-based) Last formatted column (0-based) Column width, in 1/256s of a character width Index to XF record that contains the default format for the column (for more information about the XF records, see "XF" on page 426) Options Reserved; must be 0 (zero) The width of the column in characters of the default font CONTINUE: Continues Long Records (3Ch) Records that are longer than 8228 bytes (2084 bytes in BIFF7 and earlier) must be split into several records. The first section appears in the base record; subsequent sections appear in CONTINUE records. In BIFF8, the TXO record is always followed by CONTINUE records that store the string data and formatting runs. Continuation of record data COUNTRY: Default Country and WIN.INI Country (8Ch) This record contains localization information. Default country index. The default country index, iCountryDef, is determined by the localized version of Microsoft Excel that created the BIFF file. For example, all BIFF files created by the U.S. version of Microsoft Excel have iCountryDef = 1. Country index from the Win.ini file. If Microsoft Excel for Windows created the BIFF file, iCountryWinIni is equal to the index that corresponds to the country setting in the Win.ini file. DBCELL: Stream Offsets (D7h) The DBCELL record stores stream offsets for the BIFF file. There is one DBCELL record for each block of ROW records and associated cell records. Each block can contain data for up to 32 rows. For more information about the DBCELL record, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440. Offset from the start of the DBCELL record to the start of the first ROW record in the block; this is an offset to an earlier position in the stream. Array of stream offsets (2 bytes each). For more information, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440. DEFAULTROWHEIGHT: Default Row Height (225h) The DEFAULTROWHEIGHT record specifies the height of all undefined rows on the sheet. The miyRw field contains the row height in units of 1/20th of a point. This record does not affect the row height of any rows that are explicitly defined. Option flags (see the following table) Default row height DEFCOLWIDTH: Default Width for Columns (55h) The DEFCOLWIDTH record specifies the width, measured in characters, for columns not explicitly sized in the COLWIDTH record. Default width of the columns. Excel adds some extra space to the default width, depending on the default font and default font size. The algorithm how to exactly calculate the resulting column width is not known. Example: The default width of 8 set in this record results in a column width of 8.43 using Arial font with a size of 10 points. DELTA: Iteration Increment (10h) The DELTA record stores the Maximum Change value from the Options dialog box, Calculation tab. The number is in 8-byte IEEE floating-point format. Maximum iteration change. DIMENSIONS: Cell Table Size (200h) The DIMENSIONS record contains the minimum and maximum bounds of the sheet. It provides a concise indication of the sheet size. Note that both the rwMac and colMac fields are greater by 1 than the actual last row and column. For example, a worksheet that exists between cells B3 and D6 would have the following dimensions in the dimensions record (note rows and columns are 0-based in BIFF files in which row 1 and column A are both coded as 0): First defined row on the sheet Last defined row on the sheet, plus 1 Last defined column on the sheet, plus 1 First defined column on the sheet Reserved; must be 0 (zero) DSF: Double Stream File (161h) The DSF record stores a flag that indicates if the workbook is a double stream file. Double Stream files contain both BIFF8 and BIFF7 workbooks. 1 if the workbook is a double stream file, 0 otherwise. EOF: End of File (0Ah) The EOF record marks the end of the workbook stream or the end of one of the substreams in the workbook stream. It has no record data field and is simply 0A000000h. EXTERNSHEET: External Reference (17h) The EXTERNSHEET record specifies externally referenced workbooks. In BIFF7 and earlier, multiple EXTERNSHEET records form a table in the file. The cxals field of the EXTERNCOUNT record specifies the number of EXTERNSHEET records. You should not change the order of EXTERNSHEET records. In BIFF8, the SUPBOOK record stores the encoded pathname and file name. There is one SUPBOOK record for each externally referenced workbook. The EXTERNSHEET record contains a table (rgXTI) that points to the SUPBOOK records. Several ptgs in a BIFF8 formula contain an ixti field; this is the 0-based index to the rgXTI table in the EXTERNSHEET record. An externally referenced workbook is called a source workbook. The workbook that refers to it is called a dependent workbook. Array of XTI structures. XTI EXTSST: Extended Shared String Table (FFh) The EXTSST record contains a hash table that optimizes external copy operations. Number of strings in each bucket Array of ISSTINF structures FONT: Font Description (31h) The workbook font table contains at least five FONT records. FONT records are numbered as follows: ifnt = 00h (the first FONT record in the table), ifnt = 01h, ifnt = 02h, ifnt = 03h, ifnt = 05h (minimum table), and then ifnt = 06h, ifnt = 07h, and so on. Notice that ifnt = 04h never appears in a BIFF file. This is for backward-compatibility with previous versions of Microsoft Excel. If you read FONT records, remember to index the table correctly, skipping ifnt = 04h. Height of the font (in units of 1/20th of a point). Font attributes. Index to the color palette. In other words Color. Bold style; a number from 100dec to 1000dec (64h to 3E8h) that indicates the character weight ("boldness"). The default values are 190h for normal text and 2BCh for bold text. Superscript/subscript: 00h = None 01h = Superscript 02h = Subscript Underline style: 00h = None 01h = Single 02h = Double 21h = Single Accounting 22h = Double Accounting Font family, as defined by the Windows API LOGFONT structure. Character set, as defined by the Windows API LOGFONT structure. Reserved. :) Length of the font name. Unicode Flag 0 = Compressed 1 = Uncompressed Font name. LOGFONT FORMAT: Number Format (41Eh) The FORMAT record describes a number format in the workbook. All the FORMAT records should appear together in a BIFF file. The order of FORMAT records in an existing BIFF file should not be changed. You can write custom number formats in a file, but they should be added at the end of the existing FORMAT records. Format index code (for public use only). Microsoft Excel uses the ifmt field to identify built-in formats when it reads a file that was created by a different localized version. For more information about built-in formats, see "XF" on page 426. Length of the format string. Format string attributes. 1 = Uncompressed Unicode Number format string. Number of built-in function groups. GRIDSET: State Change of Gridlines Option (82h) This record indicates that the user changed the state of the Gridlines option in the Page Setup dialog box, Sheet tab. = 1 if the user has ever changed the setting of the Gridlines option GUTS: Size of Row and Column Gutters (80h) This record contains the size of the row and column gutters, measured in screen units. The row and column gutters are the spaces that contain outline symbols. They are located above column headings and to the left of row headings. Size of the row gutter that appears to the left of the rows Size of the column gutter that appears above the columns Maximum outline level (for the row gutter) Maximum outline level (for the column gutter) HCENTER: Center Between Horizontal Margins (83h) If the Horizontally option is selected on the Margins tab in the Page Setup dialog box, fHCenter = 1. = 1 if the sheet is to be centered between horizontal margins when printed HIDEOBJ: Object Display Options (8Dh) The HIDEOBJ record stores options selected in the Options dialog box, View tab. = 2 if the Hide All option is turned on = 1 if the Show Placeholders option is turned on = 0 if the Show All option is turned on HORIZONTALPAGEBREAKS: Explicit Row Page Breaks (1Bh) The HORIZONTALPAGEBREAKS record contains a list of explicit row page breaks. The cbrk field contains the number of page breaks. Each element of the rgbrk structure contains three 2-byte integers: the first specifies the row of the break, the second specifies the starting column, and the third specifies the ending column for the break. All row and column numbers are 1-based, and the breaks occur after the row or column. This array is sorted by row, and then by starting/ending column. No two page breaks may overlap. Number of page breaks. Array of brk structures. INDEX: Index Record (20Bh) Microsoft Excel writes an INDEX record immediately after the BOF record for each worksheet substream in a BIFF file. For more information about the INDEX record, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440. Reserved; must be 0 (zero) First row that exists on the sheet Last row that exists on the sheet, plus 1 Reserved; must be 0 (zero) Array of file offsets to the DBCELL records for each block of ROW records. A block contains ROW records for up to 32 rows. For more information, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440. The stream position where the strings begin (stream pointer into the SST record) Offset into the SST record that points to where the bucket begins Reserved; must be 0 (zero) INTERFACEHDR: Beginning of User Interface Records (E1h) This record marks the beginning of the user interface section of the Book (Workbook) stream. In BIFF7 and earlier, it has no record data field. In BIFF8 and later, the INTERFACEHDR record data field contains a 2-byte word that is the code page. This is exactly the same as the cv field of the the CODEPAGE record. Code page the file is saved in ITERATION: Iteration Mode (11h) The ITERATION record stores the Iteration option from the Options dialog box, Calculation tab. = 1 if the Iteration option is on LABEL: Cell Value, String Constant (204h) A LABEL record describes a cell that contains a string constant. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number. The string length is contained in the cch field and must be in the range of 0000h–00FFh (0–255). The string itself is contained in the rgch field. Row Column Index to the XF record Length of the string The string LABELSST: Cell Value, String Constant/SST (FDh) A LABELSST record describes a cell that contains a string constant from the shared string table, which is new to BIFF8. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number. The string itself is contained in an SST (shared string table) record, and the isst field is a 0-based index into the shared string table. Row Column Index into the SST record Index to the XF record In inches. This record contains the addresses of merged cell ranges in the current sheet. If the record size exceeds the limit, it is not continued with a CONTINUE record, but another self-contained MERGEDCELLS record is started. The limit of 8224 bytes per record results in a maximum number of 1027 merged ranges. Example: A sheet contains 1040 merged cell ranges. The first MERGEDCELLS record contains a list of 1027 range addresses (the leading number of ranges is 1027 too). Following a second MERGEDCELLS record with the remaining 13 merged ranges. Number of merged ranges Cell range address list with merged ranges MMS: ADDMENU/DELMENU Record Group Count (C1h) This record stores the number of ADDMENU groups and DELMENU groups in the Book stream. Number of ADDMENU record groups. Number of DELMENU record groups. MSODRAWING: Microsoft Office Drawing (ECh) This record contains a drawing object provided by the Microsoft Office Drawing tool. For more information on this file format, see the article "Microsoft Office Drawing File Format" on the Microsoft Developer Network Online Web site (http://www.microsoft.com/msdn/). MULBLANK: Multiple Blank Cells (BEh) The MULBLANK record stores up to the equivalent of 256 BLANK records; the MULBLANK record is a file size optimization. The number of ixfe fields can be determined from the ColLast field and is equal to (colLast - colFirst + 1). The maximum length of the MULBLANK record is (256 x 2 + 10) = 522 bytes, because Microsoft Excel has at most 256 columns. Note that storing 256 blank cells in the MULBLANK record takes 522 bytes as compared with 2560 bytes for 256 BLANK records. Column number (0-based) of the first column of the multiple RK record Last column containing the BLANKREC structure Row number (0-based) NAME: Defined Name (18h) The NAME record describes a defined name in the workbook. The NAME record stores two types of names: global names and local names. A global name is defined for an entire workbook, and a local name is defined on a single sheet. For example, MyName is a global name, whereas Sheet1!MyName is a local name. Option flags Keyboard shortcut Length of the name text Length of the name definition Index to the sheet that contains this name, if the name is a local name. The ixals field in the NAME record will be nonzero for local names and will index the list of EXTERNSHEET records for the sheets in the workbook. The following field, itab, is equal to ixals. This field is equal to ixals. Length of the custom menu text Length of the description text Length of the help topic text Length of the status bar text Unicode Flag 0 = Compressed 1 = Uncompressed Name text Name definition 1904: 1904 Date System (22h) The 1904 record stores the date system used by Microsoft Excel. = 1 if the 1904 date system is used NUMBER: Cell Value, Floating-Point Number (203h) A NUMBER record describes a cell containing a constant floating-point number. The rw field contains the 0-based row number. The col field contains the 0-based column number. The number is contained in the num field in 8-byte IEEE floating-point format. Row Column Index to the XF record Floating-point number value OBJ: Describes a Graphic Object (5Dh) BIFF files may contain several different variations of the OBJ record. They correspond to the graphic objects and dialog box controls available in Microsoft Excel: line object, rectangle object, check box object, and so on. PANE: Number of Panes and Their Position (41h) The PANE record describes the number and position of unfrozen panes in a window. Vertical position of the split; 0 (zero) if none Horizontal position of the split; 0 (zero) if none Top row visible in the bottom pane Leftmost column visible in the right pane Pane number of the active pane PASSWORD: Protection Password (13h) The PASSWORD record contains the encrypted password for a protected sheet or workbook. Note that this record specifies a sheet-level or workbook-level protection password, as opposed to the FILEPASS record, which specifies a file password. Encrypted password. PRECISION: Precision (0Eh) The PRECISION record stores the Precision As Displayed option from the Options dialog box, Calculation tab. s = 0 if Precision As Displayed option is selected PRINTGRIDLINES: Print Gridlines Flag (2Bh) This record stores the Gridlines option from the Page Setup dialog box, Sheet tab. = 1 to print gridlines PRINTHEADERS: Print Row/Column Labels (2Ah) The PRINT HEADERS record stores the Row And Column Headings option from the Page Setup dialog box, Sheet tab. = 1 to print row and column headings PROT4REV: Shared Workbook Protection Flag (1AFh) The PROT4REV record stores a shared-workbook protection flag. = 1 if the Sharing with Track Changes option is on (Protect Shared Workbook dialog box) PROT4REVPASS: Shared Workbook Protection Password (1BCh) The PROT4REV record stores an encrypted password for shared-workbook protection. Encrypted password (if this field is 0 (zero), there is no Shared Workbook Protection Password; the password is entered in the Protect Shared Workbook dialog box) PROTECT: Protection Flag (12h) The PROTECT record stores the protection state for a sheet or workbook. = 1 if the sheet or workbook is protected Range Gets a column width or row height in pixels. Horizontal for column width, Vertical for row height. The zero based index of the col/row The dimension of the col/row in pixels. Direction This record contains an ID that marks when a worksheet was last recalculated. It's an optimization Excel uses to determine if it needs to recalculate the spreadsheet when it's opened. So far, only the two values 0xC1 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x80 0x38 0x01 0x00 (do not recalculate) and 0xC1 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x60 0x69 0x01 0x00 have been seen. If the field isNeeded is set to false (default), then this record is swallowed during the serialization process rt reserved dwBuild REFMODE: Reference Mode (0Fh) The REFMODE record stores the Reference Style option from the Options dialog box, General tab. Reference mode: = 1 for A1 mode = 0 for R1C1 mode REFRESHALL: Refresh Flag (1B7h) This record stores an option flag. = 1 then Refresh All should be done on all external data ranges and PivotTables when loading the workbook (the default is = 0) The height of the row in points Determines whether the row should be autosized by Excel. ROW: Describes a Row (208h) A ROW record describes a single row on a Microsoft Excel sheet. ROW records and their associated cell records occur in blocks of up to 32 rows. Each block ends with a DBCELL record. For more information about row blocks and about optimizing your code when searching for cell records, see "Finding Cell Records in BIFF Files" on page 440. Row number. First defined column in the row. Last defined column in the row, plus 1. The miyRw field contains the row height, in units of 1/20th of a point. Used by Microsoft Excel to optimize loading the file; if you are creating a BIFF file, set irwMac to 0. Reserved Option flags. If fGhostDirty = 1 (see grbit field), this is the index to the XF record for the row. Otherwise, this field is undefined. Sets the row height in points SAVERECALC: Recalculate Before Save (5Fh) If the Recalculate Before Save option is selected in the Options dialog box, Calculation tab, then fSaveRecalc = 1. = 1 to recalculate before saving SELECTION: Current Selection (1Dh) The SELECTION record stores the selection.s Number of the pane described Row number of the active cell Column number of the active cell Ref number of the active cell Number of refs in the selection Array of refs SETUP: Page Setup (A1h) The SETUP record stores options and measurements from the Page Setup dialog box. Paper size (see fNoPls in the following table) Scaling factor (see fNoPls in the following table) Starting page number Fit to width; number of pages Fit to height; number of pages Option flags (see the following table) Print resolution (see fNoPls in the following table) Vertical print resolution (see fNoPls in the following table) Header margin (IEEE number) Footer margin (IEEE number) Number of copies (see fNoPls in the following table) SST: Shared String Table (FCh) The SST record contains string constants. Total number of strings in the shared string table and extended string table (EXTSST record) Number of unique strings in the shared string table. Array of unique strings. The rgb field contains an array of unicode strings. SSTHelper STYLE: Style Information (293h) Each style in a Microsoft Excel workbook, whether built-in or user-defined, requires a style record in the BIFF file. When Microsoft Excel saves the workbook, it writes the STYLE records in alphabetical order, which is the order in which the styles appear in the drop-down list box. Index to the style XF record. Built-in style numbers: = 00h Normal = 01h RowLevel_n = 02h ColLevel_n = 03h Comma = 04h Currency = 05h Percent = 06h Comma[0] = 07h Currency[0] Level of the outline style RowLevel_n or ColLevel_n. SUPBOOK: Supporting Workbook (1AEh) This record stores data about a supporting external workbook. Number of tabs in the workbook. WTF? TABID: Sheet Tab Index Array (13Dh) This record contains an array of sheet tab index numbers. The record is used by the Shared Lists feature. The sheet tab indexes have type short int (2 bytes each). The index numbers are 0-based and are assigned when a sheet is created; the sheets retain their index numbers throughout their lifetime in a workbook. If you rearrange the sheets in a workbook, the rgiTab array will change to reflect the new sheet arrangement. This record does not appear in BIFF5 files. Array of tab indexes. USESELFS: Natural Language Formulas Flag (160h) This record stores a flag bit. = 1 if this file was written by a version of Microsoft Excel that can use natural-language formula input VCENTER: Center Between Vertical Margins (84h) If the Center On Page Vertically option is on in the Page Setup dialog box, Margins tab, then fVCenter = 1. = 1 if the sheet is to be centered between the vertical margins when printed WINDOW1: Window Information (3Dh) The WINDOW1 record contains workbook-level window attributes. The xWn and yWn fields contain the location of the window in units of 1/20th of a point, relative to the upper-left corner of the Microsoft Excel window client area. The dxWn and dyWn fields contain the window size, also in units of 1/20th of a point. Horizontal position of the window. Vertical position of the window. Width of the window. Height of the window. Option flags: Bit 0: = 1 if the window is hidden Bit 1: = 1 if the window is currently displayed as an icon Bit 2: Reserved Bit 3: = 1 if the horizontal scroll bar is displayed Bit 4: = 1 if the vertical scroll bar is displayed Bit 5: = 1 if the workbook tabs are displayed Bit 6: Reserved Bit 7: Reserved Index of the selected workbook tab (0-based). Index of the first displayed workbook tab (0-based). Number of workbook tabs that are selected. Ratio of the width of the workbook tabs to the width of the horizontal scroll bar; to obtain the ratio, convert to decimal and then divide by 1000. WINDOW2: Sheet Window Information (23Eh) The WINDOW2 record contains window attributes for a sheet in a workbook. Option flags Top row visible in the window Leftmost column visible in the window Index to color value for row/column headings and gridlines Zoom magnification in page break preview Zoom magnification in normal view Reserved WINDOWPROTECT: Windows Are Protected (19h) The WINDOWPROTECT record stores an option from the Protect Workbook dialog box. = 1 if the workbook windows are protected. WRITEACCESS: Write Access User Name (5Ch) This record contains the user name, which is the name you type when you install Microsoft Excel. For more info on how to write Unicode string in Excel, see 2.3. Length of the Unicode string. Option flags 1 = Uncompressed (16-bit characters) User name WSBOOL: Additional Workspace Information (81h) This record stores information about workspace settings. Option flags XF: Extended Format (E0h) The XF record stores formatting properties. There are two different XF records, one for cell records and another for style records. The fStyle bit is true if the XF is a style XF. The ixfe of a cell record (BLANK, LABEL, NUMBER, RK, and so on) points to a cell XF record, and the ixfe of a STYLE record points to a style XF record. Note that in previous BIFF versions, the record number for the XF record was 43h. Prior to BIFF5, all number format information was included in FORMAT records in the BIFF file. Beginning with BIFF5, many of the built-in number formats were moved to an public table and are no longer saved with the file as FORMAT records. You still use the ifmt to associate the built-in number formats with an XF record. However, the public number formats are no longer visible in the BIFF file. Index to the FONT record. Index to the FORMAT record. Bits about hiding, locking and others. Alignment, Wrap, Rotation bits. Shrink to fit and merger bits. Border Line Style Bits about indices to color pallete of borders. Bits about indices to color pallete of borders. Index to the color pallete for the fill. This is a 0-byte record, so it only needs to exist in order to tell Excel 2000 that the file has been written to by Excel 2000. Represents a StreamWriter for writing RTF documents. Creates a new instance of the RtfWriter in Compact writing mode with the given stream. The stream to write to. Creates a new instance of the RtfWriter with the given RtfWriterMode and the given stream. The stream to write to. The writer mode. Starts a new RTF group. The entity that starts the group. Ends the owner's group and all groups inside it. The entity that ends the group. Writes an attribute. The Attribute to write. Writes info for older readers that do not understand nested tables. Gets the writer mode. Gets the Group that is on top of the group stack. Gets the current group level (zero-based). Return -1 if the group stack is empty. The RtfWriter mode specifies how an RtfWriter should output content. The RTF stream contains no unnecessary characters. This is default in release build. The RTF stream is structured so that it is human-readable. This is default in debug build. Represents an RTF control word. A control word is a specially formatted command that RTF uses to mark printer control codes and information that applications use to manage documents. A control word cannot be longer than 32 characters. Represents the base class for all RTF nodes. When overriden in a derived class this methods should perform all preparation before the Node is written, i.e. set Attribute values, prepare child nodes, etc. When overridden in a derived class, saves the current node to the specified RtfWriter. The RtfWriter to which you want to save. Sets the document of the node. The document of the node. Checks whether there is a circular reference between two nodes. If the toFind node is encountered anywhere going up from the bottom node an ArgumentException is thrown. The node from which to start climbing up the parent-child hierarchy. The control to look for. Gets the child nodes of this node. Represents the collection of nodes belonging to a node. Validate the name of the attribute. Validate the value of the attribute. Validates the length of the attribute. Gets or sets the name of the attribute. Gets or sets an optional value for the attribute. Gets the attributes of this node. Width adjusted for MS Word behavior. For example when you set a double border and specify a width of 1pt, Word makes it 3pt -- 1pt for each line and 1pt for the space between etc. Use this for writing the actual value to the writer. Represents a table cell. The table cell is just a weird kind of paragraph with some additional attributes that need to be written in the row's definition. Represents a RTF Group. Groups are enclosed in braces. Adds a TextRun with the specified text to the paragraph. If copyStyle is true then the text run is initialized with the paragraph properties, such as Font, Color, BackgroundColor. The text for the TextRun. Indicates whether to initialize the new text run with the paragraph style properties. The TextRun that was added. Adds a TextRun with the specified text to the paragraph. If copyStyleFromParagraph is true then the text run is initialized with the paragraph properties. Otherwise, it is left default. The text for the TextRun. The font name for the TextRun. The font size in points for the TextRun. The font style for the TextRun. The text color for the TextRun. The background color of the TextRun. The TextRun that was added. The font size in points. Needed because of the "Picture Cell with BottomPadding" MS Word bug. Cell defintion. The thing written as part of the row before cells' content begins. The first cell in a range of table cells to be merged. Contents of the table cell are merged with those of the preceding cell. The first cell in a range of table cells to be vertically merged. Contents of the table cell are vertically merged with those of the preceding cell. This method adds merging information to the cell depending on several factors. Here is a simple example of a 3x3 merged range: With RTF control words: |------|------|------| |clmgf |clmrg |clmrg | |clvmgf|clvmgf|clvmgf| |------|------|------| |clmgf |clmrg |clmrg | |clvmrg|clvmrg|clvmrg| |------|----- |------| |clmgf |clmrg |clmrg | |clvmrg|clvmrg|clvmrg| |------|----- |------| Legend: HM = Horizontal Master VM = Vertical Master HS = Horizontal Slave VS = Vertical Slave |------|------|------| |HM |HS |HS | |VM |VM |VM | |------|------|------| |HM |HS |HS | |VS |VS |VS | |------|----- |------| |HM |HS |HS | |VS |VS |VS | |------|----- |------| Indicates whether the cell is in the top row of the merged range. Indicates whether the cell is in the bottom row of the merged range. Indicates whether the cell is in the leftmost column of the merged range. Indicates whether the cell is in the rightmost column of the merged range. Returns true if the cell takes part in a horizontally merged range. Returns true if the cell takes part in a horizontally merged range. Returns true if the cell is the merge target, i.e. the top left cell in the range. Returns true if the cell is in the same column as the merge target. Returns true if the cell is in the same row as the merge target. Return true is the cell is right of its merge target. Returns true if the cell is below its merge target. A border used for table cells. The only difference is the StartElement which begins with "cl". Utility class for conversions. Converts mm to twips. 1in = 72pt = 1440twips 1in = 2.54cm = 25.4mm 1mm = 1440/25.4 The amount in points. The amount in twips. Certain control words, referred to as destinations, mark the beginning of a collection of related text that could appear at another position, or destination, within the document. Destinations may also be text that is used (but should not appear) within the document at all. Destinations added after the RTF Specification published in the March 1987 Microsoft Systems Journal may be preceded by the control symbol \* (backslash asterisk). This control symbol identifies destinations whose related text should be ignored if the RTF reader does not recognize the destination control word. (RTF writers should follow the convention of using this control symbol when adding new destinations or groups.) Destinations whose related text should be inserted into the document even if the RTF reader does not recognize the destination should not use \*. All destinations that were not included in the March 1987 revision of the RTF Specification are shown with \* as part of the control word. An attribute without value. DeviceCapsParams Represents a RTF document. An entire RTF file is considered a group and must be enclosed in braces. http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa140298(office.10).aspx Adjusts the bounds of the frame taking into account how MS Word renders frames with borders. Gets or sets the location of the frame in millimeters. Gets or sets the size of the frame in millimeters. Represents and RTF document header. http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa140301(office.10).aspx Specifies the vertical alignment of an object or text in a report item. Specifies that the object is aligned to the left. Specifies that the object is aligned to the center. Specifies that the object is aligned to the right. Specifies that the object is justified. Creates a Graphics for drawing in the specified image with the given unit of measure. The image to draw to. The unit of measure for the Graphics. A Graphics object that will draw in the supplied image. Returns a GDICompatible metafile size. The desired size in millimeters. A RectangleF representing a metafile bounds in 100ths of an millimeter. Represents a document page. (RTF section) Calculates (in mm) where the origin of the image should be so that it is centered with respect to the container. The size of the container. The size of the image. The sizing mode of the picture. The repeat mode of the background picture. Represents a table row Yet another MS Word issue is alleviated by this method. When there is an image in the row there should not be any bottom padding because word stretches everything a lot. Writes the header of a row. Used by a table after its end or by the nested table properties at the end of a row. Writes the nested table properties at the end of a row is nested. Writes the cell definitions only -- without the actual cell contents. Used by a nested table to "repeat" its parent row definitions at the end of the table. Writes the cell content. CellCollection Represents a RTF Table. Removes the ghost columns/rows served by the crosstab. Nested tables are the weirdest shit of all. PURE BRAINFUCK. Repeat the contents of the parent row after this table is finished in order for the older readers to understand the table. See the specification example for more info. Also check out Apache FOP (http://xmlgraphics.apache.org/fop/) to see their implementation as a reference. Returns the row that contains the cell that contains this table. Represents the text flow of a table cell. Text in a cell flows from left to right and top to bottom (default). Text in a cell flows right to left and top to bottom. Text in a cell flows left to right and bottom to top. Represents rotation by -90 degrees. Text in a cell flows left to right and top to bottom, vertical. Text in a cell flows top to bottom and right to left , vertical. Represents rotation by 90 degrees. Represents a text run in a paragraph. The font size in points. Leaf RenderingElement Implements the common rendering logic for all rtf rendering items. Calculates the minimal distance from the above and left standing items. Adjusts the item position so that the minimal distance from the items above and to the left is preserved. Adjusts the item position so that the minimal distance from the items above is preserved. Adjusts the item position so that the minimal distance from the items to the left is preserved. RenderingElementContainer For each child element, determines in which cell it will fall and links it to that cell. If the element spans several rows/columns the target cell is merged. Checks whether two rectangles intersect with each other using the specified measurement unit and precision. Compares items to arrange them in Left-Right Top-Bottom order. Group RenderingElementProxy LayoutEngine LayoutInfo PictureBox RenderingElementCollection These are the REAL Word PageHeader and PageFooter so I can render them only if I am not part of a ReportBook. If I am part of a report book and each report in the book has different PageHeader/PageFooter then which one should it be. The simple answer is no one. See the summary of RenderPageSections for more info. Very neat. Replace the PageNumber and PageCount with Word's special control words and let Word do the rest. RtfTableReport -- hidden, used by the dispatcher. RTF Hack -- it renders borders insanely and we have to recalculate. Otherwise the table/crosstab's right/bottom borders are cannot fit into the container and are clipped/invisible. RTF Hack -- it renders borders insanely and we have to recalculate. Otherwise the table/crosstab's right/bottom borders cannot fit into the container and are clipped/invisible. RtfTextBox True if additional frame is created The needed margin in Mm Proper font size in points RtfFrameReport -- hidden, used by the dispatcher. The dispatcher RTF rendering extension. Creates the string format used for drawing. The original string format of the report item. Draws rotated text lines in an image. The original string format of the report item. In degrees. Creates the string format used for drawing. The original string format of the report item. Draws rotated text lines in an image. The original string format of the report item. In degrees. Writes image as resource and returns the url. Stores a reference to the image, so that the already stored bytes can be reused if used second time. This method is not applicable for instantly created images! Writes image as resource and returns the url. Applicable for instantly created images. Writes image contained in the container as resource and returns the url. Stores the image key (see IImageContainer), so that the already stored bytes can be reused if used second time. Creates the user defined encoding and creates Unicode instances with BOM set if needed BOM References: http://www.sttmedia.com/unicode-byteordermark http://www.unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html#bom8 Represents a flat table renderer API implementer Crosstab / Table CSV renderer Encapsulates the algorithm of turning the Processing Crosstab/Table into a flat table Gets the element at the provided cell coordinates Serializes and deserializes objects into and from XML. This class is dedicated for serializing and deserializing objects only from the namespace. The following example demonstrates how to create a report definition, how to serialize and deserialize it in XML and the corresponding XML output. Creating the report definition: Serialize the report definition to an XML file: Deserialize the report definition from a file: Serialized Report Definition in XML Initializes a new instance of the class. Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified . The used to write the XML document. The value to serialize. In the textWriter parameter, specify an object that derives from the abstract class. Classes that derive from the class include: , , etc. The following examples serializes an object using a : Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified . The used to write the XML document. The value to serialize. Use the stream parameter to specify an object that derives from the abstract class. Classes that derive from the class include: , , , etc. The following examples serializes an object using a : Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to a file with the specified file name. The file which you want to write to. The creates a file at the specified path and writes to it in XML 1.0 text syntax. The fileName must be a file system path. The value to serialize. The following example serializes an object using a file path: Serializes the specified value and writes the XML document to the specified . The used to write the XML document. The value to serialize. In the xmlWriter parameter, specify an object that derives from the abstract class. For example you can use the class. The following example serializes an object using a : Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified . The that contains the XML document to deserialize. The object being deserialized. Classes that inherit from include and . If you are using a to deserialize an object, you must construct the with an appropriate . The encoding specified by the XML document is ignored. The following example deserializes an object using a : Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified . The that contains the XML document to deserialize. The object being deserialized. Use the stream parameter to specify an object that derives from the class, which is designed to write to streams. Classes that derive from the class include: , , , etc. The following example deserializes an object using a : Deserializes the XML document from the specified URI. The URI for the file containing the XML data. The object being deserialized. The following example deserializes an object using a URI: Deserializes the XML document contained by the specified . The that contains the XML document to deserialize. The object being deserialized. The following example deserializes an object using a : For info please see http://www.w3schools.com/media/media_mimeref.asp